a.
eo Semon mt
pete Roe se
hetenneece nen

dipedann gnc toe Panic ote

Se pepe

a

THE

PROC BE DINGS

OF THE

PAR EA SOCIETY

or

New SoutH WALES

INDEX
TO
VOLUMES [LL
(1875-1925).

SYDNEY:
PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BY

THE AUSTRALASIAN MEDICAL PUBLISHING CO., LTD.,
Seamer Street, Glebe, Sydney,

and
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.

1929.
PRICE 5;-

Agent in Hurope:
Messrs. DuLtau & Co., 32 Old Bond Street, London, W.1.

lil

The preparation of this index to contributors to the first fifty volumes of the
Society’s Proceedings was commenced in 1924 when the Society was about to
celebrate its Jubilee. The need of some such index was apparent and it was felt
that, in the form in which it is now published, the index would be a valuable
guide to the Proceedings and would enable those engaged in research in Natural
History to locate, with comparative ease, papers dealing with any particular
subject in which they might be interested.

The Index contains (i) an alphabetical index of the authors who have
contributed papers to the Proceedings, with title of paper and reference to year
and page; (ii) a subject index compiled from the titles of the papers, with
references to author and year; (iii) an alphabetical index to exhibitors of
specimens, etc., at the meetings of the Society; and (iv) an index to the obituary
notices which have appeared in the Proceedings from time to time.

For the sake of simplicity in quotation, references have been made uniformly
to the year for which the volume of Proceedings was issued, though at least one
part of the volume was for many years issued early in the succeeding year. In
order that the actual date of publication of any paper may be obtained without
difficulty a list has been prepared (pp. v-vii) showing, for each Part of the
Proceedings, the number of pages and the date of publication. For example:—

Etheridge, R. Junr. Note on the Bibliography of Lord Howe Island. 1889, 627,
appeared (as seen by reference to the list, p. v) in the Proceedings for 1889, i.e.,
Vol. iv (2nd Series), Part 3, published on 3rd February, 1890.

In the compilation of Part i, use was made of the List of Contributors to
the First Series (Vols. i-x) of the Proceedings, published by the Society in 1887,
as well as of incomplete manuscript lists prepared, from time to time, by the late
J. J. Fletcher. Part ii has been almost entirely compiled by Miss G. L. Allpress.

A. B. WALKoM,

Secretary.
Sydney, .

dlst January, 1929.

! yt
ome mlany G5 ee COATES te apn

BiTiat) ast Day ae itt Gt Ear

f ay ee Phe. oat
i ath Ti. i weap

Rent ‘i

‘) Birt ls

OO ae | nt Py i

BARR ie
SOAS PANNE

a ay u f i A * : i aa i : : t «! Tah ft ay } *
Bei. § he. aa Ms . % Be ANE ee Oe

a),
m cD ,
; ‘ “I i
te
; Ps
a r ;
( x We
* e ¥ ve
f } vt
; ; ; ¥ ah 1
‘ , ‘ i
i 4 al i j
y " i ; i \ '
; y % Cy D
Ct < ,
} M 1 ,
n \ ‘i
4
ie Z
A .

LIST SHOWING DATES OF PUBLICATION OF PARTS OF THE
PROCEEDINGS FOR HACH YEAR.

1875-76. First Series, Vol. i. Part 1, pp. 1-20, 27th April, 1875; pp. 1-96 (pp. 1-26
reprinted), *February, 1876; Part 2, pp. 97-168, *July, 1876; Part 3, pp. 169-282,
*Rebruary, 1877; Part 4, pp. 283-419, *March, 1877.

1877. First Series, Vol. ii. Part 1, pp. 1-122, *July, 1877; Part 2, pp. 123-217,
*January, 1878; Part 3, pp. 218-288, *May, 1878; Part 4, pp. 289-401, *June, 1878.

1878. First Series, Vol. iii. Part 1, pp. 1-76, *September, 1878; Part 2, pp. 77-161,
* December, 1878; Part 3, pp. 161-305 (month not known), 1879; Part 4, pp. 306-
443, *May, 1879.

1879. First Series, Vol. iv. Part 1, pp. 1-116, 16th June, 1879; Part 2, pp. 117-244,
6th October, 1879; Part 3, pp. 245-387, lst December, 1879; Part 4, pp. 387-492,
May, 1880.

1880. First Series, Vol. v. Part 1, pp. 1-105, August, 1880; Part 2, pp. 106-272,
22nd November, 1880; Part 3, pp. 272-458; February, 1881; Part 4, pp. 459-652,
20th May, 1881.

1881. First Series, Vol. vi. Part 1, pp. 1-170, July, 1881; Part 2, pp. 170-408, 12th
September, 1881; Part 3, pp. 409-711, December, 1881; Part 4, pp. 712-872, 20th
~March, 1882:

1882. First Series, Vol. vii. Part 1, pp. 1-135, 23rd May, 1882; Part 2, pp. 135-304,
August, 1882; Part 3, pp. 303-404, 28th October, 1882; Part 4, pp. 405-684, April,
18838.

1883. First Series, Vol. viii. Part 1, pp. 1-180, 19th June, 1883; Part 2, pp. 181-
298, 17th July, 1883; Part 3, pp. 299-417, 19th October, 1883; Part 4, pp. 419-583,
21st February, 1884.

1884. First Series, Vol. ix. Part 1, pp. 1-181, 23rd May, 1884; Part 2, pp. 183-443,
19th August, 1884; Part 3, pp. 445-866, 29th November, 1884; Part 4, pp. 867-
1242, 4th March, 1885.

1885. First Series, Vol. x. Part 1, pp. 1-126, 4th June, 1885; Part 2, pp. 127-279,
31st July, 1885; Part 3, pp. 279-554, 21st December, 1885; Part 4, pp. 555-881,
3rd April, 1886.

1886. Second Series, Vol. i. Part 1, pp. 1-238, 25th May, 1886; Part 2, pp. 239-578,
28rd August, 1886; Part 3, pp. 579-975, 17th November, 1886; Part 4, pp. 975-
1237, 22nd February, 1887.

1887. Second Series, Vol. ii. Part 1, pp. 1-176, 18th May, 1887; Part 2, pp. 177-
415, 31st August, 1887; Part 3, pp. 416-626, 30th November, 1887; Part 4, pp.
627-1113, 21st March, 1888.

1888. Second Series, Vol. iii. Part 1, pp. 1-402, 5th June, 1888; Part 2, pp. 403-894,
10th September, 1888; Part 3, pp. 895-1316, 7th December, 1888; Part 4, pp.
1317-1817, 22nd March, 1889.

1889. Second Series, Vol. iv. Part 1, pp. 1-192, 29th May, 1889; Part 2, pp. 193-
598, 20th September, 1889; Part 3, pp. 599-1030, 3rd February, 1890; Part 4,
pp. 1031-1339, 15th April, 1890. ;

* Actual date of publication not known. The months given indicate the months in
which the receipt of Parts was registered by the Librarian of the Public Library, Sydney,
or of the Royal Society of New South Wales (see J. J. Fletcher, Proc. Linn. Soc. N.S.W.,
2nd Ser., Vol. x, 1895, pp. 533-6),

vi.

1890. Second Series, Vol. vy. Part 1, pp. 1-244, 16th June, 1890; Part 2, pp. 245-
414, 29th September, 1890; Part 3, pp. 415-656, 16th December, 1890; Part 4, pp.
657-918, 23rd March, 1891.

1891. Second Series, Vol. vi. Part 1, pp. 1-126, 9th, September, 1891; Part 2, pp.
127-307, 22nd December, 1891; Part 3, pp. 308-578, 23rd May, 1892; Part 4, pp.
579-723, 10th June, 1892.

1892. Second Series, Vol. vii. Part 1, pp. 1-174, Ist September, 1892; Part 2, pp.
175-314, 22nd November, 1892; Part 3, pp. 315-470, 16th March, 1893; Part 4,
pp. 471-691, 1st May, 1893.

1893. Second Series, Vol. viii. Part 1, pp. 1-128, 28th July, 1893; Part 2, pp. 129-
330, 12th March, 1894; Part 3, pp. 331-438, 13th April, 1894; Part 4, pp. 439-608,
5th June, 1894.

1894. Second Series, Vol. ix. Part 1, pp. 1-188, 4th September, 1894; Part 2, pp.
189-392, 10th December, 1894; Part 3, pp. 393-585, 26th March, 1895; Part 4, pp.
586-741, 28th March, 1895.

1895. Second Series, Vol. x. Part 1, pp. 1-210, 9th September, 1895; Part 2, pp.
211-386, 18th November, 1895; Part 3, pp. 387-518, 3lst January, 1896; Part 4,
pp. 519-668, 29th April, 1896; Supplement to Part 3, pp. 1-48, 31st January, 1896.

1896. Vol. xxi. Part 1, pp. 1-112, 16th July, 1896; Part 2, pp. 113-280, 23rd
September, 1896; Part 3, pp. 281-468, 22nd December, 1896; Part 4, pp. 469-863,
3lst May, 1897; Supplement to Part 1, pp. 49-108, 16th July, 1896.

1897. Vol. xxii. Part 1, pp. 1-229, 17th September, 1897; Part 2, pp. 230-437, 25th
October, 1897; Part 3, pp. 438-659, 11th February, 1898; Part 4, pp. 660-850, 4th
June, 1898.

1898. Vol. xxiii. Part 1, pp. 1-105, 28rd June, 1898; Part 2, pp. 106-272, 30th
August, 1898; Part 3, pp. 273-520, 9th December, 1898; Part 4, pp. 521-803, 19th
May, 1899.

1899. Vol. xxiv. Part 1, pp. 1-194, 8th August, 1899; Part 2. pp. 195-345, 10th
October, 1899; Part 3, pp. 346-521, 9th December, 1899; Part 4, pp. 522-698,
7th April, 1900. :

1900. Vol. xxv. Part 1, pp. 1-130, 8th August, 1900; Part 2, pp. 131-320, 25th
September, 1900; Part 3, pp. 321-536, 22nd November, 1900; Part 4, pp. 537-
798, 20th May, 1901.

1901. Vol. xxvi. Part 1, pp. 1-196, 13th August, 1901; Part 2, pp. 197-343, 7th
November, 1901; Part 3, pp. 344-472, 19th December, 1901; Part 4, pp. 473-810,
20th May, 1902.

1902. Vol. xxvii. Part 1, pp. 1-145, 22nd August, 1902; Part 2, pp. 146-325, 17th
October, 1902; Part 3, pp. 326-492, 16th December, 1902; Part 4, pp. 493-724,
9th April, 1903; Supplement to Part 3, pp. 1-90, 16th December, 1902.

1908. Vol. xxviii. Part 1, pp. 1-275, 30th July, 1903; Part 2, pp. 276-452, 6th
October, 1903; Part 3, pp. 453-684, 23rd December, 1903; Part 4, pp. 685-972,
28th April, 1904.

1904. Vol. xxix. Part 1, pp. 1-216, 10th August, 1904; Part 2, pp. 217-441, 20th
September, 1904; Part 3, pp. 442-670, 16th December, 1904; Part 4, pp. 671-890,
10th April, 1905. z

1905 Wooly xxx. Part de pp aliGaa4tiy Jilly lO Obes baljte 2. Deets oa amecii tell
September, 1905; Part 3, pp. 353-485, 20th December, 1905; Part 4, pp. 486-638,
12th April, 1906; Supplement to Part 1, pp. 1-18, 14th July, 1905; Supplement
to Part 4, pp. 91-163, 12th April, 1906.

1906. Vol. xxxi. Part 1, pp. 1-176, 27th June, 1906; Part 2, pp. 177-392, 3rd
October, 1906; Part 3, pp. 393-567, 19th November, 1906; Part 4, pp. 568-768,
28th March, 1907.

1907. Vol. xxxii. Part 1, pp. 1-205, 20th June, 1907; Part 2, pp. 206-430, 20th
August, 1907; Part 3, pp. 431-626, 25th October, 1907; Part 4, pp. 627-938, 11th
March, 1908.

1908. Vol. xxxiii. Part 1, pp. 1-208, 11th June, 1908; Part 2, pp. 209-455, 14th
August, 1908: Part 8, pp. 456-700, 20th November, 1908; Part 4, pp. 701-907,
11th March, 1909.

vil

1909. Vol. xxxiv. Part 1, pp. 1-194, 13th July, 1909; Part 2. pp. 195-3838, 15th
September, 1909; Part 3, pp. 384-592, 3rd December, 1909; Part 4, pp. 593-831,
12th March, 1910.

1910. Vol. xxxv. Part 1, pp. 1-305, 14th July, 1910; Part 2, pp. 306-520, 17th
September, 1910; Part 3, pp. 521-685, 16th December, 1910; Part 4, pp. 686-912,
ist March, 1911. ;

1911. Vol. xxxvi. Part 1, pp. 1-192, 17th August, 1911; Part 2, pp. 193-422, 20th
November, 1911; Part 3, pp. 423-608, 8th February, 1912; Part 4, pp. 609-726,
16th May, 1912.

1912. Vol. xxxvii. Part 1, pp. 1-234, 26th August, 1912; Part 2, pp. 235-394, 13th
December, 1912; Part 3, pp. 395-558, 19th March, 1913; Part 4, pp. 559-766,
22nd July, 1913.

1913. Vol. xxxviii. Part 1, pp. 1-228, 17th September, 1913; Part 2, pp. 229-400,
5th November, 1913; Part 3, pp. 401-568, 19th December, 1913; Part 4, pp. 569-
802, 23rd March, 1914.

1914. Vol. xxxix. Part 1, pp. 1-216, 17th July, 1914; Part 2, pp. 217-448, 25th
September, 1914; Part 3, pp. 449-640, 24th November, 1914; Part 4, pp. 641-878,
26th February, 1915.

1915. Vol. xl. Part 1, pp. 1-208, 16th June, 1915; Part 2, pp. 209-416, 15th
September, 1915; Part 3, pp. 417-624, 10th December, 1915; Part 4, pp. 625-834,
23rd February, 1916.

1916. Vol. xli. Part 1, pp. 1-192, 14th June, 1916; Part 2, pp. 193-416, 13th
September, 1916; Part 3, pp. 417-632, 9th December, 1916; Part 4, pp. 633-905,
4th April, 1917.

1917. Vol. xlii. Part 1, pp. 1-219, 11th July, 1917; Part 2, pp. 220-405, 3rd October,
1917; Part 3, pp. 406-632, 22nd December, 1917; Part 4, pp. 633-890, 3rd April,
1918.

1918. Vol. xliii. Part 1, pp. 1-236, 3rd July, 1918; Part 2, pp. 237-416, 13th
September, 1918; Part 3, pp. 417-672, 18th December, 1918; Part 4, pp. 673-902,
26th March, 1919.

1919. Vol. xliv. Part 1, pp. 1-212, 27th June, 1919; Part 2, pp. 213-462, 2nd
October, 1919; Part 3, pp. 463-718, 17th December, 1919; Part 4, pp. 719-912,
15th March, 1920.

1920. Vol. xlv. Part 1, pp. 1-184, 25th June, 1920; Part 2, pp. 185-317, 16th
August, 1920; Part 3, pp. 318-472, 8th November, 1920; Part 4, pp. 473-653,
7th March, 1921.

1921. Vol. xlvi. Part 1, pp. 1-156, ist June, 1921; Part 2, pp. 157-284, 12th August,
1921; Part 3, pp. 285-408, 2nd November, 1921; Part 4, pp. 409-536, 23rd
December, 1921.

1922. Vol. xlvii. Part 1, pp. i-xx, 21st April, 1922; Part 2, pp. 1-198, 16th June,
1922; Part 3, pp. 199-390, 15th September, 1922; Part 4, pp. 391-590, 15th
December, 1922; Part 5, pp. xxi-lxxi, 15th February, 1923.

1923. Vol. xlviii. Part 1, pp. i-xxvii, 13th April, 1923; Part 2, pp. 1-205, 15th
June, 1923; Part 3, pp. 206-448, 3rd October, 1923; Part 4, pp. 449-688, 14th
December, 1923; Part 5, pp. xxix-Ixxxii, 15th February, 1924.

1924. Vol. xlix. Part 1, pp. i-xxi, 9th April, 1924; Part 2, pp. 1-178, 2nd July,
1924; Part 3, pp. 179-396, 24th October, 1924; Part 4, pp. 397-544, 29th December,
1924; Part 5, pp. xxi-lxxxi, 18th February, 1925.

1925. Vol.1. Part 1, pp. i-xxxvi, 17th April, 1925; Part 2, pp. 1-170, 1st July, 1925;
Part 3, pp. 171-310, 15th September, 1925; Part 4, pp. 311-561, 15th December,
1925; Part 5, pp. xxxvii-lxxxvi, 15th February, 1926.

i. INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS IN VOLUMES 1-50 (1875-1925).

ALEXANDER, C. P. An Undescribed Species
of Clytocosmus Skuse. 1920, 183—New
or little-known Species of Australian
Tipulidae (Diptera). 1922, 581.

ALLEYNE, H. G., and W. Mactray. The
Ichthyology of the “Chevert” Expe-
Gition, Part i. 1875-76, 261; Part ii.
1875-76, 321.

Ancry, C. F. On some new or hitherto
little known Land Shells from New
Guinea or adjacent Islands. 1895, 374—
Observations on Papuan Land and
Freshwater Shells, with Descriptions
of new Species from New Guinea and
Western Australia. 1897, 771.

AwpDERSON, R. H. A Revision of the Aus-
tralian Species of the Genus Bassia.
S33, BULA.

ANDREWS, EH. C. Preliminary Note on the
Geology of the Queensland Coast, with
References to the Geography of the
Queensland and New South Wales
Plateau. 1902, 146—Notes on the
Geography of the Blue Mountains and
Sydney District. 1903, 786—The New
Zealand Sound (and Lake) Basins and
the Canons of Eastern Australia in

their bearing on the Theory of the

Peneplain. 1906, 499—The Geographical
Significance of Floods, with especial
Reference to Glacial Action. 1907, 795—
The Development of the N.O. Myrtaceae.
1913, 529—See also SawyrER and
ANDREWS.

AsSHMEAD, W. H. Notes on some New
Zealand and Australian Parasitic
Hymenoptera, with Descriptions of
new Genera and new Species. 1900, 327.

AUROUSSEAU, M. Petrological Notes. No. i
—Igneous Rocks and Tuff from the
Carboniferous of New South Wales.
1915, 294; No. ii—The Relations between
some Western Australian Gneissic and
Granite Rocks. 1916, 261—An interest-
ing Form of Sub-surface Drainage.
1919, 826.

BaiLtey, F. M. A General Account of the
Flora of Tropical Queensland. 1877,
276—On the Ferns of Queensland.
1878, 118—On some of the Introduced
Plants of Queensland. 1879, 26—On a
new Species of Fern, Asplenium
Prenticei. 1879, 36—Medicinal Plants
of Queensland. 1880, 1—On Queensland
Ferns, with a Description of two new
A

Species. 1880, 29—On a new Species of
Nepenthes. 1880, 185—On the Flora of
Stradbroke Island, with a Description
of new Species. 1881, 139.

BarLty, F. M., and J. HE. Tenrson-Woops.

A Census of the Flora of Brisbane.
1879, 137—See also Woops, TENISON-,
and BAILry.

Baker, R. T. Some New South Wales

Plants illustrated. No. i. Acacia
prominens, A. Cunn. 1891, 572; No. ii.
Tarrietia argyrodendron, Benth., with a
note on the Organs of Reproduction.
1892, 333; No. iii. Acacia pugioniformis,
Wendl. 1892, 379; No. iv. Acacia
pruinosa, A. Cunn. 1892, 666; No. v.
Angophora subvelutina, F.v.M. 1893,
167; No. vi. Acacia subulata, Bonpl.
1893, 237; No. vii. Genus Notothizos.
1894, 158; No. viii. Acacia lanigera,
A. Cunn. 1895, 382; No. ix. 1897, 693—
Description of a new fsopogon from
New South Wales. 1894, 658—Two New
Species of Prostanthera from New
South Wales. 1896, 378—On the Botany
of Rylstone and the Goulburn River
District. Part i. 1896, 427—Descrip-
tions of two new Species of Acacia
from New South Wales. 1897, 153—
Contributions to a Knowledge of the
Flora of Australia. No. i. 1897, 230;
No: ii) L899) 4372 Noe it 9005 7659)
No. iv. 1902, 536; No. v. 1906, 711—
On the Cinnamomums of New South
Wales; with a Special Research on the
Oil of C. oliveri Bail. .1897, 275—
Descriptions of two new Species of
Pultenaea. 1897, 438—On two _ well-
known, but hitherto undescribed Species
of Hucalyptus. 1898, 162—On two new
Species of Hucalyptus. 1898, 414—On a
supposed new Genus of the N.O.
Myrtaceae. 1898, 767—On three new
Species of Hucalyptus. 1899, 292—On
an Apocynaceous plant yielding large
edible Tubers. 1899, 385—On three new
Species of Hucalyptus. 1899, 596—
On two new Species of Casuarina.
1899, 605—On a new Species of
Angophora. 1900, 84—On some new
Species of Hucalyptus. 1900, 303—On
some new Species ef Hucalyptus. 1900,
674—On Eucalyptus melanophiloia,
F.v.M., and its cognate Species. 1902,
225—On a new Species of Ardisia from

2 INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

New South Wales. 1902, 380—On a new
Species of Symplocos from New South
Wales. 1902, 594—A Revision of the
EKucalypts of the Rylstone District.
1903, 349—On a new Species of
Callitris from Hastern Australia. 1903,
839—On an undescribed Species of
Actinotus (A. Paddisoni) from Hastern
Australia. 1905, 225—On an undescribed
Species of Cryptocarya (C. foetida)
from Hastern Australia. 1905, 517—On
two Species of Hucalyptus, undescribed
‘or imperfectly known, from Hastern
Australia. 1906, 303—On two un-
recorded Myrtaceous Plants from New
South Wales. 1912, 585—Descriptions
of three new Species of Myrtaceae.
1913, 597.

Batt, W. M. On some new and rare
Hydroida in the Australian Museum
Collection. 1888, 745.

Bancrort, T. L. Preliminary Notes on
the Pharmacology of some new poison-
ous Plants. 1889, 1061—Note on Bac-
terial Diseases of the Roots of the
Leguminosae. 1893, 51—On the Habit
and Use of Nardoo (Marsilea drum-
mondii, A. Br.) together with some
Observations on the Influence of Water-
plants in retarding Evaporation. 1893,
215—Note on Bungwall (Blechnum
serrulatum, Rich.), an Aboriginal Food.
1894, 25.

Barwick, A. C. The Botany of the

“Clears” and “Basalt Masses”; County -

of Hunter, N. S. Wales. 1903, 932.

BEDDOME, C. #H. Note on Cypraea
angustata, Gray, var. subcarnea, Ancey.
1896, 467—Description of a new Species
of Pupina from Queensland. 1896, 814
—Description of a new Species of Shell.
1897, 123—Notes on Species of Cypraea
inhabiting the Shores of Tasmania.
1897, 564.

Bett, F. J. Notes on a Collection of
Echinodermata from Australia. 1884,
496.

Bennett, K. H. Notes on the habits of
the Black-breasted Buzzard, Gypoic-
tinia melanosternon, Gould. 1881, 146—
On the Breeding-Place of Platalea
flavipes and Ardea pacifica. 1882, 324—
On Myoporum platycarpum, a Resin-
producing Tree of the Interior of New
South Wales. 1882, 349—On the Habits
of the Mallee Hen, Leipoa ocellata.
1883, 193—Notes on the method of
obtaining Water from Eucalyptus Roots
as practised by the Natives of the
Country between the Lachlan and
Darling Rivers. 1883, 213—Notes on
the Habits, etc. of Birds breeding in the

Interior of New South Wales. 1885, 162
—Remarks on the Decay of certain
Species of Hucalypti. 1885, 453—Note
on the mode of Nidification of a Species
of Pachycephala, supposed to be P.
Gilbertii, from the Interior of New
South Wales. 1887, 103—Notes on a
Species of Rat (Mus tompsonii, Ram-
say), now infesting the western Portion
of N.S.W. 1887, 447—Note on the
Breeding of the Glossy Ibis, Falcinellus
igneus (Ibis falcinellus, Linn.). 1889,
1059.

Benson, W. N. The Geology of New-

bridge, near Bathurst, N.S.W. 1907, 523
—The Geology and Petrology of the
Great Serpentine Belt of New South
Wales. Parti. 1913, 491; Part ii. The
Geology of the Nundle District. 1913,
569; Part iii. Petrology. 1913, 662;
Part iv. The Dolerites, Spilites and
Keratophyres of the Nundle District.
1915, 121; Part v. The Geology of the
Tamworth District. 1915, 540; Part vi.
A General Account of the Geology and
Physiography of the Western Slopes of
New England. 1917, 223, 250; Appendix
to Part vi. The Attunga District. 1917,
693; Part vii. See Benson, W. N., and
F. CHAPMAN; Part viii. The Extension
of the Great Serpentine Belt from the
Nundle District to the Coast. 1918, 593;
Part ix. See Benson, W. N., W. S.
Dun and W. R. Browne—Petrological
Notes on various New South Wales
Rocks, 1914, 447.

Benson, W. N., and F. CHapman. The

Geology and Petrology of the Great
Serpentine Belt of New South Wales.
Part vii. The Geology of the Loom-
berah District and a portion of the
Goonoo Goonoo Hstate. 1918, 320, 363.
(With two Palaeontological Appendices
by F. Chapman. 1918, 385.)

Benson, W. N., W. S. Dun and W. R.

Browne. The Geology and Petrology of
the Great Serpentine Belt of New South
Wales. Part ix. The Geology, Palaeon-
tology and Petrography of the Curra-
bubula District, with notes on adjacent
regions. Section A—General Geology
(W. N. Benson). 1920, 285; Section B
—Palaeontology (W. S. Dun and W. N.
Benson). Appendix by F. Chapman.
1920, 337; Section C—Petrography (W.
R. Browne). 1920, 405.

BERTRAND, E. G. Description d’un Hechan-

tillon de Kerosene Shale de Megalong
Valley, N. S. Wales. 1900, 637.

Bezzi, M. MFissicorn Tachinidae, with

description of new forms from Aus-
tralia and South America. 1923, 647—

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS. 3

On the Tachinid Genus E£Huthera
(Diptera), with Description of New
Species from Australia, Africa and
South America. 1925, 275.

BLAcKBuRN, T. Notes on the Hemiptera
of the Hawaiian Islands. 1888, 343—

Notes on Australian Coleoptera with .

Descriptions of new Species. 1888, 805;
Part ii. 1888, 1387; Part iii. 1889, 445;
Part iv. 1889, 707; Part v. 1889, 1247;
Part vi. 1890, 147; Part vii. 1890, 303;
Part viii. 1890, 553; Part ix. 1890, 775;
Payer, os, IG, 2iy@e Ieee. Sei, nse, Was
Part xii. 1892, 283; Part xiii. 1893, 185;
Part xiv. 1893, 245; Part xv. 1894, 85—
Revision of the Genus Heteronyz, with
Descriptions of new Species. Part i.
TSE, Ueeals Ieee ih; Ist, eis Jeena abhi,
TSO) ASS iene Thy, IUKSOS (ASR Jenne Av
1889, 1217—Revision of the Genera
Colpochila (including Haplonycha),
Sericesthis and their Allies, with
Descriptions of new Species. Part
j. 1890, 517—Revision of the Australian
Amarygmides, Part i. The Genus Chal-
copterus. 1892, 411; Part ii. The Genus
Chalcopterus contd., and Amarygmus.
1893, 53—Revision of the Genus Parop-
SiS. even i, IUIOG, Geis Ieee an, Ise)z,
1662 Larkin. W898 e2ls- sPart aver 1898;
656; Part v. 1899, 482; Part vi. 1901,
159—A Revision of the Australian
Species of Bolboceras, with Descriptions
of New Species. 1904, 481.

Buiatr, K. G. Notes on the Australian
Genus Cestrinus Hr. (fam. Tenebrion-
idae) and some Allied Genera. 1919, 529.

BLaKELy, W. F. On a new Species of
Acacia. 1917, 441—The Loranthaceae
Ol: ASIANA, Ieee nm, UA ke lee yAe al,
G22, 1992 Teenie tii, WA Bole lee wee Thy,
UO28, WeaOs Tevet. wy, mNOeAE Wee JERE Aye
1925, 1—Contributions to our Know-
ledge of the Flora of New South Wales.
1925, 383.

BovuLENGER, G. A.—Description of a new
Genus of Cystignathoid Frogs from New
South Wales. 1890, 593—Description
of a new Tree-frog from New South
Wales. 1892, 403—On a new Typhlops
previously confounded with Typhlops
unguirostris Peters. 1894, 718.

BrapvLeEy, H. H. B. The Araneides of the
“Chevert” Hxpedition. Part i. 1875-
76, 137; Part ii, 1877, 115—On some new
Forms of Arachnidae. 1875-76, 220—On
a new Genus of Arachnidae. 1875-76,
240.

BrAziER, J. Descriptions of fourteen new
Species of Shells from Australia and
the Solomon Islands. 1875-76, 1—
Descriptions of eight Species of Aus-
tralian and Tasmanian Land and Fresh-

water Shells. 1875-76, 17—Descriptions
of two new Species of Australian Land
Shells. 1875-76, 97—Descriptions of
thirty-five new Species of Land Shells
from New Guinea, Australia and Islands
in Torres Straits, collected during the
“Chevert” Expedition. 1875-76, 98—
List of Land Shells collected during the
“Chevert” Hxpedition. 1875-76, 117—
Description of a new Pupina collected
during the “Chevert’” Expedition. 1875-
76, 136—A List of the Pleurotomidae
collected during the ‘“Chevert” Expe-
dition, with the Description of the new
Species. 1875-76, 151—List of Marine
Shells, With Descriptions of the new
Species, collected during the “Chevert”’
Expedition. Part i. 1875-76, 169; Part
li. 1875-76, 199; Part iti. 1875-76, 224:
Part iv. 1875-76, 249; Part v. 1875-76,
Aes Ieee Ail, ISHS; Balals ieee Vabl.
1875-76, 362; Part viii. 1877, 1; Part ix.
USI, 20s IPareig ox, iS, ile Ipewer sai,
US ie 4455 lear xa, Ime, DHS Ieee sci.
IRS, TESS eB aah, alS77/, IPAS Ie ae oay
Us‘, és Jesse sal, US, Bose Ieee
xvii. 1878, 155—Notes on Laevicardium
Beechet. 1875-76, 306—Description of a
new Murex collected at Port Darwin,
by Mr. W. Bednall. 1877, 6—Descrip-
tion of three new Species of Shells from
Australia and New Guinea. 1877, 25—
Description of two new Species of Helix
from New Guinea and the Louisiade
Islands. 1877, 120—Notes and Remarks
on Mollusca recently found in Port
Jackson and New Caledonia. 1877, 369
—Description of seven new Species of
Terrestrial and Marine Shells from
Australia. 1878, 77—Description of a
new Species of Vivipara. 1878, 221—
Synonymy of, and Remarks upon, Port
Jackson, New Caledonian, and other
Shells, with their Distribution. 1879,
388—List of Land Shells found on
Thursday I., with Descriptions of the
new Species. 1879, 392—List of Brachi-
opoda or Lamp Shells found in Port
Jackson and on the Coast of New South
Wales. 1879, 399—Tropical Mollusca
recently dredged at Port Jackson Heads.
1879, 428—Note on Oniscia ponderosa,
with its Locality. 1879, 431—Notes on
a new Variety of Bulimus caledonicus.
1880, 190—Notes on Shells from the
Solomon Islands and Australia. 1880,
444—_Notes on recent Mollusca found in
Port Jackson and on the Coast of New
South Wales and other Localities, with
their Synonyms. 1880, 481—List of
Species of Porcellana or Cypraea found
in Moreton Bay, Queensland. 1880, 496
—Remarks on some recently re-

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

described Australian Shells. 1880, 630
—Remarks on Megapodius Brazieri.
1881, 150—Note on a Specimen of mal-
formed Cypraea. 1881, 202—Synonymy
of, and Remarks upon, two Australian
Species of Melania. 1881, 551—Descrip-
tion of a new Bulimus from New
Caledonia. 1881, 586—Remarks on some
Fluviatile Shells of New South Wales.
1882, 88—A List of Cypraeidae found on
the Victorian Coast, collected by Mr. J.
F. Bailey. 1882, 117—Note on Bulimus
gunni. 1882, 12i—Habitat of Cypraea
citrina of Gray. 1882, 322—Synonymy
of Australian and Polynesian Land and
Marine Mollusca. 1883, 224—Localities
of some Species of recent Polynesian
Mollusea. 1883, 294—Critical List of
Mollusca from the North-West Coast
of Australia. 1884, 793—Synonymy of
some Land Mollusca from Papua or New
Guinea. 1884, 804—List of some recent
Shells found in layers of Clay on the
Maclay Coast, New Guinea. 1884, 988
—Synonymy of, and Remarks upon, the
Specific Names and Authorities of four
Species of Australian Marine Shells,
originally described by Dr. John
Edward Gray in 1825 and 1827. 1885,
85—Description of a new Species of
Onchidium. 1885, 729—New Species of
Land and Freshwater Mollusca from
Maclay Coast and Triton Bay, New
Guinea, collected by Baron Maclay.
1885, 841—Notes on the Distribution of
Ceratella fusca Gray. 1886, 575—Report
on a small Zoological Collection from
Norfolk Island. iii. Mollusca. 1887,
993—Mollusca trawled off Merimbula,
New South Wales. 1889, 747—Descrip-
tion of a new Cone from Mauritius.
1891, 276—On the Synonymy of Heliz
(Hadra) gulosa, Gould. 1891, 321—
Synonymy of and Remarks on old-
described Australian Mollusca, with
Notes on their Distribution. 1893, 107
—On a new Murex from South Aus-
tralia. 1893, 179—Note en additional
localities for Astele subcarinata, Sw.
1893, 303—Distribution of little-known
Mollusca from Polynesia and Australia,
‘with their Synonyms. 1893, 430—On a
Patella said to have been found on the
Kermadec Islands. 1894, 183—On the
Correct Habitat of Patella kermade-
censis, Pilsbry. 1894, 566—On Trochus
adamsi from Port Jackson, and new
Varieties of Bulimus miltocheilus Reeve
from the Solomon Islands. 1894, 567—
On some Australian and Tasmanian
Mollusca, with their synonyms. 1894,
691—A British Bivalve Molluse (Cryp-
todon flexuosus, Mont.) found in Aus-

tralia and Tasmania, with its Distri-
bution. 1894, 725—Rossiteria, a new
Subgenus of the Family Trochidae.
1894, 728—New Species of Cone from
the Solomon Islands. 1895, 471—A new
Genus and three new Species of
Mollusca from New South Wales, New
Hebrides and Western Australia. 1896,
345—New Marine Shells from the Solo-
mon Islands and Australia. 1897, 779—
Four new Species of Mollusca from Vic-
toria. 1898, 271—New Marine and
Land Mollusca from Fiji, Ceylon and
Queensland (Title). 1898, 379—See
also Tare and Brazier; HENN and
BRAZIER.

BREAKWELL, Hl. <A Study of the Leaf
Anatomy of some native Species of the
Genus Andropogon (N.O. Gramineae).
1914, 385—The Anatomical Structure of
some Xerophitic Native Grasses. 1915,
42.

BRENNAN, SARAH O. On the reproductive
System of Digaster (Didymogaster)
sylvaticus, Fletch. 1899, 691.

BREWSTER, AGNES A. Observations on the
Pollination of Darwinia fascicularis
Rudge (N.O. Myrtaceae). 1915, 758.

Briecs, HE. A. Hydroids from New South
Wales. 1915, 196.

BRITTLEBANK, C. C. The Life-history of
Loranthus exocarpi, Behr. 1908, 650.

BROELEMANN, H. W. Description of a new
Species of Myriapoda. 1915, 683.

Broom, R. On a new Fossil Mammal
allied to Hypsiprymnus but resembling
in some Points the Plagiaulacidae
(Title). 1895, 373—On the Homology
of the Palatine Process of the Mam-
malian Premaxillary. 1895, 477—On
some Developments of the Mammalian
Prenasal Cartilage. 1895, 555—On a
small Fossil Marsupial with large
grooved Premolars. 1895, 563—On a
small Fossil Marsupial allied to
Petaurus. 1895, 568—On the Organ of
Jacobson in an Australian Bat (Mini-
opterus). 1895, 571—Note on the Period
of Gestation in Hchidna. 1895, 576—
Observations on the Relations of the
Organ of Jacobson in the Horse. 1896,

_9—Report on a Bone Breccia Deposit
near the Wombeyan Caves, N.S.W., with
Descriptions of some new Species of
Marsupiais. 1896, 48—On the Compara-
tive Anatomy of the Organ of Jacob-
son in Marsupials. 1896, 591—On the
Lizards of the Chillagoe District, N.
Queensland. 1897, 639—On the Affini-
ties and Habits of Thylacoleo. 1898,
57—A Contribution to the Development
of the Common Phalanger. 1898, 705—
Note on an Hechidna with eight cervical

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS. 5

Vertebrae. 1900, 7383—On the Ossifica-
tion of the Vertebrae in the Wombat
and other Marsupials.. 1900, 735—On
the Mammalian and Reptilian Vomer-
ine Bones. 1902, 545—Observations on
the Development of the Marsupial
Skull. 1909, 195—On the Affinities of
Caenolestes (Marsupialia). 1911, 315.

BrotHervus, V. F. Descriptions of some
new Species of Australian, Tasmanian,
and New Zealand Mosses. vi. 1916,
Hla

BROTHERUS, V. F., and W. W. Watts. The
Mosses of the Yarrangobilly Caves
District, N.S.W. 1912, 363—The Mosses
of Lord Howe Island. 1915, 363—The
Mosses of North Queensland. 1918, 544.

BrovueH, P. Preliminary Note on the
embryo sac of Styphelia longifolia (R.
Br.). 1923, 674—Studies in the Epacri-
daceae. i. The life-history of Styphelia
longifolia (R. Br.). 1924, 162.

Brouce, PJ, Mebuckim, and ASE Ke
PeTrig. An ecological study of the flora
of Mount Wilson. Part i. The vegeta-
tion of the basalt. 1924, 475.

Brown, Ipa A. Notes on the Occurrence
of Glendonites and Glacial Erratics in
Upper Marine Beds at Ulladulla, N.S.W.
1925, 25—Geology of the Milton District,
N.S.W. 1925, 448.

Browne, W. R. See Benson, Dun and
BROWNE; also OSBORNE and BROWNE.
BurRRELL, H. Burrowing Habits of Orni-

thorhynchus. 1925, 167.

CAMBAGE, R. H. Notes on the Botany of
the Interior of New South Wales. Part
i. From the Darling River at Bourke
LOmCobaiyn 9005 59 Lark ee Tom
Cobar to the Bogan River above Nyn-
wena, UOOO, YAMS Jebnee ii, alXiil, alee
Part iv. From Mount Hope to Parkes.

1901, 317; Part v. From Parkes to
Marsden. 1901, 685; Part vi. From
Marsden to Narrandera. 1902, 186;
Part vii. From Forbes to Bathurst.
1902, 561—Notes on the Native Flora of
New South Wales. Part i. Tumba-
rumba and Tumut Districts. 1904, 685;

Part ii. Western Slopes of New England.
1904, 781; Part iii. Orange to Dubbo and
Gilgandra. 1905, 203; Part iv. The Occur-
rence of Casuarina stricta Ait. on the
Narrabeen Shales. 1905, 376; Part v.
Bowral to the Wombeyan Caves. 1906,
432; Part vi. Deepwater to Torrington
and Hmmaville. 1908, 45; Part vii. Hast-
ern Monaro. 1909, 310; Part viii. Cam-
den to Burragorang and Mount Werong.
1911, 541; Supplementary Lists to Part
Viii. Camden to Burragorang and
Mount Werong. 1912, 617; Part ix.
Barraba to Nandewar Mountains and

Boggabri. 1912, 622; Part x. The
Federal Capital Territory. 1918, 673—
Description of a new Species of
Hucalyptus from the Monaro District,
N.S.W. 1909, 336—Presidential Address,
25th March, 1925. 1925, i.

CAMERON, P. On a collection of Parasitic
Hymenoptera (chiefly bred) made by
Mr. W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S., in New
South Wales, with Descriptions of New
Genera and Species. Parti. 1911, 333;
iSeyeie mi, WSLS BGS leer mm, GIA, ILA
—On Parasitic Hymenoptera from the
Solomon Islands, collected by Mr. W.
W. Froggatt, F.L.S. 1911, 349—Descrip-
tions of two new Species of JIchneu-

monidae from the Island of Aru.
NOW2 207.

CAMFIELD, J. H. See MaimpEn and Cam-
FIELD.

CARNE, W. M. Note on the Occurrence of a
Limestone-flora at Grose Vale. 1910,
849—See also Musson and CARNE.

CARRINGTON, B., and W. H. Pearson. List
of Hepaticae collected by Mr. Thomas
Whitelegge in New South Wales, 1884-
HehSsie LOS:

Carter, H. J. Descriptions of new Species
of Australian Coleoptera. 1905, 177—
Notes on the Genus Cardiothorax; with
Descriptions of new Species of Aus-
tralian Coleoptera. 1906, 236—Revision
of the Australian Species of Adelium.
1908, 257—Revision of the Genus Seiro-
trana, together with Descriptions of
new Species of other Australian Cole-
optera. 1908, 392—Notes on Australian
Coleoptera; with Descriptions of new
Species of Tenebrionidae. 1909, 120—
Revision of Sympetes and Helaeus; with
Descriptions of new Species of Tene-
brionidae (Coleoptera). 1910, 77—
Tenebrionidae from Dorrigo (Appendix
to Carabidae from Dorrigo, N.S.W., by
T. G. Sloane). 1910, 843—Revision of
Pterohelaeus (contd.) and of Saragus;
with Descriptions of new Species of
Australian Tenebrionidae. 1911, 179—
Descriptions of some new Species of
Coleoptera. 1912, 480—Notes on the
Genus Stigmodera, with Descriptions of
eleven new Species, and of other Bup-
restidae. 1912, 497—Revision of Aus-
tralian Species of the Subfamilies
Cyphaleinae and Cnodaloninae (Tene-
brionidae). 1913, 61—Revision of the
Subfamily Tenebrioninae, Family Tene-
brionidae: Australian Species; with
Descriptions of new Species of Tene-
brioninae and Cyphaleinae. 1914, 44—
Descriptions of six new Species of
Buprestidae (Coleoptera). 1915, 76—
The Australian Strongyliinae and other

6 INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

Tenebrionidae, with Descriptions of
new Genera and Species. 1915, 522—
Descriptions of a new Genus, and three
new Species of Australian Tene-
_brionidae (Coleoptera) from Barring-
ton Tops, N.S.W. 1916, 209—Some new
Heteromera, and a new Stigmodera
from Tropical Australia. 1917, 701—
Notes on Australian Coleoptera, with
Descriptions of new Species. 1919, 137
—Notes on some Australian Tene-
brionidae, with Descriptions of new
Species; also of a new Genus and
Species of Buprestidae. 1920, 222—
Australian Coleoptera: Notes and new
Species. 1921, 301; No. ii. 1922, 65; No.
iii. 1924, 19; No. iv. 1924, 521—Revision
of the Genera Hthon, Cisseis and their
Allies (Buprestidae). 1923, 159—Re-
vision of the Australian Species of
Chrysobothris (Fam. Buprestidae), to-
gether with Notes, and Descriptions of
New Species of Coleoptera. 1925, 225.

CASTELNAU, F. de. Australian Fishes.
New or little known Species. 1877, 225
—Notes on the Fishes of the Norman
River. 1878, 41—On several new Aus-
tralian (chiefly) Freshwater Fishes.
1878, 140—On a new Ganoid Fish from
Queensland. 1878, 164—Hssay on the
Ichthyology of Port Jackson. 1878, 347.

CASTELNAU, F. pE, and H. P. RaAmsay.
Notes of a Collection of Birds from the
Norman River, Gulf of Carpentaria,
with Descriptions of some new Species.
1875-76, 379.

CHAPMAN, EF. Notes on the older Tertiary
Foraminiferal Rocks on the West Coast
of Santo, New Hebrides. 1905, 261—
On the Tertiary Limestones and Fora-

miniferal Tuffs of Malekula, New
Hebrides. 1907, 745—See also BENSON
and CHAPMAN.

CHAPMAN, H. G. Contributions to our

Knowledge of the Physiology of the
Pancreas. 1905, 92—Note on Cerebral
Localization in the Bandicoot (Per-
ameles). 1906, 493—The Behaviour of
Hyla aurea to Strychnine. 1908, 292—
The Acidity of Milk. 1908, 436—A
Contribution to the Study of Precipitins.
1910, 526—Presidential Address, 27th
March, 1918. 1918, 1—Presidential
Address, 26th March, 1919. 1919, 1—
See also MosELEY and CHAPMAN.

CHAPMAN, H. G., and J. M. Prerriz. The
Hexone Bases of Egg White. 1909, 302.

CHASE, ELEANOR KE. A new Avian
Trematode. 1920, 500.

CHEEL, EH. Notes on Juncus holoschaenus,
R. Br., and J. prismatocarpus, R. Br.,
and on certain other New South Wales
plants. 1902, 210—Notes on the “Com-

mon Nightshade” (Solanum nigrum
Linn.) and some closely related Forms
and Species that have been confused
with it. 1917, 588—New or noteworthy
Plants from the National Herbarium,
Sydney. 1923, 681—Two New Species
of Callistemon, with Notes on Certain
Other Species. 1925, 259—See also
CLELAND and CHEEL.

CHEESEMAN, T. F. Note on the Correct
Habitat of Patella (Scutellastra) ker-
madecensis, Pilsbry. 1895, 221.

CHILTON, C. On a marine Species of

Philougria. 1884, 463—Notes on a few
Australian Hdriophthalmata. 1884,
1035—On a new tIsopodan Genus

(family Oniscidae) from Lake Coran-
gamite, Victeria. 1919, 723.

CHISHOLM, EH. C. Hucalypts of the Blue
Mountains and their -defined Areas.
1924, 147—The Comboyne Plateau: its
General Conformation and Flora. 1925,
284.

Ciapp, F. G. A Few Observations on the
Geology and Geography of North-west
and Desert Basins, Western Australia.
1925, 47.

CLELAND, J. B. Diurnal Variations in the
Temperatures of Camels. 1909, 268—
A Second Bird Census. 1922, 132—See
also JOHNSTON and CLELAND.

CLELAND, J. B., and EH. CuHrert. Records
of Australian Fungi. No. i. 1916, 853.

Coss, N. A. Two new Instruments for
Biologists. 1890, 157—Oxyuris-larvae
hatched in the Human Stomach under
Normal Conditions. 1890, 168—Arabian
Nematodes. 1890, 449—Anticoma: a
Genus of free-living Marine Nematodes.
1890, 765—Onyx and Dipeltis: new
Nematode Genera, with a Note on
Dorylaimus. 1891, 148—Tricoma and
other new Nematode Genera. 1893, 389
—Descriptions of some apparently com-
mon Australian Nematodes found at
Sydney or in Port Jackson (Title).
1898, 171 — Australian Free-living
Marine Nematodes. 1898, 383.

COCKERELL, T. D. A. The Bees of the
Solomon Islands. 1911, 160—Australian
Bees. i. A new Crocisa, with a List of
the Australian Species of the Genus.
1912, 594—A small Collection of Bees
from Tasmania. 1912, 596.

CoLLins, MaArvsoriz (I. On the Leaf-
Anatomy of Scaevola crassifolia (Good-
eniaceae), with special Reference to the
Epidermal Secretion. 1918, 247—Note
on certain Variations of the Sporocyst
in a Species of Saprolegnia. 1920, 277
—On the Structure of the Resin-
secreting Glands in some Australian
Plants. 1920, 329—On the Mangrove

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS. 7

and Saltmarsh Vegetation near Sydney,
with special Reference to Cabbage Tree
@reek, Port Hacking, 19215 3”6—
Studies in the Vegetation of Arid and
Semi-arid New South Wales. Part: i.
The Plant Ecology of the Barrier
IDNisieNCE, WGP Aes Ieewer This Anare)
Botanical Features of the Grey Range
and its Neighbourhood. 1924, 1.

CoQUILLETT, D. W. Description of
Agromyza phaseoli, a new Species of
Leaf-mining Fly. 1899, 128—Descrip-
tions of two new Species of Diptera
from Western Australia. 1900, 389—
Description of a new Fruit Fly of the
Genus Dacus from New South Wales.
1908, 794.

Cotton, L. A. Metasomatic Processes in
a Cassiterite Vein from New England.
1909, 220—Note on the Guyra Lagoon,
N.S.W. 1909, 233—The Tin-Deposits of
New England, N.S.W. Part i. The His-
more Tingha District. 1909, 733—The
Ore-Deposits of Borah Creek, New Eng-
land, N.S.W. 1910, 496—The Diamond
Deposits of Copeton, New South Wales.
1914, 803.

Corton, L. A., and A. B. WautKom. Note
on the Relation of the Devonian and
Carboniferous Formations west of Tam-
worth, N.S.W. 1912, 703.

Cox, J. C. On the Stone Implements of
Australia and the South Sea Islands.
1875-76, 21—Drawings by Australian
Aborigines. 1878, 155—On two new
Species of Helix from the Louisiade
Archipelago. 1879, 114—Notes on the
Genus Cypraea. 1879, 385—Notes on
the Moore Park Borings. 1880, 273—
Notes on some of the Habits and Cus-
toms of Australian Natives in Queens-
land. 1880, 683—On the Nomenclature
and Distribution of the Genus Pythia,
Bolton. 1881, 587—Australian Octo-
podidae. 1881, 773—Presidential Ad-
dress, 25th January, 1882. 1881, 847—
On the Edible Oysters found on the
Australian and neighbouring Coasts.
Part i. 1882, 122; Part ii. 1882, 555—
Presidential Address, 31st Jan., 1883.
1882, 675—Dimensions of some gigantic
Land-Tortoises. 1883, 531—Contribu-
tions to Conchology. No. i. 1887, 1061
—Notes on two Wax Figures obtained
from an Aboriginal Camp at Miriam
Vale near the head of Baffle Creek,
Rockhampton. 1888, 1223—Note on
Cypraea venusta (Sowerby). 1889, 187
—Descriptions of two new Species of
Australian Mollusca. 1889, 658—Annual
(Vice-Presidential) Address, 28th Jan-
uary, 1891. 1890, 899—Descriptions of
some new Species of Pulmonate Mol-

lusca from Australia, and the Solomon
Islands. 1891, 565—Notes on the Occur-
rence of a Species of Plecotrema and of
other Species of Mollusca in Port Jack-
son. 18938, 422—Description of a new
Species of Liparus from West Aus-
tralia. 1899, 435.

Com de De and AS G2) Eni ron. AS ist

of the Birds of the Mudgee District,
with Notes on their Habits, etc. 1889,
395.

CUNNINGHAM, G. H. A critical revision

of the Australian and New Zealand
species of the genus Secotium. 1924,
97—Gasteromycetes of Australasia. ii.
A Revision of the Genus Tulostoma.
1925, 245—iii. The Genera Bovista and
Bovistella. 1925, 367.

CurRAN, J. M. On some Fossil Plants

from Dubbo, N.S.W. 1884, 250—The
Geology of Dubbo. 1885, 170—Notes on
the Geology and Water Supply of the
Interior of New South Wales. 1885,
233—Note on a Leucite-Basalt from
Central New South Wales. 1887, 974—
Carboniferous and Silurian Fossils from
Central New South Wales. 1888, 800
—A Contribution to the Geology and
Petrography of Bathurst, N.S.W. 1891,
173—On the Hvidence (so-called) of
Glacier Action on Mount Kosciusko
Plateau. 1897, 796.

Davip, T. W. EneckwortH. Note on the

Origin of “Kerosene Shale’. 1889, 483
—Geological Notes on (i) The Lacco-
lites of the Junction Mine, near Man-
durama. 1890, 421; (ii) The Occur-
rence of Glossopteris in a remarkable
State of Preservation in the Greta Coal-
measures at Richmond Vale near Mait-
land. 1890, 424; (iii) The Occurrence
of Andesitic Lavas at the Canoblas,
near Orange. 1890, 426—Presidential
Address, 28th March, 1894.. 1893, 540—
Presidential Address, 27th March, 1895.
1895, 134—On the Occurrence of Diato-
maceous Harth at the Warrumbungle
Mountains, N.S.W. (Title). 1895, 548—
Note on the Occurrence of Diatoma-
ceous Harth at the Warrumbungle
Mountains, New South Wales. 1896, 261
—The Occurrence of Radiolaria in
Palaeozoic Rocks in New South Wales.
1896, 553—Geological Notes on Kosci-
usko, with special Reference to Eivi-
dences of Glacial Action. Part ii.
1908, 657—See also Dun, RANDS and
Daviv; ETHERIDGE and Davin; PITTMAN
and Davyip.

IDANady, Mb Wo 194, IR, lala, eyaol Jay Ja

PittTMAN. Geological Notes on Kos-
ciusko, with Special Reference to
evidences of Glacial Action. 1901, 26.

8 INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

Davin, T. W. E., and W. Howcuin. Note
on the Occurrence of Casts of Radio-
laria in Pre-Cambrian (?) Rocks,
South Australia. 1896, 571.

DEANE, H. Presidential Address, 25th
March, 1896. 1895, 619—Presidential
Address, 31st March, 1897.
Observations on the Tertiary Flora of
Australia, with special Reference to
EKttingshausen’s Theory of the Tertiary
Cosmopolitan Flora. 1900, 463; Part ii.
On the Venation of Leaves and its
Value in the Determination of Botanical

Affinities. 1900, 581.
DEANE, H., and J. H. Maipen. The Grey
Gum of the North Coast Districts

(Hucalyptus propinqua, n. sp.). 1895,
541—Observations on the Hucalypts of
New South Wales. Part i. 1895, 596;
Part ii. 1896, 798; Part iii. 1897, 704;
Part iv. 1898, 780; Part v. 1899, 448;
Part vi. 1899, 612; Part vii. 1900, 104;
Part viii. 1901, 122—On a new Species
of Eucalyptus from the Sydney District.
1897, 561—On the White Ash of
Southern New South Wales. 1898, 412
—Further Notes on supposed Hybridisa-
tion amongst Hucalypts including a
Description of a new Species. 1901, 339.

Denpy, A. Further Notes on the Ovi-
parity of the larger Victorian Peripatus
generally known as P. leuckartii. 1892,
267—Notes on some Land Planarians
collected by Thos. Steel, Esq., F.L.S., in
the Blue Mis., N.S.W. 1894, 729—
Description of Peripatus oviparus.
1895, 195.

De Vis, C. W. Description of three new
Fishes of Queensland. 1882, 318—
Description of a Species of Squill from
Moreton Bay. 1882, 321—Descriptions
of some new Queensland Fishes. 1882,
367—Description of two new Birds of
Queensland. 1882, 561—Description of
a new Belideus from Northern Q’land.
1882, 619—Description of two new
Queensland Fishes. 1882, 620—On Re-
mains of an extinct Marsupial. 18838,
1i—On Tooth-marked Bones of extinct
Marsupials. 1883, 187—On Brachalletes
Paimeri, an extinct Marsupial. 1883,
190—Notes on a lower Jaw of Palor-
chestes Azael. 1883, 221—Descriptions
of new Genera and Species of Aus-
tralian Fishes. 1883, 283—Myology of

Chlamydosaurus Kingii. 1883, 300—On
a Fossil Calvaria. 1883, 392—On a
Fossil Humerus. 1883, 404—Fishes

from South Sea Islands. 1883, 445—
On some new Batrachians from Queens-
land. 1884, 65—New Australian Fishes
in the Queensland Museum. Part i.
1884, 389; Part ii. 1884, 453; Part iii.
1884, 5387; Part iv. 1884, 685; Part v.

1896, 821— ©

1884, 869—On certain Geckos in the
Queensland Museum. 1886, 168—On
new or rare Vertebrates from the Her-
bert River, North Queensland. 1886,
1129—A Contribution to the Herpet-
ology of Queensland. 1887, 811—On a
supposed new Species of Nototherium.
1887, 1065—On an Extinct Genus of the
Marsupials allied to Hypsiprymnodon.
1888, 5—A Glimpse of the Post-
Tertiary Avifauna of Queensland.
1888, 1277—Descriptions of two Lizards
of Genera new to Australian Herpet-
ology. 1889, 1034—Reptiles from New
Guinea. 1890, 497—On the Trail of an
extinct Bird. 1891, 117—Note on an
extinct Hagle. 1891, 123—In confirma-
tion of the Genus Owenia so-called.

1891, 159—Remarks on Post-Tertiary
Phascolomyidae. 1891, 235—The In-
eisors of Sceparnodon. 1891, 258—

Residue of the extinct Birds of Queens-
land as yet detected. 1891, 437—Note
on the upper Incisor of Phascolonus.
1893, 11—A Thylacine of the earlier
Nototherian Period in Queensland.
1893, 44838—A Review of the Fossil Jaws
of the Macropodidae in the Queensland
Museum (Abstract). 1894, 735; 1895,
75—Description of a Flycatcher, pre-
sumably new. 1895, 171—Description
of a Tree Creeper, presumably new

(Title). 1895, 536.
Distant, W. L. Synonymical Notes on
some recently described Australian

Cicadidae. 1912, 600.

Drxson, T. Storte. Note upon the Bark
of a reputed Ecbolic Plant from New
Caledonia. 1882, 114—Presidential
Address, 30th March, 1904. 1904, 1—
Presidential Address, 29th March, 1905.
1905, 2.

Dopp, A. P. Two New Hymenoptera of
the Superfamily Proctotrypidae from
Australia. 1920, 443.

Donat, et SHurRAT. Sur Quelques Simili-
tudes des Langues et des Coutumes des
Indigénes de Funafuti (Ellice Group)
et des Indigénes de Iles de la Société,
de l’Archipel des Tuamotu, etc. 1903,
926.

Dun, W. S. Note on the Occurrence of
Sponge remains in the Lower Silurian
of New South Wales. 1897, 436—
Presidential Address, 25th March, 1914.
1914, i1—Presidential Address, 31st
March, 1915. 1915, 1—See also BENson,
Duw and BRowNE; MITCHELL and Dun. .

Dun, W. S., W. H. Ranps, and T. W. EH.
Davin. Note on the Occurrence of
Diatoms, Radiolaria and Infusoria in
the Rolling Downs Formation (Lower
Cretaceous), Queensland. 1901, 299.

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS. 9

Durrant, J. H. Description of a new
Species of Tortricidae. 1891, 17.

Epwarps, H. Notes on the Habits and
earlier Stages of Cryptophasa uni-
punctata, Don. 1890, 300.

ENGELHARDT, B. G. Notes on the Occur-
rence of Stilbite in the Hruptive Rocks
of Jamberoo, N.S.W. 1891, 5.

ETHERIDGE, R., Junr. Description of
Fish-Remains from the “Rolling Downs
Formation” of Northern Queensland.
1888, 156—On additional Evidence of
the Genus Jchthyosaurus in the Meso-
zoic Rocks (“Rolling Downs Forma-
tion”) of North Hastern Australia.
1888, 405—On additional Evidence of
the Occurrence of Plesiosaurus in the
Mesozoic Rocks of Queensland. 1888,
410—Additions to the Fossil Flora of
Hastern Australia. 1888, 1300—Re-
marks on Fossils of Permo-Carbonifer-
ous Age, from North-Western Australia,
in the Macleay Museum. 1889, 199—
Note on the Fructification of Phlebop-

teris alethopteroides, Etheridge, fil.
from the Lower Mesozoic Beds of
Queensland. 1889, 625—-Note on the

Bibliography of Lord Howe Island.
1889, 627—On the further Structure of
Conularia inornata, Dana, and Hyo-
lithes lanceolatus, Morris sp. (= Theca
lanceolata, Morris). 1889, 751—Note
on the Structure of Annularia australis,
Feistmantel, 1890, 47—Note on Aus-
tralian Aboriginal Stone Weapons and
Implements. No. i. 1890, 251; Nos. ii-iv.
1890, 289; Nos. v-ix. 1890, 367; Nos. x-
oy, IOI, Fle WGK, samierants ASOil, asey7s
Nos. xXviii-xx. 1893, 295—Has Man a
Geological History in Australia? 1890,
259—A large Hquisetum from the
Hawkesbury Sandstone. 1890, 445—On
a Form of Womerah or ‘“Throwing-
stick” presumed to be undescribed.
1891, 699—A second undescribed Form
ot Womerah from Northern Australia.
1892, 170—Note on Queensland Creta-
ceous Crustacea. 1892, 305—On Leaia
Mitchelli, Eth. fil., from the Upper Coal
Measures of the Newcastle District.
1892, 307—Modifications of the Billetta
or Gnalealing Womerah. 1892, 399—
Three additional Types of Womerah or
Throwing-Stick. 1893, 300—On an
Aboriginal Implement, believed to be
undescribed, and supposed to be a Hoe.
1894, 109—On three highly ornate
Boomerangs from the Bulloo River,
N.S.W. 1894, 193—On five interesting
Shields from Northern Queensland,
with an Hnumeration of the figured
Types of Australian Shields. 1894, 506

—Additional Notes on the Palaeon-
tology of Queensland. Part i. Palaeo-
zoic. 1894, 518—The Kuditcha Shoes
of Central Australia. 1894, 544—
Descriptions of further highly ornate
Boomerangs from New South Wales and
Queensland. 1896, 14—Two ornate
Boomerangs from North Queensland.
1897, 260—Further Carved Boomerangs,
and two Varieties of the Langeel from
North Queensland. 1898, 701—The
Spear-Becket or ‘“Doigtier’ of New
Caledonia, the New Hebrides and other

Pacific Islands. 1899, 271—The
“Widow's Cap” of the Australian
Aborigines. 1899, 333—Method of sus-

pending the Palu, or so-called “Shark-
hooks” as deduced from a Model. 1899,
424—-The Tanna Spear-becket. 1899,
427.

ETHERIDGE, R., Jr., and T. W. H. Davip. On
the Mode of Attachment of the Leaves
or Fronds to the Caudex in Glossop-
teris: with Remarks on the Relation of
the Genus to its Allies, with a Note on
its Stratigraphical Distribution in Aus-
tralasia. 1894, 228.

ETHERIDGE, R., Junr., and J. MITCHELL.
On the identity of Bronteus Partschi de
Koninck (non Barrande) from the
Upper Silurian Rocks of N.S.W. 1890,
501—The Silurian Trilobites of N.S.W.,
with references to those of other parts
of Australia. Part i. 1891, 311; Part ii.
The Genera Proetus and Cyphaspis.
1893, 169; Part iii. The Phacopidae.
1895, 486; Partiv. The Odontopleuridae.
1896, 694; Part v. The Hncrinuridae.
1915, 646; Part vi. The Calymeneidae,
Cheiruridae, Harpeidae, Bronteidae,
etc., with an Appendix. 1917, 480.

Eyer, J. R. A Comparison of the Male
Genitalia of the Palaeosetidae with
those of Other Lepidoptera Homoneura.
LOZ5e 26M.

Eyer, J. R., and A. J. Turner. The Aus-
tralian Species of Oncopera (Hepial-
idae, Lepidoptera). 1925, 272.

FarquuHar, H. On the Hchinoderm Fauna
of New Zealand. 1898, 300—Descrip-
tion of a new Ophiuran. 1899, 187.

Fereuson, H. W. The Amycteridae of the
“Voyage de |’Astrolabe’, 1835. 1911, 141
—Revision of the Amycteridae. Part i.
Genus Psalidura. 1909, 524; Part ii.
Talaurinus. 1912, 83; 1913, 340; Part
iii. Notonophes, Macramycterus, and
genera allied to Talaurinus. 1914, 217;
Part iv. Sclerorinus (Section i). 1915,
685; (Section 11). 291!5, 759; Part v.
Molochtus and Cubicorrhynchus. 1916,
422; Part vi. Acantholophus. 1921, 19:

10 INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

Part vii. Hyborrhynchus and allied
genera. 1921, 393; Part viii. The
EHuomides. 1923, 381—Description of a
New Species of Mycetophilidae (Dip-
tera) with Luminous Larvae. 1925,
487.

Frrauson, H. W., and MARGUERITE HENRY.
Tabanidae from Camden Haven
District, New South Waies, with
Descriptions of new Species. 1919, 828.

Frereuson, H. W., and G. F. Hinz. Notes on
Australian Tabanidae. 1920, 460; Part
ii. 1922) 245.

FirzcEraALtp, R. D., Junr. Notes on the
Nidification of Sphecotheres mazillaris,
Lath., and of Campephaga leucomelaena
(V. & H.) with Descriptions of their
Hegs. 1887, 970.

FITZGERALD, W. V. Notes on some
hitherto unrecorded Species of Plants
indigenous in the State of Western
Australia. 1902, 241—Descriptions of
some New Species of West Australian
Plants. 1903, 104.

FLetcuer, J. J. On the existence after
Parturition of a Direct Communica-
tion between the median vaginal Cul-
de-sac so-called, and the Urogenital
Canal in certain Species of Kangaroos.
1881, 796—On some points in the
anatomy of the urogenital Organs in
Females of certain Species of Kan-
garoos. Part i. 1882, 640; Part ii. 1883,
6—Note on a Viviparous Lizard
(Hinulia elegans). 1883, 215—Cata-
logue of Papers and Works relating to
the Mammalian Orders Marsupialia and
Monotremata. 1884, 809—Notes on Aus-
tralian Harthworms. Part i. 1886, 523;
iPeee whl, IGG, O439 Ieee ii, ISI, Bas
IEEE Thy, USS, GOlS Ieee ww, IlSSe, aWszils
Part vi. 1889, 987—Remarks on an I[n-
troduced Species of Land-Planarian
apparently Bipalium Kewense, Moseley.
1887, 244—Communication of a list of
the Plants collected in N.W. Australia
by Mr. Froggatt. 1888, 1256—Observa-
tions on the Oviposition and Habits of
certain Australian Batrachians. 1889,
357—Additional Notes on Peripatus
leuckarti. 1890, 469—Contributions to
a more exact knowledge of the Geo-
graphical Distribution of Australian
Batrachia. No. i. 1890, 667; No. ii.
1891, 263; No. iii. 1892, 7; No. iv. 1893,
524; No. v, 1897, 660—Description of a
supposed new Cystignathoid Frog.
1891, 275—A viviparous Australian
Peripatus (P. leuckartii, Sang.). 1892,
179—Description of a new Cystig-
nathoid Frog from New South Wales.
1893, 229—Description of a new Cystig-
nathoid Frog from New South Wales.

1893, 522—On the Specific Identity of
the Australian Peripatus usually sup-
posed to be P. leuckarti, Sanger. 1895,
172—On the Dates of Publication of the
early Volumes of the Society’s Pro-
ceedings. 1895, 5383—Hucalypts and
Loranths in the Relations of Host and
Parasite; and as Food Plants (Title
only). 1896, 381—Contributions to a
Knowledge of the Fauna of British
New Guinea. Oligochaeta. 1898, 369—
Illustrations of Polycotyledony in the
Genus Persoonia, with some Reference
to Nuytsia (N.O.0. Proteaceae; Loran-

thaceae). 1908, 867—On a ease of
Natural Hybridism in the Genus
Grevillea (N.O. Proteaceae) (Title).
1913, 449—Presidential Address, 31st

March, 1920. 1920, 1—The Society’s
Heritage from the Macleays. Address
by the President, at the Special General
Meeting, 14th June, 1920. 1920, 567—
Presidential Address, 30th March, 1921.
@)aals a.

Fuercuer, J. J.. and A. G. HAMILTON.
Notes on Australian Land-Planarians,
with Descriptions of some new Species.
Part i. 1887, 349.

FLETCHER, J. J.. and C. T. Musson. On
certain .Shoot-bearing Tumours of
Eucalypts and Angophoras; and their
modifying Influence on the Natural
Growth-habit of the Plants. 1918, 191.

Frynn, T. T. Contributions to a Know-
ledge of the Anatomy and Development
of the Marsupialia. INOFN 1s The
Genitalia of Sarcophilus satanicus (Q).
1910, 873—The Phylogenetic Signifi-
cance of the Marsupial Allantoplacenta.
O22 Ale

ForsytH, W. Contribution to a Know-
ledge of the Mosses of New South
Wales. 1899, 674—Some Records of
New South Wales Mosses (Title Only).
1902, 369.

Froceatt, J. L. A Study of the External
Breathing-Apparatus of the Larvae of
some Muscoid Flies. 1918, 658.

Froaeatt, W. W. Notes on the Natives
of West Kimberley, N. W. Australia.
1888, 651—Notes on the Life-History of
certain Saw-flies (Genus Perga), with
Description of a new Species. 1890,
283—Descriptions of a new Genus and
two new Species of Tenthredinidae.
1890, 487—Note on the Life-history of
Pterygophorus cinctus Klug. 1890, 654
—Catalogue of the described Hymen-
optera of Australia. Part i. 1890, 689;
Part ii. 1892, 205—Notes on a small
Collection of Hymenoptera from Narra-
bri, N.S.W. 1891, 183—Notes on Aus-
tralian Cynipidae, with Descriptions of

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS. ila

several new Species. 1892, 152—Gall-
making Buprestids. 1892, 323—Notes on
the Family Brachyscelidae, with some
account of their Parasites, and Descrip-
tions of New Species. Part i. 1892, 353;
Part ii. 1893, 209; Part ii. 1893, 335;
Part iv. 1895, 201; Part v, 1898, 370
On the Life-Histories of Australian
Coleone, Ieee i, Ise, Avg leeieeE tH.
1894, 113; Part iii. 1895, 325—Note on
the Occurrence of the I[cerya aegyptia-
cum, Dougl. in New South Wales. 1893,
534—On the Nests and Habits of Aus-
tralian Vespidae and Larridae. 1894,
27—Description of a new Mite belong-
ing to the Genus Heteropus, found in
Wasps’ Nests. 1894, 259—Wood Moths:
with some Account of their Life-
Histories, chiefly compiled from the
Notes of Mr. R. Thornton of Wallsend,
N.S. W. 1894, 375—Australian Ter-
mitidae Part i. 1895, 415; Part ii. 1896,
SO Part ii 1897, 721——Notes’ om
Cicadas, 1895, 526—The Hntomology of
Grass-Trees (Xanthorrhoea). 1896, 74
—On the Bag-Shelters of Lepidopterous
Larvae of the Genus Veara. 1896, 258
—A new Genus and Species of Saw-fly.
1899, 130—Australian Psyllidae. Part i.
1900, 250; Part ii. 1901, 242; Part iii.
1903, 315—Notes on Australian Neurop-
tera and their Life-Histories. 1902, 358
—Notes on the Genus Psychopsis, New-
man, with Descriptions of new Species.
1903, 453—Studies in Australian Thy-
sanoptera; the Genus Jdolothrips, Halli-
day. 1904, 54—Notes on WNeuwroptera
and Descriptions of new Species. 1904,
671—Notes on the Hymenopterous
Genus Megalyra Westw., with Descrip-
tions of new Species. LIOG 399
Description of a New Tick belonging
to the Family Argasidae. 1906, 408—
The Entomological Fauna of Nauru
Island, of the Ocean Island Group.
1910, 407—Notes on Fruit-Flies (Try-
petidae) with Descriptions of new
Species. 1910, 862—Description of a
new Lac-Coccid (Genus Tachardia)
from New South Wales. 1911, 154—
Presidential Address, 27th March, 1912.
1912, 1—Presidential Address, 26th
March, 1913. 1913, 1—Notes on a Col-
lection of Australian and other Myria-
poda. 1915, 681—Notes on Australian
Saw-flies (Tenthredinidae). 1918, 668
—-A new Species of Wax Scale (Cero-
plastes murrayi) from New Guinea.
1919, 439—Description of a new Phasma
belonging to the Genus Hztatosoma.
1922, 344—Notes on Australian Coc-
cidae with Description of New Species.

1925, 378—See also Gopinc and
FROGGATT.

Frost, C., and A. H. S. Lucas. On a new
Skink Lizard from Tasmania. 1893,

227—See also Lucas and Frost.

Fry, D. B. Description of Aphantophryne,
a new Batrachian Genus from New
Guinea: with Comparative Notes on the
Pectoral Musculature. 1916, 770.

GittiaTT, H. A. Some Remarks on the
Action of Tannin on Infusoria. 1883,
383.

Ginitiges, C. D. On the Seasonal Distribu-
tion of some Queensland Species of
Arcella Ehrenberg (Rhizopoda). 1918,
BAU

Gopparp, HE. J. Contribution to our Know-
ledge of Australian Hirudinea. Part i.
1908, 320; Part ii. 1908, 854; Part iii.
1909, 467; Part iv. With a Note on a
Parasitic Endoproctous Polyzoon. 1909,
721; Part v. Leech-Metamerism. 1910,
51; Part vi. The Distribution of the
Hirudinea, with Special Reference to
Australian Forms, and remarks on
their Affinities, together with Reflec-
tions on Zoogeography. 1910, 69—Con-
tribution to a further Knowledge of
Australian Oligochaeta. Part i. Descrip-
tions of two Species of a new Genus
of Phreodrilidae. 1908, 768; Part ii.
Description of a Tasmanian Phreo-
drilid. 1908, 845—Australian Fresh-
water Polyzoa. Part i. 1909, 487.

Gopparp, E. J.. and H. I. Jensen. Contri-
bution to a Knowledge of Australian
Foraminifera. Part ii. 1907, 291.

Gopine, F. W. A preliminary Study of
the Membracidae described from Aus-
tralia and Tasmania. 1898, 85—A
Monograph of the Australian Mem-
bracidae. 1903, 2.

Gopine, F. W., and W. W. FROGGATT.
Monograph of the Australian Cicadidae.
1904, 561.

GRANT, F. HE. Crustacea dredged off Port
Jackson in Deep Water. 1905, 312.

GRANT, EF. E., and A. R. McCuLtocH. On
a Collection of Crustacea from the Port
Curtis District, Queensland. 1906, 2—
Decapod Crustacea from Norfolk Island.
1907, 151.

GREEN, EH. H. On some new Species of
Coccidae from Australia, collected by
W. W. Froggatt, F.L.S. 1900, 559—
Notes on Australian Coccidae, ex Coll.
W. W. Froggatt, with Descriptions of
new Species. No. i. 1904, 462.

GREENWOOD, W. See VEITCH and GREEN-
Woop.

Grey, EH. C. The Fatty Acids of Brain
Lipoids. Part i. 1910, 295—Contribu-

12 INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

tion to our Knowledge of the Chemistry
of Blood. No. i. Globin Sulphate and
Globin from Ox-blood. 1911, 307.

Grice, F. J. T. See PHILLIPPS and Grice.

GROUVELLE, A. Description d’une nouvelle
espece d’Ozylaemus (Coleoptera: Coly-
diidae). 1907, 835.

Guppy, H. B. Note on the Cocoanut-eating
Habit of the Birgus in the Solomon
Group. 1882, 661—Suggestions as to
the Mode of Formation of Barrier Reefs
in Bougainville Straits, Solomon Group.
1884, 949.

GurRNEY, W. B. Mite of genus Hriophyes
associated with Malformation of Leaves
of Hucalyptus stricta. 1924, 395.

Hatz, H. M. Two new Hemiptera from
New South Wales. 1924, 461—The De-
velopment of Two Australian Sponge-
Crabs. 1925, 405.

Hatt, H. C. The Hucalypts of Parra-
matta, with the Description of a new
Species. 1912, 561—The Evolution of
the Hucalypts in Relation to the Coty-
ledons and Seedlings. 1914, 473—On
a new Species or Form of Eucalyptus.
1918, 747.

Hatz, R. Description of a new Pardalote,
its Nest and Eggs, from Victoria
(Title only). 1899, 282—Note on the
Occurrence in Victoria of a Phase of
the Subspecies Pardalotus assimilis
Ramsay. 1899, 472.

Hatz, T. S. On the Occurrence of Mono-
graptus in New South Wales. 1902, 654.

HaLuican, G. H. Sand-Movement on the
New South Wales Coast. 1906, 619.

HALLMANN, EH. F. A Revision of the Mon-
axonid Sponges described as new in
Lendenfeld’s “Catalogue of the Sponges
in the Australian Museum”. Part i.
UGii4h Zosie ieeyee, whi, Weill Syave Jens mil
1914, 398—A Revision of the Genera
with Microscleres included, or pro-
visionally included, in the Family
Axinellidae; with Descriptions of some
Australian Species (Porifera). Part i.
UShlG, Gass leevee a, wilh, 2s Ieee it,
1916, 634—On the Genera EHchinazxia
and Rhabdosigma (Porifera). 1917, 391
—New Genera of Monaxonid Sponges
related to the genus Clathria. 1919,
mone

Haminton, A. A. A new Species of Lepi-
dosperma (N.O. Cyperaceae) from the
Port Jackson District; with some mis-
cellaneous Botanical Notes. 1910, 411
—A new Species of Hriochloa from the
Hawkesbury River. 1912, 709—Topo-
graphical and Ecological Notes on the
Flora of the Blue Mountains. 1915, 386
—The Instability of Leaf-Morphology

in its Relation to Taxonomic Botany.
1916, 152—Notes on the Genus
Lepidium (N.O. Cruciferae) from the
National Herbarium, Sydney. 1917,
445—An Ecological Study of the Salt-
marsh Vegetation in the Port Jackson
District. 1919. 463—Notes from the
Botanic Gardens, Sydney. 1920, 260.

Hamitton, A. G. On the Fertilisation of
Goodenia hederacea, Sm. 1885, 157—
List of the Orchideae of the Mudgee
District. 1886, 865—A List of the In-
digenous Plants of the Mudgee District.
1887, 259—On the Fertilisation of
Clerodendron tomentosum, R. Br., and
Candollea (Stylidium) serrulata, Labill.
1894, 15—Notes on the Methods of Fer-

tilisation. of the Goodeniaceae. Part i.
1894, 201; Part ii. 1895, 361—Note on
Pittosporum undulatum, Andr. 1894,

5838—On apparently undescribed Struc-
tures in the Leaves of Certain Plants
(Title). 1895, 617—On Domatia in cer-
tain Australian and other Plants. 1896,
758—On the Fertilisation of Hupomatia
laurina, R. Br. 1897, 48—Notes on the
Fertilisation of some Australian and
other Plants. 1898, 759—On the Flora
of Mt. Wilson. 1899, 346—Notes on
Byblis gigantea, Lindl. (N.O. Droser-
aceae). 1903, 680—Notes on the West
Australian Pitcher-Plant (Cephalotus
follicularis, Lapbill.). 1904, 386—The
Xerophilous Characters of Hakea dacty-
loides, Cav. (N.O. Proteaceae). 1914,
152—Presidential Address, 29th March,
1916. 1916, 1—Presidential Address, 28th
March, 1917. 1917, 1—See also Cox and
HAMILTON, FLETCHER and HAMILTON.
Harpy, G. H. Descriptions of Australian
Flies of the Family Asilidae (Diptera),
with Synonyms and Notes. 1920, 185—
On the male Genitalia of some Robber-

flies belonging to the Sub-family
Asilinae (Diptera). 1920, 250—A Re-
vision of the Chiromyzini (Diptera).

1920, 532—A preliminary Revision of
some Genera belonging to the Diptera
Brachycera of Australia. 1921, 285—
A Revision of the Australian Chiro-
myzini (Stratiomyiidae. Diptera). 1924,
360—Australian Nemestrinidae (Dip-
tera). 1924, 447—Australian Mydaidae
(Diptera). 1925, 139—See also JoHNS-
TON and Harpy.

Harprer, W. R. A Description of Certain
Objects of unknown Significance for-
merly used by some New South Wales
Tribes. 1898, 420—Results of an Ex-
ploration of Aboriginal Rock-shelters at

Port Hacking. 1899, 322—On the
“Onvar” of Malekula, New Hebrides.
1901, 2338.

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS. 13

Harrison, L. On some Pauropoda from
New South Wales. 1914, 615—Note on
the Pigmentation of Frogs’ Eggs. 1921,
370—See also JOHNSTON and HARRISON.

Harrison, L., and Haze, C. WEEKES. On
the Occurrence of Placentation in the
Scinecid Lizard, Lygosoma _ entrecas-
teauxi. 1925, 470.

Hartman, W. D. Description of a new
Diplomorpha. 1891, 571.

Hasweti, W. A. On six new Species of
Annelids belonging to the Family
Amphinomidae. 1878, 341—On two new
Species of Crabs of the Genus Steno-
rhynchus. 1878, 408—Notes on the
Anatomy of Birds. i. The Brachial
Plexus of Birds. 1878, 409; Notes on
the Anatomy of Birds. ii. The Lumbar
and Sacral Plexuses of Nerves. iii. The
Myological Characters of the Colum-
bidae. 1879, 303—On the Australian
Species of Penoeus in the Macleay
Museum, Sydney. 1879, 38—Contribu-
tions to a Monograph of the Australian
Leucosiidae. 1879, 44—On Australian
Amphipoda. 1879, 245—Note on the
Phyllosoma Stage of Ibacus Peronii,
Leach. 1879, 280—On some additional
new Genera and Species of Amphipo-
dous Crustaceans. 1879, 319—On the
Cyclostomatous Polyzoa of Port Jack-
son and Neighbourhood. 1879, 350—
Note supplementary to a Paper on the
Australian Leucosiidae. 1879, 403—On
the Australian Brachyura Oxyrhyncha.
1879, 431—On some Polyzoa from the
Queensland Coast. 1880, 33—On some
new Amphipods from Australia and
Tasmania. 1880, 97—On some new Aus-
tralian Marine Isopoda. Part i. 1880,
470; Part ii. 1881, 181—Note on the
Occurrence on the Coast of New South
Wales of the Genus Mesenteripora, BI.
(Polyzoa Cyclostomata). 1881, 199—
On some new Australian Brachyura.
1881, 540—Description of a new Species
of Apseudes. 1881, 748—Description of
some new Species of Australian
Decapoda. 1881, 750—On the structure
of the Paired Fins of Ceratodus, with
Remarks on the general Theory of the
Vertebrate Limb. 1882, 2—Note on the
Anatomy of two rare Genera of
Pigeons. 1882, 115—-On Australian
Fresh-water Sponges. 1882, 208—Note
on the Brain of the Tiger Shark
(Galeocerdo rayneri). 1882, 210—A
Monograph of the Australian Aphro-
ditea. 1882, 250—Note on some Points
in the Anatomy of the Pigeons referred
to by Dr. Hans Gadow in a recent
Paper on the Anatomy of Pterocles.
1882, 397—Preliminary Note on an Aus-

tralian Species of Phoronis (Gephyrea
“Tubicola’). 1882, 606—Note on a
curious Instance of Symbiosis. 1882,
608—Note on the Segmental Organs of
Aphrodita. 1882, 610—On some new
Australian Tubicolous Annelids. 1882,
633—On the brain of Grey’s Whale
(Kogia greyi). 1883, 4837—Studies on
the Hlasmobranch Skeleton. 1884, 71—
Note on the Claspers of Heptanchus.
1884, 381—The Marine Annelides of the
Order Serpulea. Some Observations on
their Anatomy, with the Characteristics
of the Australian Species. 1884, 649—
On a new Crustacean found inhabiting
the Tubes of Vermilia (Serpulidae).
1884, 676—Note on the young of the
Saw-Fish Shark (Pristiophorus cir-
ratus). 1884, 680—Revision of the Aus-
tralian Laemodipoda. 1884, 993—A
Revision of the Australian Isopoda.
1884, 1001—On a new Instance of
Symbiosis. 1884, 1019—On the Pycno-
gonida of the Australian Coast, with
Descriptions of new Species. 1884,
1021—Notes on the Australian Amphi-
poda. 1885, 95—-Jottings from the Bio-
logical Laboratory of Sydney Univer-
sity. No. i. On a Destructive Parasite
of the Rock Oyster. 1885, 273; No. 2.
On some Recent Histological Methods,
and their Adaptation to the Teaching
of Practical Histology. 1885, 276; No.
3. Minute Structure of Polynoe. 1885,
278: No. 4. An Australian Species of
Bonellia. 1885, 331; No. 5. “Aquatic
Respiration” in Fresh-water Turtles.
1885, 331; No. 6. On the Myology of
the Flying Phalanger. 1886, 176; No.
7. Cutting Sections of Delicate Vege-
table Structures. 1886, 489; No. 8.
“Vocal Organs” of the Cicada. 1886,
489; No. 9. Notes on 7mesipteris and
Psilotum. 1887, 1025; No. 10. On the
Embryology of Vermilia caespitosa and
Eupomatus elegans. 1887, 1052; No. 11.
On Sacculina infesting Australian
Crabs. UGGS, Al@alile Iw@, wz Om
Method of Preparing Blastoderms of
the Fowl. 1888, 1712; No. 13. Note on
Urolophus testaceus. 1888, 1713; No.
14. On a remarkable Flat-worm para-
sitic in the Golden Frog. 1890, 661;
No. 15. On a simple Method of Sub-
stituting strong Alcohol for a watery
Solution in the Preparation of Speci-
mens. 1891, 4833; No. 16. Note on the
Occurrence of a Flagellate Infusorian
as an Intra-cellular Parasite. 1892,
197; No. 17. Three Zoological Novel-
ties: i. The Occurrence of a second
Species of Phoronis in Port Jackson.
1892, 340; ii. An Alloiocoele Turbel-

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

larian inhabiting the underground
waters of Canterbury, New Zealand.
1892, 341; iii. A new Genus of the
Temnocephaleae. 1892, 342; No. 18.
Note on certain Points in the Arrange-
ment and Structure of the Tentacu-
liferous Lobes in Nautilus pompilius.
1895, 544—Observations on some Aus-
tralian Polychaeta. Part i. 1885, 733—
Observations on the early Stages in the
Development of the Emu (Dromaeus
novae-hollandiae). 1887, 576—On
simple striated muscle Fibres. 1888,
1704—Observations on the Chlorae-
midae, with special Reference to cer-
tain Australian Forms. 1891, 329—
Presidential Address, 27th January,
1892. 1891, 706—A Monograph of the
Temnocephaleae, Part i (Title). 1892,
19—Presidential Address, 29th March,
1893. 1892, 668—On the Development
of Heterodontus (Cestracion) phillipi.
Part i. 1897, 96—On Didymorchis, a
Rhabdocoele’ Turbellarian inhabiting
the Branchial Cavities of New Zealand
Crayfishes. 1900, 424—Supplement to
a “Monograph of the Temnocephaleae’”’.
1900, 430—On a Gyrocotyle from
Chimaera ogilbyi, and on Gyrocotyle
in General. 1902, 48—On two Remark-
able Sporocysts occurring in Mytilus
latus, on the Coast of New Zealand.
1902, 497—Australian Syllidae, HEusyl-
lidae and Autolytidae. 1920, 90—On
Astacocroton, a new type of Acarid.
1922, 329—Critical Notes on the Temno-
cephaloidea. 1924, 509.

lias, Wo A. @inGl J, 12, Jeti, Om

Polycercus: a proliferating Cystic Para-
site of the Earthworms. 1893, 365.

Havitanp, H: Occasional Notes on the

Inflorescence and Habits of Plants in-
digenous in the immediate neighbour-

hood of Sydney. No. 1. 1882, 392;
IN@, B WS82, GilBs WoO, 3 WSse, wsA¢
INOn) 4a S83 2898 INO. ba diesen 42a:
No. 6. 1884, 67; No. 7. 1884, 449:

No. 8. 1884, 1171; No. 9. 1885, 459—
Some Remarks on the Fertilization of
the Genus Goodenia. 1885, 237—On a
Microscopic Fungus parasitic upon the
Cucurbitaceae. 1886, 173—Flowering
Seasons of Australian Plants. No. i.
1886, 1049; No. ii. 1886, 1103; No. iii.
IS7, IOHS INO, why, IUSs7, WsHe ING, Ww
1887, 185; No. vi. 1887, 348; No. vii.
1887, 565; No. viii. 1888, 267.

Havitannp, F. EH. Notes on the Indigen-

ous Plants in the Cobar District, N.S.W.
1911, 507; No. ii. 1913, 639—The Pollin-
ation of Goodenia cycloptera, R. Br.
(N.O. Goodeniaceae). 1914, 851.

Hepiey, C. On the Structure and System-

atic Position of Cystopelta. 1890, 44—
On the Anatomy of some Tasmanian
Land Snails. 1891, 19—The Land
Molluscan Fauna of British New
Guinea. 1891, 67; Anatomical Supple-
ment. 1891, 685; Second Supplement.
1894, 384—-Observations on the Charo-
pidae. Part i. 1892, 157—On the Genus
Perrieria. 1892, 311—The Range of
Placostylus; a Study in Ancient
Geography. 1892, 335—Schizoglossa;
a new Genus of Carnivorous Snails.
1892, 3887—On Parmacochlea fischeri,
Smith (Title). 1892, 410—Description
of Caecum amputatum, an undescribed
Molluse from Sydney Harbour. 18938,
504—On the Australasian Gundlachia.
1893, 505—Description of Calliostoma
purpureocinctum, a new Marine Aus-
tralian Shell. 1894, 35—On some Naked
Australian Marine Mollusca. Part i.
1894, 126—Some Conchological Notes.
1894, 464—Notes on Australian Ship-
Worms. 1894, 501—Stray Notes on
Papuan Ethnology. 1895, 613; Part ii.
1897, 288—Further Notes on Austral-
asian Shipworms. 1898, 91—Descrip-
tions of new Mollusca, chiefly from
New Caledonia. 1898, 97—Contribu-
tions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of
British New Guinea. Mollusca. 1898,
369—Note on Liotia lodderae from
Balmoral Beach, near Sydney. 1898,
802—A Zoogeographic scheme for the
Mid-Pacific. 1899, 391—Description of
a new Genus Austrosarepta and
Notes on other Mollusca from New
South Wales. 1899, 429—Studies on
Australian Mollusca. Part i. 1900,
SUS IEEE Thi, 1900, 495; Part iii.
UGOO, Waals Ieee ih, Udit, 1G leer Ww,
UOiL, OOS leewric wal, W902, We Ieee wil,
1902, 596; Part viii. 1904, 182; Part ix.
ISOH, HAS Jee se, UMS, 44s Ieee Sxl,
19113, 258; Part xii. 1914, 6953 Part xiii.
1916, 680; Part xiv, 1923, 301—The
Effect of the Bassian Isthmus upon the
existing Marine Fauna: A Study in
ancient Geography. 1903, 876—The
Mollusca of the Mast Head Reef, Cap-
ricorn Group, Queensland. Part i.
1906, 453; Part ii. 1907, 476—Mollusca
from the Hope Islands, North Queens-
land. 1909, 420—Presidential Address,
30th March, 1910. 1910, 1—Presidential
Address, 29th March, 1911. 1911, 1—
On some Land Shells collected in
Queensland, by Mr. Sidney W. Jackson.
1912, 253—The Bondi Anticline. 1914,
316.

HeEpLEY, C., and A. F. Bassetr Hurtu. The

Polyplacophora of Lord Howe and
Norfolk Islands. 1912, 271.

AN
INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS. cay

Hepiey, C., and C. T. Musson. Descrip-
tion of a new Marine Shell. 1891, 247
—On a Collection of Land and Fresh-

water Shells from Queensland. 1891,
Ball.
Heptey, C., and H. Sutmr. Reference

List of the Land and Freshwater
Mollusca of New Zealand. 1892, 618.
HEDLEY, C., and A. Wittey. Description
of a new Species of Astralium from

New Britain. 1896, 107.

Hextms, R. On the recently observed Evi-
dences of an extensive Glacier Action
at Mt. Kosciusko Plateau. 1893, 349—
Anthropological Notes. 1895, 387—See
also Davip, HrEtms and PirrM an.

Henn, A. U., and J. Brazizr. List of
Mollusca found at Green Point, Wat-
son’s Bay, Sydney: with a few Re-
marks upon some of the most interest-
ing Species, and Descriptions of the
New Species. 1894, 165.

Henry, Marcurrite. A Monograph of
the Freshwater Entomostraca of New
South Wales. Parti. Cladocera. 1922,
26; Part ii. Copepoda. 1922, 551; Part
iii. Ostracoda. 1923, 267; Part iv. Phyl-
lopoda. 1924, 120—Entomostraca col-
lected in the vicinity of Auckland,
New Zealand. 1924, 313—Notes on
breeding EHEntomostraca from dried

Mud and their Habits in Aquaria.
1924, 319—See also FrrGuson and
HENRY.

Hiern, W. P. On a new Species and a
new Variety of Diospyros. 1921, 211.

Hitt, G. F. Northern Territory Ter-
Mmitidae. Part i. 1915, 83—Some Notes
on the Bionomics of the Buffalo-Fly
(Lyperosia exigua de Meijere). 1916,
763—Australian Stratiomyidae (Dip-
tera), with Description of new Species.
1919, 450—Notes on Some Diptera
found in Association with Termites.
1921, 216—Coptotermes raffrayi Was-
man (Fam. Termitidae). 1921, 263—
New and Rare Australian Termites,
with Notes on their Biology. 1921, 433
—Descriptions and Biology of some
North Australian Termites.
—A new Australian Termite. 1922, 275
—A new Species of Mordellistena (Cole-
optera, Mordellidae) parasitic on Ter-
mites. 1922, 346—New Termites from
Central and South-east Australia. 1923,
40—See also Ferguson and Hitt.

Hitt, J. P. Note on an abnormal con-
nection of the Renal-Portals in a young
male Frog (Limnodynastes peronii).
1893, 222—Preliminary Note on a
Balanoglossus from the Coast of New
South Wales. 1893, 324—Note on the
Presence of vestigial Muellerian Ducts

1922, 142

see
bein | L peat oy
\- A \ ae 4 Doe
\ pe . : , hs ay
pruase<O7 45
SF; / Ke is a
a 5 oe

in a full-grown male Lizard (Amphibo-
lurus muricatus). 1893, 325—A Con-
tribution to a further Knowledge of the
Cystic Cestodes. 1894, 49—On a new
Species of Hnteropneusta trom the
Coast of New South Wales (Abstract).
1894, 736—On a new Species of Enter-
opneusta (Ptychodera australiensis)
from the Coast of New South Wales.
1895, 1—On a Fiddler (Trygonorhina
fasciaia) with abnormal Pectoral Fins.
1895, 206—Preliminary Note on the
Occurrence of Placental Connection in
Perameles obesula; and on the Foetal
Membranes of certain Macropods. 1895,
578—Contributions to the Morphology
and Development of the Female Uro-
genital Organs in the Marsupialia. i.
On the Female Urogenital Organs of
Perameles with an Account of the
Phenomena of Parturition. 1899, 42; ii-
v. 1900, 519—See also HAasSweELL and
Hix.

Hint, J. P., and C. J. Martin. On a Platy-
pus Hmbryo from the Intra-uterine Egg
(Abstract). 1894, 738—On a Platypus
Embryo from the Intra-uterine Egg.
1895, 43.

Hopson, J.
1879, 243.

HowcHin, W.—See Davin and HowcuHin.

Hutu, A. F. Basset. The Birds of Lord
Howe and Norfolk Islands. 1909, 636—
Description of a fossil Lorica (Mol-
lusca: Polyplacophora) from North
Western Tasmania, 1910, 654—Further
Notes on the Birds of Lord Howe and
Norfolk Islands, 1910, 783—On a
Collection of fossil Polyplacophora
from North-Western Tasmania, with
Descriptions of three new Species. 1914,
855—Presidential Address, 26th March,
1924. 1924, i—See also Hepiey and
ISIE,

Hurton, F. W. On an apparently new
Species of Penguin from Campbell
Island. 1878, 334—On a Species of
Cormorant from Campbell Island. 1879,
356—Note on Fossarina petterdi,
Brazier. 1882, 66—List of the Fresh-
water Shells of New Zealand. 1882, 67
—Revision of the recent Rhipidoglos-
sate and Docoglossate Mollusca of New
Zealand. 1884, 354—Revision of the
recent lLamellibranchiata of New
Zealand. 1884, 512—Revision of the
Marine Taenioglossate and Ptenoglos-
sate Mollusca of New Zealand. 1884,
932—Revision of the Toxoglossate
Mollusca of New Zealand. 1885, 115—
On the supposed Glacial Epoch in Aus-
tralia. 1885, 334—The Mollusea of the
Pareora and Oamaru Systems of N.Z.

Notes on Cypraea guttata.

16 INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

1886, 205—Notes on some Australian
Tertiary Fossils. 1886, 481—On a Tri-
lobite from Reefton, New Zealand, new
to Australasia. 1887, 257—Notes on the
Mueller Glacier, New Zealand. 1888,
429—Postseript to Notes on the Mueller
Glacier, N.Z. 1888, 1259—On the Plio-
cene Mollusca of New Zealand (Title).
1892, 327—On Dinornis (7?) queens-
landiae. 1893, 7—Theoretical Hxplana-
tions of the Distribution of Southern
Faunas. 1896, 36—Three new Generic
Names for Mollusca. 1904, 461.

IrREDALE, T. An Additional Note on the
Birds of Lord Howe and Norfolk
Islands. 1910, 773—Results from Roy
Bell’s Molluscan collections. 1924, 179.

JANSON, O. E. Descriptions of two new
Species of Australian Cetoniidae. 1889,
127.

JENKINS, C. On the Geology of Yass Plains.
Pewee i, iS, 2hle lene, imi, ILSw3, Alo?
Part iii. 1879, 404.

JENNINGS, J. Notes on two Papuan
Throwing Sticks. 1896, 793.

JENSEN, H. I. The Geology of the Glass
House Mountains and District. 1903, 842
—Contributions to a Knowledge of Aus-
tralian Foraminifera. Part i. 1904, 810
—Geology of the Volcanic Area of the
East Moreton and Wide Bay Districts,
Queensland. 1906, 73—Preliminary
Note on the Geological History of the
Warrumbungle Mountains. 1906, 228—
The Geology of Samoa, and the Erup-
tions in Savaii. 1906, 641—The Geology
of the Warrumbungle Mountains. 1907,
557—-Note on a Glaucophane Schist
from the Conandale Range, Queensland.
1907, 701—Chemical Note on a recent
Lava from Savaii. 1907, 706—The
Geology of the Nandewar Mountains.
1907, 842—The Distribution, Origin and
Relationships of Alkaline Rocks. 1908,
491—The Alkaline Petrographical Pro-
vince of Hastern Australia. 1908, 589
—Notes on the Geology of the Mt.
Flinders and Fassifern Districts,
Queensland. 1909, 67—Notes on some
recent Work on the Rocks of Samoa.
1909, 694—The Variable Character of
Vegetation on Basalt Soils. 1909, 713—
Some Notes on the Permo-Carboniferous

and overlying Systems in Central
Queensland. 1923, 153—See also
GoppARD and JENSEN; SUSSMILCH and
JENSEN.

JOHNSTON, S. J. Contributions to a know-
ledge of Australian Entozoa. No. i. On
a new species of Distomum from the
Platypus. 1901, 334; No. ii. On a new

Species of Distomum from the Saw-
fish Shark, Pristiophorus cirratus, Lath.
1902, 326; No. iii. On some Species of
Holostomidae from Australian Birds.
1904, 108—On some Trematode Para-
sites of Australian Frogs. 1912, 285—
On some Trematode Parasites of Mar-
supials and of a Monotreme. 1912, 727
—On Moreauia mirabilis, gen. et sp.
nov., a remarkable Trematode parasitic
in Ornithorhynchus. 1915, 278.

JOHNSTON, T. H. On some Haemo-

gregarines from Australian Reptiles.
1909, 400—The Entozoa of Monotremata

and Australian Marsupialia. No. i.
1909, 514; No. ii. 1911, 47—Notes on
some Parasitic Protozoa. 1909, 501—

The Haematozoa of Australian Reptilia.
No. i. 1910, 677; No. ii. 1911, 479—New
Species of Avian Cestodes. 1911, 58—
An Australian Caryophyllaeid Cestode.
1924, 339.

JoHNSToN, T. H., and G. H. Harpy. A
Revision of the Australian Diptera be-
longing to the Genus Sarcophaga. 1923,
94.

JOHNSTON, T. H., and L. Harrison. Notes
on some Mallophagan Generic Names.
eno ByAle

JOHNSTON, T. H., and O. W. Tires. Pseu-
dobonellia, a new Hchiuroid genus
from the Great Barrier Reef. 1919, 213
—New Gyrodactyloid Trematodes from
Australian Fishes, together with a Re-
classification of the Superfamily Gyro-
dactyloidea. 1922, 83.

KALCHBRENNER, C. Definitions of some
new Australian Fungi. 1882, 104—
Fungi aliquot Australiae Orientalis.
1882, 563—New Species of Agaricus dis-
covered in West Australia. 1882, 638—
Description of two new Fungi. 1883,
175.

Karny, H. H. A remarkable new Gall-
thrips from Australia. 1922, 266—See
also VAN LEEUWEN and Karwny.

Katz, ©. Notes on the Bacteriological
Hxamination of Water from the Sydney
Supply. No. i. 1886, 907; No. ii. 1886,
1205; No. iii. 1887, 151; No. iv. 1887,
329—On a Remarkable Bacterium
(Streptococcus) from Wheat-Ensilage.
1886, 925—On an Improved Method
of Cultivating Micro-Organisms on
Potatoes. 1887, 187—Bacteriological
Observations made at the Little Bay
Coast Hospital. 1887, 2083—Preliminary
Remarks on Phosphorescent Bacteria
from Sea-Water. 1887, 331—General
Remarks on Protective Inoculation for
Bovine Pleuro-Pneumonia. 1887, 423—
On Micro-organisms in Tissues of Dis-

LAMBERT,

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS. i

eased Horses. 1887, 567—Further RKe-
marks on Phosphorescent Bacteria.
1887, 627—Notes on the Bacterio-
scopical Examination of Ice supplied in
Sydney. 1888, 256—Note on the Nature
of the Venom of Australian Snakes.
1888, 400—Some Experiments with the
“Cattanach Disinfectant and Deo-
dorant’’, as compared with the ordinary
Carbolic Powder. 1888, 727—Remarks
on some phosphorescent beef-fat ex-
hibited by Mr. Whitelegge. 1888, 892—
Bacteriological Notes: (1) Note on the
Bacillus of Leprosy. 1889, 325; (2) on
“Air-gas” for Bacteriological Work.
1889, 328—Experimental Researches
with the Microbes of Chicken-Cholera.
1889, 513.

Kenyon, Acnes F. On the Occurrence of

Callosities in Cypraea other than Cy.
bicallosa and Cy. rhinocerus; and on
the Occurrence of a Sulcus in Trivia.
1896, 26—Note on Cypraea caput-anguis,
Philippi. 1896, 584—Descriptions of
two new Species of Cypraea from
Western Australia. 1897, 145.

KESTEVEN, H. L. The Systematic Position

of Purpura tritoniformis of Blainville.
1901, 533—The Protoconchs of certain
Port Jackson Gasteropoda. 1901, 709—
A Note on two Species of Astralium
from Port Jackson. 1902, 2—Notes on
Prosobranchiata. No. i. Lotorium.
1902, 443; No. ii. Littorinacea. 1902,
620; No. iii. The Neanic Shell of Melo
diadema, Lamk., and the Definition of
the Nepionic Stage in the Gasteropod
Molluse. 1903, 448; No. iv. The onto-
genetic stages
Gasteropod Protoconch. 1905, 325—
Notes on various Species of Rissoa
(Mollusca). 1906, 426—Studies on
Tunicata. No. i. 1909, 276—The Con-
stitution of the Gastropod Protoconch:
its value as a Taxonomic Feature, and
the Significance of some of its Forms.
1912, 49—A new Endoparasitic Cope-
pod: Morphology and Development.
1912, 673—The Venom of the Fish,
Notesthes robusta. 1914, 91—The
Origin of Yolk in the Ova of an Endo-
parasitic Copepod. 1918, 136.

KIRCHENPAUER, —. A Record of Localities

of some New South Wales Zoophytes.
1884, 534.

KirKALpy, G. W. Memoir on a few Heter-
opterous Hemiptera from Eastern Aus-
tralia. 1907, 768—A Catalogue of the
Hemiptera of Fiji. 1908, 345.

Cx [Ae See SHIRLEY and
LAMBERT.

B

represented by the -

Lawson, A. ANSTRUTHER. The Life-

history of Microcachrys tetragona
(Hook.). 1923, 177—The Life-history
of Pherosphaera. 1923, 499.

Lea, A. M. Descriptions of new Species

of Bostrychidae. 1893, 317. Descrip-
tions of new Species of Australian
Coleoptera. 1894, 589; Part ii. 1895,
224: Part ili. 1896, 284; Part iv. 1897,
584: Part’v. 1898, 521; Part vi. 1901,
481; Part vii. 1904, 60; Part viii. 1906,
195; Part ix. 1911, 426; Part x. 1914,
650; Part xi. 1915, 490; Part xii, 1916,
720; Part xiii. 1917, 545; Part xiv. 1918,
Tally Part exave OG eai(3 bin aia xavslenl 9) 2.05
Bias Ieeietey sali, WOR, els lee sayaln,
1925, 414—Revision of the Australian
Curculionidae belonging to the Sub-
family Oryptorhynchides. Part i. 1897,
449; Part ii. 1898, 178; Part iii. 1899,
200; Part iv. 1899, 522; Part v. 1902,
408; Part vi. 1903, 643; Part vii. 1905,
235; Part viii. 1907, 400; Part ix. 1908,
(Oils IPavee xe, MOOG, HORe Teeyet xy ae,
602; Part xii. 1913, 451—Descriptions
of two new blind Weevils from
Western Australia and Tasmania.
1900, 391—Notes to accompany Figures
of Boisduval’s Types of six Species of
Australian Curculionidae, based upon
Observations and Sketches by M. P.
Lesne. 1900, 537—Descriptions of new
Species of Lomatera (Coleoptera:
Searabaeidae, Subfamily Cetonides).
1906, 561—Australian and Tasmanian
Pselaphidae (Coleoptera). 1910, 691—
On Australian Anthicidae (Coleoptera).
1922, 471—On some Australian Galeru-
cides (Coleoptera, Chrysomelidae) .
1923, 519—On some Australian Scara-
baeidae (Coleoptera). 1924, 283.

LENDENFELD, R. von. A Monograph of the

Australian Sponges. Part i. 1884, 121;
Part ii. 1884, 310; Part iii. 1884, 1083;
Part iv. 1885, 3; Part v. 1885, 282;
Part vi. 1885, 481—The Scyphome-
dusae of the Southern Hemisphere.
Part i. Introduction. 1884, 155; Part
li. 1884, 242; Part iii. 1884, 259—The
Australian Hydromedusae. Part i.
1884, 206; Part ii. 1884, 345; Part iii.
1884, 401; Part iv. 1884, 467; Part v.
1884, 581—On the Preservation of
tender Marine Animals. 1884, 256—
Note on the Development of the
Versuridae. 1884, 307—The Geo-
graphical Distribution of the Aus-
tralian Scyphomedusae. 1884, 421—
The Digestion of Sponges effected by
Ectoderm or Entoderm? 1884, 434—
The EHruption in the Straits’ Settle-
ments and the Hvening Glow. 1884,
439—On the Occurrence of Flesh-

18 INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

Spicules in Sponges. 1884, 493—Note Lower, O. B. Descriptions of new

on the Slimy Coatings of certain Species of Australian Lepidoptera, with
Boltenias in Port Jackson. 1884, 495— Notes on Synonymy. 1897, 10—New
Muscular Tissues in Hydroid Polypes. « Australian Lepidoptera. 1897, 263—
1884, 635—Notes on the Fibres of cer- New Australian Lepidoptera: with a
tain Australian Hircinidae. 1884, 641 Note on Deilephila livornica Hsp. 1898,
—Note on the Eyes of Deep-Sea Fishes. 42—Descriptions of new Australian
1884, 699—The Time of the Glacial Lepidoptera. 1899, 83; 1900, 29; 1900,
Period in New Zealand. 1884, 806— 403; 1901, 639; 1915, 474.

The Homocoela hitherto described Lucas, A. H. 8. On the Formation of a
from Australia, and the new Family Mackerel Sky. 1894, 551—Contribu-
Homodermidae. 1884, 896—Addenda to tions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of
the Australian Hydromedusae. No. i. British New Guinea. Lacertilia and
1884, 908; No. ii. 1884, 984; No. iii. Batrachia. 1898, 357—Presidential
1885, 477; No. iv. 1885, 679—Local Address, 25th March, 1908. 1908, 1—
Colour varieties of Scyphomedusae. Presidential Address, 31st March, 1909.
1884, 925—The Metamorphosis of 1309) sl Lhe Gasess present ys inmschie
Bolina Chuni, n. sp. 1884, 929—Notes Floats (Vesicles) of certain Marine
on a Beroid of Port Jackson. 1884, 968 Algae. 1911, 626—Supplementary List
—The Histology and Nervous System of the Marine Algae of Australia. 1912,
of the Calcareous Sponges. 1884, 977— 157—Notes on Australian Marine Algae.
Note on the Flight of Insects. 1884, i. 1913, 49; ii. Description of Four new
986—The Method of Section-cutting Species. 1919, 174—Notes from the
with some Improvements. 1885. 23— Botanic Gardens, Sydney: Partheno-
Amoeba parasitica: a new Protozoan genesis in Aquatic Phanerogams. 1916,
infesting Sheep. 1885, 35—Meteorology 417—An Effilorescence on some New

of Mount Kosciusko. 1885, 39—The Zealand Kelps. 1916, 676.
Glacial Period in Australia. 1885, 44 Lucas, A. H. S., and C. Frost. Descrip-

—On Flight. 1885, 73—The Phorio- tions of a new Species of Ablepharus
spongiae Marshall. 1885, 81—Notes to from Victoria: with Critical Notes on
the Australian Sponges recently de- two other Australian Lizards. 1896,
scribed by Carter. 1885, 151—Note on 281—See also Frost and Lucas.

a Medusa from the Tropical Pacific. [wucas, T. P. Contribution to a Know-
1885, 241—Remarks on the Discovery ledge of the Genus Iodis. 1888, 1263—
of Sensitive and Ganglia Cells in Description of a new Species of Jodis,
Horny Sponges. 1885, 246-(On a with Remarks on Pielus imperialis,
Sponge destructive to Oyster Culture Olliff. 1889, 6083—On Queensland and
in the Clarence River. 1885, 326—) other Australian Macro-Lepidoptera,

Note on the Glacial Period in Aus- with

tralia. 1885, 330—Addendum to the new Species. 1889, 1065—Undescribed
Monograph of Australian Sponges. Australian Lepidoptera from Brisbane,
1885, 475—Studies on Sponges: i. The Queensland (Title). 1890, 282—On

Wesoloule Or Denarella Cuwermesa | tb Queensland and other Lepidoptera, with
Raphyrus Hixonii. A new Gigantic Descriptions of new Species (Title).

Localities, and Descriptions of

Sponge from Port Jackson; ili. Halme 1890, 500—On Queensland and other
tingens. A Sponge with remarkable Australian Lepidoptera, with Descrip-
Colouring Power; iv. Two cases of tions of new Species. 1891, 277—On
Mimicry in Sponges. 1885, 557— twenty new Species of Australian
Recent Changes in the Forest Flora of Lepidoptera. 1892, 249—Descriptions
the Interior of New South Wales. 1885, of new Australian Lepidoptera, with
721—The Australian Fresh-water Rhi- additional Localities for known Species.
zopoda. Part i, 1885, 723—An Alga 18938, 133—New Species of Queensland
forming a Pseudomorph of a Siliceous Lepidoptera. 1902, 246.

Sponge. 1885, 726—Preliminary Report
on the Histological Structure of the Mackay, W. J. See McKay, W. J. S.
Dorsal Papillae of certain Species of Mackerras, I. M. The Nemestrinidae

Onchidium. 1885, 730—Second Adden- Sake CE Wn ACSIA ER Ie Eon,

ea i Ge uaa of Australian i ackmrras, I. M, and M. J. Mackerras.

ponsges. , : The Haematozoa of Australian Marine
L’EstrancE, W. W., and R. Greic-SMITH. Teleostei. 1925, 359.

The “Springing” of Tins of Preserved Maocxerras, M. J. See Mackrrras and
Fruit. 1918, 409. MACKERRAS.

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS. 19

Maczuay, N. pE Mrx~touHo. Proposed Zoo-

logical Station for Sydney. 1878, 144
—On Macrodontism. 1878, 169—The
Proposed Zoological Station at Sydney.
1879, 103—A short Résumé of the
Results of Anthropological and Ana-
tomical Researches in Melanesia and
Australia. 1881, 171—A Solution for
preserving large Vertebrata for Ana-
tomical Hxamination. 1881, 576—
Temperature of the Rock in the Mag-
dala Shaft, Victoria. 1881, 579—On the
Practice of Ovariotomy by the Natives
of the Herbert River, Queensland. 1881,
622—Remarks about the Circumvolu-
tions of the Cerebrum of Canis dingo.
1881, 624—-Cranial Deformation of New-
born Children at the Island Mabiak,
and other islands of Torres Straits, and
of Women of the S.E. Peninsula of
New Guinea. 1881, 627—Remarks on
the Skull of an Australian Aboriginal
from the Lachlan district. 1883, 395
—On a very Dolichocephalic Skull of
an Australian Aboriginal. 1883, 401
—Temperature of the Body of Echidna
hystriz, Cuyv. 18838, 425—The “Baro-
metro Araucano’ from the Chiloe
Islands. 1883, 462—On a new Species
of Kangaroo (Dorcopsis chalmersii)
from the South-east end of New
Guinea. 1884, 569—On a complete
Debouchement of the Sulcus Rolando
into the Fissura Sylvii in some brains
of Australian Aboriginals. 1884, 578
—Notes on the Zoology of the Maclay-
Coast in New Guinea. (1) On a new
Sub-genus Peramelidae: Brachymelis.
1884, 713; (2) On a new Species of
Macropus (M. tibol). 1885, 141—Note
about the Temperature of the Sea-water
along the Hastern Coast of Australia,
observed in July, 1878 and 1883. 1884,
887—On two new Species of Macropus
from the South Coast of New Guinea.
1884, 890—On Volcanic Activity on the
Islands near the North Hast Coast of
New Guinea, and Evidence of the
rising of the Maclay-Coast in New
Guinea. 1884, 963—Notes on _ the
direction of the Hair on the Back of
some Kangaroos. 1884, 1151—On the
Temperature of the Body of Ornithor-
hynchus paradozus, Bl. 1884, 1204—
On two new Species of Dorcopsis from
the South Coast of New Guinea. 1885,
145—Note on the Brain of Halicore
australis, Owen. 1885, 193—Remarks
on the low Blood-temperature of
Echidna histriz. 1885, 248—List of
Plants in use by the Natives of the
Maclay-Coast, New Guinea. 1885, 346—
A Second Note on “Macrodontism” of

Mactay, N. DE

the Melanesians. 1885, 682—Note on
the “Kéu”’ of the Maclay-Coast, New
Guinea. 1885, 687.

MikLouHoO, and W.
Macteay. Plagiostomata of the Pacific.
Rania lSiise o0Gseantiiemeli ooo +20)
Parton sl Soosm amor

Mactreay, W. Notes on a new Species of

Dendrophis from Cleveland Bay. 1875-
76, 15—Notes on the Zoological Collec-
tions made in Torres Straits and New
Guinea during the Cruise of the
“Chevert’”’, 1875-76, 36—Presidential
Address, 31st January, 1876. 1875-76,
88—The Coleoptera of the “Chevert”’
Expedition. 1875-76, 164—Notes on the
Entomology of New Ireland. 1875-76,
301i—Presidential Address, 22nd Janu-
ary, 1877. 1875-76, 396—The Ophidians
of the “Chevert’ Expedition. 1877, 33
—The Lizards of the “Chevert” Expe-
Giimcin, IS, GOP IEEE tn, Ist, Yo
Note on Monacanthus Cheverti. 1877,
69—The Batrachians of the “Chevert’
Expedition. 1877, 135—On some new
Carabidae from Port Darwin. 1877, 213
—Notes on a Collection of Snakes from
Port Darwin. 1877, 219—The Fishes of
Port Darwin. 1877, 344—Note on a
Species of Therapon found in a dam
near Warialda. 1878, 15—Descriptions
of some new Fishes from Port Jackson,
and King George’s Sound. 1878, 33—
On a new Species of Hoplocephalus
from Sutton Forest. 1878, 52—On the
Power of Locomotion in the Tunicata.
1878, 54—On a Species of Amphisile
from the Palau Islands. 1878, 165—
Notes on some Fishes from the Solomon
Islands. 1879, 60—On the Clupeidae of
Australia. 1879, 363—On the Mugili-
dae of Australia. 1879, 410—Note on
three rare Sharks found in Port Jack-
son. 1879; 458—Note on Scomber
antarcticus. 1879, 463—Description of a
new Species of Galaxias from Mount
Wilson, with Remarks on the Distribu-
tion of the Genus. 1880, 45—On two
hitherto undescribed Fishes well known
in the Sydney Market. 1880, 48—
Descriptive Catalogue of the Fishes of
Australia. Part i. 1880, 302; Part ii.
USO, MlOs Weve mii, wil, Ws Ieewer iy,
1881, 202—On a Species of the Phas-
matidae destructive to Hucalypti. 1881,
536—Description of two new species of
Snakes. 1881, 811—Notes on the Pleuro-
nectidae of Port Jackson, with descrip-
tions of two hitherto unobserved Species.
1882, 11—The Fishes of the Palmer
River, North Queensland. 1882, 69—On
a Species of Galaxias found in the Aus-
tralian Alps. 1882, 106—Note on a

20

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

reputed Poisonous Fly of New Cale-
donia. 1882, 202—Contribution to a
Knowledge of the Fishes of New
Guinea. No. i. 1882, 224; No. ii. 1882,
351; No. iii. 1882, 585—Observations on
an Insect injurious to the Vine. 1882,
344—Description of two Fishes lately
taken in or near Port Jackson. 1882,
366—On a new and remarkable Fish of
the Family Mugilidae from the Interior
of New Guinea. 1883, 2—Notes on a
Collection of Fishes from the Burdekin
and Mary Rivers, Queensland. 1883,
199—Contribution to a knowledge of
the Fishes of New Guinea. No. 4. 1883,
252—Notices of some undescribed
Species of Coleoptera in the Brisbane
Museum. 1883, 409—Notes on some
Reptiles from the Herbert’ River,
Queensland. 1883, 432—On a new
Genus of Fishes from Port Jackson.
1883, 439—Some Results of Trawl
Fishing outside Port Jackson. 1883,
457—Supplement to the Descriptive
Catalogue of the Fishes of Australia.
1884, 2—Notices of new Fishes. 1884,
170—Census of Australian Snakes, with
descriptions of two new Species. 1884,
548—The Insects of the Maclay-Coast,
New Guinea. 1884, 700—On a new
Snake from the Barrier Ranges. 1885,
61—On some Reptilia lately received
from the Herbert River District,
Queensland. 1885, 64—Revision of the
Genus Lamprima of Latreille, with
Descriptions of new Species. 1885, 129
—Two new Australian Lucanidae.
1885, 199—New Fishes from the Upper
Murrumbidgee. 1885, 267—A new
Genus of the Sub-family Lamprimides
of Lacordaire. 1885, 473—A remark-
able Fish from Lord Howe Island.
1885, 718—The Insects of the Fly River,
New Guinea—Coleoptera. 1886, 136;
1886, 183—Miscellanea Entomologica.
No. i. The Genus Diphucephala. 1886,
381; No. ii. The genus Liparetrus. 1886,
807; No. iii. The Scaritidae of New
Hollands alls siae db eNOl sive le cihe
Helaeides. 1887, 513; No. v. The
Helaeides. 1887, 635—Note on Ctenodar
Wilkinsoni, Macl. 1886, 511—Descrip-
tion of a new Species of Hoplocephatlus.
1886, 1111—The Insects of the Cairns
District, Northern Queensland. Part i.
1887, 213; Part ii. 1887, 307—On a new
Hoplocephalus from the Gulf of Car-
pentaria. 1887, 403—Notes on some
Scaritidae from Queensland, with
Descriptions of two new Species. 1887,
972—Notes on Mr. Froggatt’s Collec-
tions made during the year 1887, in
the Vicinity of Derby, King’s Sound,

MACPHERSON, J.

Mawen, J. H.

North-West Australia. 1887, 1017—
Notes on some Ophidians from King’s
Sound, North-West Australia. 1888,
416—The Insects of King’s Sound and
its Vicinity. Parti. 1888, 448; Part ii.
The Lamellicornes. 1888, 897; Part iii.
The Sternoxes. 1888, 1227—See also
ALLEYNE and Macieay; Macrtay and
MACLEAY.

Ngarrabul and other
Aboriginal Tribes. Part i. Medical
and Surgical Practice. 1902, 637; Part
ii. Distribution of the Tribes. 1904,
Grinds

Notes on some Indigen-
ous Sago and Tobacco from New
Guinea. 1887, 457—Some Reputed
Medicinal Plants of New South Wales.
(Indigenous Species only.) 1888, 355—
Australian Indigenous Plants providing
Human Foods and Food-adjuncts. 1888,
481—Notes on the Geographical Distri-
bution of some New South Wales
Plants. 1889, 107—The Examination of
Kinos as an Aid in the Diagnosis of
Eucalypts. Part i. The Ruby Group.
1889, 605; Part ii. The Gummy Group.
1889, 1277; Part iii. The Turbid Group.
1891, 389—Spinifex Resin. 1889, 639
—On Cedar Gum (Cedrela australis
F.v.M.). 1889, 1047—Notes on Aus-
tralian Economic Botany. No. i. 1890,
273; No. ii. 1891, 133—On Grass-tree
Gum. 1890, 429—On the Occurrence of
a Gum in Echinocarpus (Sloanea) aus-
tralis, Benth. 1891, 140—Angophora
Kino. 1891, 253—On two undescribed
HExudations from the Leguminosae.
1891, 679—On Panax Gum. 1892, 35
—Notes on Plants collected on a Trip
to the Don Dorrigo Forest Reserve
(Title). 1894, 463—A Giant Acacia
from the Brunswick River. 1895, 337—
Notes on a Trip to Mount Seaview,
Upper Hastings River. 1898, 20—
Observations on the Vegetation of Lord
Howe Island. 1898, 112—Some further
Observations on the vegetation of Lord
Howe Island. 1899, 381—A new variety
of Dendrobium undulatum from the
Solomon Islands. 1899, 652—Descrip-
tion of a new Species of Acacia. 1901,
12—On one of the so-called Honey-
suckles of Lord Howe Island. 1901,
156—On Eucalyptus pulverulenta, Sims.
1901, 547—On Hucalyptus Stuartiana,
F.v.M. 1901, 556—On JHucalyptus
Gunnii, Hook. f. 1901, 561—Presi-
dential Address, 26th March, 1902. 1901,
740—On Eucalyptus Baueriana,
Schauer. 1902, 214—On Eucalyptus
calycogona, Turez. 1902, 220—On a
new Cryptocarya from Lord Howe

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS. 21

Island, together with Notes on other
Plants from that Island. 1902, 347—
On Lucalyptus bicolor, A. Cunn. 1902,
516—On Eucalyptus polyanthemos,
Schauer. 1902, 527—Presidential Ad-
dress, 25th March, 1903. 1902, 683—
The Flora of Norfolk Island. Part i.
1903, 692—The Variability of Hucalyp-
tus under Cultivation. Part i. 1903,
887—On four new Species of Hucalyp-
tus. 1904, 469—The Botany of Funa-
futi, Ellice Group. 1904, 589—Miscel-
laneous Notes (chiefly Taxonomic) on
Eucalyptus. i. 1904, 751; ii. 1905, 502
—On a new Species of Hucalyptus from
Northern New South Wales. 1905, 336
—Further “Notes on Hybridisation in
the Genus Hucalyptus. 1905, 492—The
Botany of Howell (Bora Creek): A Tin-
Granite Flora. 1906, 63—Further Notes
on the Botany of Lord Howe Island
(Fifth Paper). 1914, 377—On Brachy-
chiton populneo-acerifolius, F.v.M., the
Crimson-flowered Kurrajong. 1916, 180
—On a HKucalypt Hybrid (£. calophylila
x E. ficifolia). 1916, 185—Notes on the
Colouration of the Young Foliage of
Hucalyptus. 1919, 761—A Few Notes
on the Botany of Lord Howe Island
(Sixth Paper). 1920, 564—See also
DEANE and MAmEn.

Mammen, J. H., and R. T. Baker. Botan-
ical Notes from the Technological
Museum, Sydney. No. i. 1893, 309; No.
ii. 1894, 456; No. iii. 1894, 722; No. iv.
1895, 512—Description of a new Species
of Acacia. 1893, 515—Description of a
new Croton from New South Wales.
1894, 160—Description of an apparently
new Acacia from New South Wales.

1894, 163—Description of a new
Species of Acacia from New South
Wales. 1895, 385—On a new Species

of Hlaeocarpus from Northern New
South Wales. 1895, 469—Descriptions
of some new Species of Plants from

New South Wales. 1895, 582.
Mamen, J. H., and EH. Betcue. On a
new Species of Macadamia, together

with Notes on two Plants new to the
Colony. 1896, 624—-Notes from the
Botanic Gardens, Sydney No. 1. 1897,
446; No. 2. 1898, 11: No. 3. 1898, 772:
No. 4. 1899, 148; No. 5. 1899, 640; No.

@, 1900, Oils INO; 7 wd, 7s Wo; 8.
1902, 55; No. 9. 1903, 904; No. 10.
OA ed eNO} dt. 1905, 35455 No: 12!
HOG ial No: 13. 1908) 304; No. a4:

1909, 357; No. 15. On a Plant, in Fruit,
doubtfully referred to Cymodocea. 1909,
5855; No. 16: 1910, 788: No. 17. 1912,
244; No. 18. 1913, 242—Descriptions of
three new Species of Australian Plants.

1897, 150—Descriptions of four new
Species of New South Wales Plants.
1898, 15—Notes on Sterculia (Brachy-
chiton) laurida and discolor. 1898, 159
—A Review of the New South Wales
Species of Halorrhagaceae as described
in Prof. A. K. Schindler’s Monograph
(1905); with the Description of a new

Species. 1906, 393.

Maren, J. H., and R. H. Campacr. Notes
on the EHucalypts of the Blue
Mountains. 1905, 190.

Maen, J. H., and J. H. CAmrretp. Notes

on some Port Jackson Plants. 1898, 264.
MatiocH, J. R. Notes on Australian Dip-

tera, with descriptions. 1923, 601; No.
li. 1924, 138; No. iii. 1924, 329; No. iv.
IGReE BYESo IN@, 1 IBADs, B42 IN@, iWil
1925, 80; No. vii. 11925, 311.

Martin, C. J. Observations on the poison-
ous Constituents of the Venom of the
Australian Black Snake (Pseudechis
porphyriacus). 1892, 319—See also
Hint and Martin; WiLson and MARTIN.

Martin, C. J., and F. TipSweLu. Observa-
tions on the Femoral Gland of Orni-
thorhynchus and its Secretion; together
with an experimental Inquiry concern-
ing its supposed toxic Action. 1894,
471.

MASKELL, W. M. On a new Australian
Coccid. 1890, 280—On a new Species
of Coecid on Fern-roots. 1893, 225.

Masters, G. Zoology of the “Chevert’’.
Ornithology. Part i. 1875-76, 44—On
Bruchigavia longirostris, a new Species
of Gull, from King George’s Sound.
1877, 113—Notes on a collection of
Birds from Port Darwin. 1877, 269—
Catalogue of the Described Coleoptera
of Australia. Part i. Cicindelidae and
Carabidae. 1885, 359; Part ii. Dysti-
cidae-Heteroceridae. 1885, 583; Part iii.
Lucanidae and Scarabaeidae. 1886, 21;
Part iv. Trixagidae-Oedemeridae. 1886,
259; Part v. Curculionidae. 1886, 585;
Part vi. Scolytidae-Cerambycidae. 1886,
979; Part vii. Chrysomelidae-Corylo-
phidae. 1887, 13; Supplement Part i.
Cicindelidae and Carabidae (Title
only. Issued separately as a Supple-
ment to Vol. x, Part 3). 1895, 468;
Supplement Part ii (Title only. Issued
separately as a Supplement to the Pro-
ceedings, 1896, Part 1). 1896, 25—
Catalogue of the known Coleoptera of
New Guinea, including the Islands of
New Ireland, New Britain, Duke of
York, Aru, Mysol, Waigiou, Salwatty,
Key and Jobie. Part i. 1888, 271; Part
ii. 1888, 925.

MatHEw, G. F. Rough Notes on the
Natural History of the Claremont

22 INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

Islands. 1885, 251—An Afternoon
among the Butterflies of Thursday
Island. 1885, 259.

Mawson, D. The Geology of the New
Hebrides. 1905, 400—The Minerals and
Genesis of the Veins and Schlieren
traversing the Aegirine-Syenite in the
Bowral Quarries. 1906, 579.

May, W. L. See Tatre and May.

McALpPIngE, D. Meliola amphitricha Fries.
1895, 439—Notes on Uromyces
amygdali Cooke: a Synonym of Puc-
cinia pruni Pers. (Prune Rust). 1895,
440—Puccinia on Groundsel, with Tri-
morphic Teleutospores. 1895, 461—
Descriptions of New Australian Fungi
No. i. 1896, 104—The Sooty Mould of
Citrus Trees: a study in Polymorphism.
1896, 469—Two Additions to the Fungi
of New South Wales. 1896, 722—New
South Wales Fungi. 1897, 36; 1897,
698S—A new Myxomycete for New
South Wales. 1898, 82—Fungi from
Kerguelen Island. 1899, 117—Three
Additions to the Fungi of New South
Wales. 1899, 125—On a Micro-fungus
from Mount Kosciusko, and on the first
Record of Uncinula in Australia. 1899,
301—Phosphorescent Fungi in Aus-
tralia. 1900, 548—On the Australian
Fairy-ring Puff-ball (Lycoperdon fur-
furaceum, Schaeff.). 1900, 702—The
“Shot-hole’” Fungi of Stone-fruit Trees
in Australia. 1901, 221—Australian
Fungi, new or unrecorded, Decades i-ii.
1902, 373; Decades iii-iv. 1903, 94;
Decades v-vi. 19038, 553; Decades vii-
viii. 1904, 117—A new Smut in a new
Genus of Grass. 1911, 45—The Fibro-
vascular System of the Apple (Pome),
and its Functions. 1911, 613—The
Fibro-vascular System of the Pear
(Pome). UG)LaL, 656—The Fibro-
vascular System of the Quince Fruit
compared with that of the Apple and
Pear. 1912, 689.

McCoory, H. J. Notes on the Method
adopted by the Female of the common
Freshwater Tortoise, Chelodina longi-
collis, in the Excavation of the Burrows
in which her Eggs are to be deposited.
1887, 107.

McCunitocH, A. R. <A Description and
Figures of three Specimens of Mola-
canthus from the Central Pacific Ocean.
1912, 553—Notes on, and Descriptions
of Australian Fishes. 1915, 259; No. 2.
1921, 457—See also GRANT and
McCunLiocnH.

McKay, W. J. See McKay, W. J. S.
McKay, W. J. S. The Inter-Coxal Lobe

of Certain Crayfishes. 1887, 967—The
Development and Structure of the

Pineal Hye in Hinulia and Grammato-
phora. 1888, 876—The Osteology and
Myology of the Death Adder (Acan-
thophis antarctica). 1889, 893—The
Morphology of the Muscles of the
Shoulder-girdle in Monotremes. 1894,
263—See also Winson and McKay.

McLucxkiz, J. Studies in Symbiosis. i.

The Mycorhiza of Dipodium punctatum
R.Br. 1922, 293; ii. The Apogeotropic
Roots of Macrozamia spiralis and their
Physiological Significance. 1922, 319;
iii. Contribution to the Morphology and
Physiology of the Root-nodules of Podo-
carpus spinulosa and P. elata. 1923, 82;
iv. The Root-nodules of Casuarina
Cunninghamiana and their Physio-
logical Significance. 1923; 194; v. A
contribution to the physiology of
Gastrodia sesamoides (R.Br.). 1923,
436—A Contribution to the Parasitism
of Notothixos incanus (Oliv.) var. sub-
aureus. 1922, 571—Studies in Parasit-
ism: a Contribution to the Physiology
of the genus Cassytha. 1924, 55—See
also BroucH, McLuckir and PETRIE.

Merritt, HE. D. The Identity of Polypo-

dium spinulosum Burm. f. 1919, 353.

Meyrick, EH. On a Micro-Lepidopterous

Insect destructive to the Potato. 1879,
112—Descriptions of Australian Micro-
Lepidoptera. No. i. Crambites. 1878,
175; No. ii. Crambites (continued).
1879, 205; No. iii. Tineina. 1880, 132;
No. iv. Tineina (continued). 1880, 204;
No. v. Tortricina. 1881, 410; No. vi.
Tortricina (continued). 1881, 629; No.
vii. Revisional. 1882, 148; No. viii.
Oecophoridae. WS, Gls INI@, IDS,
Oecophoridae (continued). 1883, 320;
No. x. Oecophoridae (continued). 1883,
469; No. xi. Oecophoridae (continued).
1884, 721; No. xii. Oecophoridae (con-
tinued). 1884, 1045; No. xiii. QOeco-
phoridae (continued). 1885, 765; No.
xiv. Oecophoridae (continued). 1887,
929; No. xv. Oecophoridae (continued).
1888, 1565; No. xvi. Tineidae. 1892,
477; No. xvii. Elachistidae. 1897, 297;
No. xviii. Gelechiadae. 1904, 255; Part
xix. Plutellidae. 1907, 47—On some
Lepidoptera from the Fly River. 1886,
241—Revision of Australian Lepidop-
(Kereel, IEEWeG i, IK, Os7es Ieee wl, IK,
SAWS ence iin, ISS), walls Ieee my, ILSK0),
(9s Part ve) soi d>8i——Notes)) on
Synonymy of Australian Micro-Lepidop-
tera. 1886, 803—Descriptions of new
Lepidoptera. 1886, 1037—Descriptions
of new Australian Rhopalocera. 1887,
827—Descriptions of additional Aus-
tralian Pyralidina. 1889, 1105—Re-
vision of Australian Tortricina. 1910,
139;> 1911, 224.

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS. 23

Mitiineron, J. A. M. Report on a small

Zoological Collection from Norfolk
Island, i. Introductory Remarks, 1887,
989.

Miskin, W. H. Descriptions of hitherto

undescribed Australian Lepidoptera
(Rhopalocera). 1888, 1514—Note on
Danais chrysippus, L., and D. petilia,
Stoll. 1889, 119—A Revision of the
Australian Species of Hwuploea, with
Synonymic Notes, and Descriptions of
new Species. 1889, 1037—A Revision
of the Australian Genus Ogyris, with
Description of a new Species. 1890, 23
—Descriptions of hitherto undescribed
Australian Lepidoptera (Rhopalocera)
principally Lycaenidae. 1890, 29—Note
on Danais petilia, Stoll. 1890, 142—
On Species-making (Title). 1890, 302.

MitrcHett, J. Notes on the Geology of

Bowning, N.S.W. 1886, 1193—On some
new Trilobites from Bowning, N.S.W.
1887, 435—On a new Trilobite from
Bowning. 1888, 397—Note on the occur-
rence of certain Fossils in previously
unrecorded Localities in N.S.W., with
Remarks on the Correlation of certain
Beds in the Newcastle and Illawarra
Districts. 1892, 345—Note on the Fruc-
tification of Glossopteris. 1892, 377—
On the Occurrence of the Genus
Palaechinus in the Upper Silurian
Rocks of New South Wales. 1897, 258
—The Carboniferous Trilobites of Aus-
tralia. 1918, 437—On two new Tri-
lobites from Bowning. 1919, 441—
Some additional Trilobites from New
South Wales. 1919, 850—Some new
Brachiopods from the Middle Palaeozoic
Rocks of New South Wales. 1920, 543
—A new Gasteropod (fam. Huomphal-
idae) from the Lower Marine Series of
New South Wales. 1922, 278—Descrip-
tions of two new Trilobites and Note
on Griffithides convexicaudatus Mit-
chell. 1922, 535—The Strophomenidae
from the Fossiliferous Beds of Bown-
ing, N.S.W. Part i. Stropheodonta.
1923, 465—New trilobites from Bown-
ing, with notes on EHncrinurus and
Cordania. 1924, 46—Hleven new species
of Aviculopecten from Carboniferous
Rocks, Myall Lakes, N.S.W. 1924, 468
—A further reference to the occurrence
of Merista plebeia Sowerby in New
South Wales. 1924, 499—A preliminary
reference to a new _ species of
Hlonichthys from the Lower Beds of
the Newcastle Coal Measures. 1924,
503—Descriptions of New Species of
Leaia. 1925, 488—See also HrTHERIDGE
and MrrcHeEett.

MircHett, J., and W. S. Duwun. The

Atrypidae of New South Wales, with

references to those recorded from other
States of Australia. 1920, 266.

Mirren, W. Record of new Localities of
Polynesian Mosses, with Descriptions
of some hitherto undefined Species.
1882, 98.

MoELLENDOREF, O. F. von. On the sup-
posed New Zealand Species of Lepto-
poma. 1892, 385.

MortENSEN, T. Preliminary Note on the
remarkable, shortened Development of
an Australian Sea-Urchin, Toxocidaris
erythrogrammus. 1915, 203.

Morton, A. Notes on a Cruise to the
Solomon Islands. 1882, 59.

Mosretry, A. H., and H. G. CHAPMAN.
Contribution to our Knowledge of the
Action of Rennin. 1906, 568.

MUELLER, F. von. Notes on Plants col-
lected by Mr. Hdw. Reader in the
vicinity of Mount Dromedary. 1880,
286—Two new Species of Plants from
New South Wales. 1881, 791—Far
Southern Localities for various Plants
in New South Wales recorded from Mr.
W. Bauerlen’s Collections. 1883, 467—
Notes on Hybridism in the Genus
Brachychiton. 1884, 379—Record of an
undescribed Correa of New South
Wales. 1884, 960—Record of a remark-
able Haloragis from New South Wales.
1885, 197—Some hitherto undescribed
Plants of New South Wales. 1886, 1105
—Descriptive Record of two Plants
additional to the Flora of Australia,
and occurring also in New South Wales.
1887, 191—Report on a small Collection
of Plants from the Aird River, obtained
by Mr. Theodore Bevan during his
recent Expedition... 1887, 419—Descrip-
tions of two hitherto unrecorded West
Australian Plants. 1888, 162—Note on
the Probable Occurrence of Aldrovanda
vesiculosa in N.S.W. 1889, 197—Notes
on a new Species of Hucalyptus (E.
Maideni) from Southern New South
Wales. 1889, 1020—Descriptions of
hitherto unrecorded Australian Plants,
with additional Phyto-geographic Notes.
1890, 15; 1890, 186; 1890, 250—Observa-
tions on Plants collected during Mr.
Joseph Bradshaw’s Expedition to the
Prince Regent’s River. 1891, 457—
Notes on an undescribed Acacia from
New South Wales (Title). 1892, 327—
Description of a new Isopogon of New
South Wales. 1894, 151—List of Mosses
from Tamworth, N.S.W., collected by
Mr. Musson and named by Herr A.
Geheeb. 1894, 361—Notes on Boronia
floribunda Sieber. 1896, 503.

MUELLER, F. von and J. H. MaArpeEn.

Description of a new Hakea from
Eastern New South Wales (Title). 1892,

24 INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

3852—Description of a new Species of
Acacia. 1898, 13.

Muir, F. A New Genus of Australian
Delphacidae (Homoptera). 1920, 181—
A New Genus of Australian Cixiidae.
1922, 63.

Murray, P. D. F. The Motor Nerve-
endings of the Limb Muscles of the
Frog (Rana temporaria) and of the
Muscles of the Pectoral Fin of the Dog-
fish (Squalus acanthias). 1924, 371—
A Note on an unusual Type of Secreting
Epithelium in the Wolffian Duct of the
Dog-fish (Scylliorhinus canicula). 1925,
466.

Musson, C. T. On the naturalised Forms
of Land and Freshwater Mollusca in
Australia. 1890, 883—A Statistical
Note on Variations in the Flowers of
Anguillaria dioica, R. Br. (Abstract).
1898, 646—See also FLETCHER and
Musson; HeprtrEy and Musson.

Musson, C. T., and W. M. Carne. The
Adventitious Roots of Melaleuca linarii-
folia, Sm. 1910, 662.

Myers, J. G. The Australian Apple Leaf-
hopper (T'yphlocyba australis Frogg.).
1921, 473.

Nortu, A. J. Notes on the Bower-Birds
(Fam. Scenopidae) of Australia. 1886,
1155—List of References to Authentic
Descriptions of Australian Birds’ Eggs.
1886, 1163—Notes on the Nests and
EKegs of certain Australian Birds. 1887,
405—Contributions to the Oology of the
Austro-Malayan and Pacific Regions.
1887, 441—Descriptions of the Hggs of
Two Species of Australian Birds. 1887,
554—Notes on the Nidification of
certain Australian Birds. 1887, 985—
Notes on the Nests and Hggs of certain
Australian Birds. 1888, 146—Notes on
the Nesting of Alcyone pulchra, Gould.
1888, 269—Notes on the Nidification of
Rhipidura preissi, Cabanis, and Malurus
pulcherrimus, Gould. 1888, 414—A List
of the Birds found in the County of
Cumberland, N.S.W. 1888, 1773—Note
pointing out that Poephila gouldiae and
P. armitiana are merely varieties of
P. mirabilis (Hombron and Jacquinot).
1889, 188—Notes on a small Collection
of Birds made by Mr. HE. H. Saunders at
Roeburne, North-western Australia.
1889, 10283—On the Nidification of
Heteromyias cinereifrons, Ramsay, and
Orthonyx spaldingi, Ramsay. 1889,
1050—Notes on the Nidification of
Merula vinitincta, Gld., and Ocydromus
sylvestris, Sel. (Title). 1889, 1296—
Notes on the Breeding of Sternula
sinensis, Gmel., in Australia (Title).
1889, 1296—Notes upon the Plumage of

the Adult Males in certain Species of
the Genus Malurus. 1890, 505—Notes
on the Nidification of the Torres Straits
Pigeon (Myristicivora spilorrhoa).
1890, 880—Oological Notes: i. Notes on
the Nesting-Place and Eggs of Halcyon
sordidus, Gld.; ii. Notes on the
Nesting-Place and Eggs of Cyanor-
hamphus rayneri, G. R. Gray. 1892, 395
—wNotes on the Red-crowned Parrakeet
(Cyanorhamphus Cooki) of Norfolk
Island. 1893, 517—Note on the Habitat
of the Naked-eyed Cockatoo, Cacatua
gymnopis, Sel. 1894, 37—Oological
Notes. 1894, 39; 1895, 215—Descrip-
tions of the Nests and Eggs of three
Species of Australian Birds. 1897, 56—
Descriptions of the Nests and Heggs of
four Species of Australian Birds. 1898,
380—Note on the Synonymy of Malurus
cyaneus, and M. superbus. 1901, 632.

Norton, J. Fructification of the Bunya.
1881, 727—Notes on the Fructification
of the Bunya. 1883, 176—Presidential
Address, 28th March, 1900. 1900, 1—
Presidential Address, 27th March, 1901.
1900, 7638.

O’DwyER, MarGaret H. Preliminary Re-
port on the Nutritive Value of certain
Australian Grasses. 1921, 239—A Note
on Protein Precipitation in Grasses.
1922, 513—Further Report on the
Nutritive Value of Certain Australian
Grasses. 1922, 516.

Orricer, G. Notes on an aboriginal Grave
in the Darling River District, N.S.W.
1901, 238.

OcitBy, J. D. Notes and Descriptions of
some rare Port Jackson Fishes. 1885,
119—Descriptions of new Fishes from
Port Jackson. 1885, 225—Note on Neo-
anthias Guentheri, Casteln. 1885, 231—
Description of a new Diplocrepis from
Port Jackson. 1885, 270—Descriptions
of three new Fishes from Port Jackson.
1885, 445—Notes on the Distribution of
some Australian Sharks and Rays, with
a Description of Rhinobatus Bougain-
villei, Mill. and Henle. 1885, 463—
Remarks on the Trachichthys of Port
Jackson. 1885, 580—Report on a small
Zoological Collection from Norfolk
Island: ii. Reptiles and Fishes. 1887,
990—Description of a new Genus and
Species of Deep-sea Fish from Lord
Howe Island. 1888, 1313—List of the
Australian Palaeichthyes with Notes
on their Synonymy and Distribution.
Part i. 1888, 1765; Part ii. 1889, 178—
Description of a new Snake belonging
to the Genus Hoplocephalus. 1889, 1027
—Descriptions of two new Skinks
(Title). 1889, 1296—Description of a

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS. 25

new Snake from the Herbert River
District. 1890, 51—Description of a
new Australian Snake. 1894, 261—
Descriptions of five new Fishes from
the Australasian Region. 1894, 367—
Description of a new Australian Eel.
1894, 720—On two new Genera and
Species of Fishes from Australia: 1895,
320—On a new Genus and Species of
Fishes from Maroubra Bay. 1896, 23
—On a Galaxias from Mount Kosciusko.
1896, 62—A new Family of Australian
Fishes. 1896, 118—Descriptions of two
new Genera and Species of Australian
Fishes. 1896, 136—A Monograph of the
Australian Marsipobranchii. 1896, 388
—On some Australian Hleotrinae. 1896,
725—New Genera and Species of Aus-
tralian Fishes. 1897, 62—On a Larval
Teleost from New South Wales. 1897,
158—Some new Genera and Species of
Fishes. 1897, 245—Notes on the Genus
Aphritis, C.V. 1897, 554—On a Trachyp-
terus from New South Wales. 1897, 646
—New Species of Australian Fishes.
1897, 759—A Contribution to the
Zoology of New Caledonia. 1897, 762—
On some Australian Eleotrinae. Part 2.
1897, 783—New Genera and Species of
Fishes. 1898, 32—New Genera and
Species of Fishes. 1898, 280—Contribu-
tions to a Knowledge of the Fauna of
British New Guinea. Ophidia and
Pisces. 1898, 359—Additions to the
Fauna of Lord Howe Island. 1898, 730
—Contribution to Australian Ichthy-
ology. 1899, 154—See also Ramsay and
OGILBY.

Oiirr, A. S. Notes on certain Ceylonese
Coleoptera (Clavicornia) described by
the late Mr. Francis Walker. 1885, 69
—A List of the Cucujidae of Australia,
with Notes and Descriptions of new
Species. 1885, 203—Contributions to-
wards a knowledge of the Coleoptera of
Australia. No. i. New species of Cara-
bidae; No. ii. On a new Species of
Rhysodidae. 1885, 467; No. iii. On the
Genus Nascio (Fam. Buprestidae). 1886,
861; No. iv. Description of a new Genus
and Species of Oedemeridae. 1887, 153;
No. v. On certain Species belonging to
unrecorded Genera. 1888, 1511; No. vi.
New Lamellicornia and lLongicornia.
1890, 5—A List of the Trogositidae of
Australia, with Notes and Descriptions
of new Species. 1885, 699—A new
Butterfly of the Family Lycaenidae
from the Blue Mountains. 1885, 716—
Remarks on Australian Ptinidae and
Descriptions of new Genera and Species.
1885, 833—Description of a new Aphan-
ipterous Insect from New South Wales.
1886, 171—A Revision of the Staphy-

linidae of Australia. Part i. 1886, 403;
Part ii. 1886, 887; Part iii. 1887, 471—
Notes on Zelotypia Stacyi, and an
Account of a Variety. 1887, 467—On a
new Butterfly of the Family Satyridae.
1887, 976—Note on a Specimen of
Peripatus found at Cassilis, N.S.W.
1887, 981—Report on a small Zoological
Collection from Norfolk Island. Insecta.
1887, 1001—On Rhopalocera from the
Vicinity of Mt. Bellenden-Ker, Queens-
land. 1888, 394—On two Instances of
Colour Variation in Butterflies. 1888,
1250—Description of a new Moth of the
Genus Phyllodes (P. Meyricki). 1889,
118—On Rhopalocera from Mt. Kos-
ciusko, New South Wales. 1889, 619—
Pielus hyalinatus and P. imperialis.
1889, 641—New Species of Lampyridae,
including a notice of the Mt. Wilson

Fire-Fly. 1889, 643—Stray Notes on
Lepidoptera. No. i. 1890, 515; No. ii.
189i, 27. Observations on certain un-

described Gall-making Coccidae of the
subfamily Brachyscelinae (Title). 1892,
378.

OuuirF, A., and H. Prince. On anew Pielus
from the Blue Mountains. 1887, 1015.

OSBORNE, G. D. The Geology and Pet-
rography of the Clarencetown-Paterson
lDrignenee, Ieee i, iWS2e ails IPeweAe i
L922 FLI= Part wiih AC Study ot the
Main Glacial Beds at Seaham. 1925,
67; Part iv. Petrography. 1925, 112.

OSBORNE, G. D., and W. R. Browne. Note
on a Glacially-striated Pavement in the
Kuttung Series of the Maitland District.
1921, 259.

O’SHANESY, P. A. The Botany of the
Springsure District. 1881, 730.

Parker, T. J., and JOSEPHINE G. RIcH.
Observations on the Myology of
Palinurus HEdwardsti, Hutton (Title).

1892, 410.

PETERSEN, P. Espen. Australian Newrop-
uer@., Ieeyer iu, IB AIt (eine Ieee ri, Il alsy
AOS Ieehee it, Il ANB Ieebee Tay, IG wat

HUGS leans vy SAR, SOR.

Perrin, A. H. K. An Ecological Study of
the Flora of Mount Wilson. Part ii.
The Eucalyptus Forests. 1925, 145—
See also BroucH, McLuUcKig and PETRIE.

PetTrig£, J. M. The Stinging Property of
the Giant Nettle-Tree (Laportea gigas,
Wedd.). 1906, 530—Solandrine, a new
Midriatic Alkaloid. 1907, 789—The Role
of Nitrogen and its Compounds in
Plant-Metabolism. Part i. Historical.
1908, 801; Part ii. The Non-Protein
Nitrogen in Seeds. 1908, 835; Part iii.
The Distribution of Nitrogen in Acacia
Seeds. 1911, 97; Part iv. The Nitrogen

26 INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

of Ripening Seeds. 1911, 127; Part v.
The Occurrence of Potassium Nitrate in
Plants. 1911, 135—The Chemistry of
Doryphora sassafras. 1912, 139—Hydro-
eyaniec Acid in Plants. Part i. Its Dis-
tribution in the Australian Flora. 1912,
220; Part ii. Its Occurrence in the
Grasses of New South Wales. 1913,
Gazebo Ieee iil, ily, IAS IeeieE ih, “INAS
Hydrocyanic Acid of Heterodendron—
a fodder Plant of New South Wales.
1920, 447—Note on the Occurrence of
Strychnicine. 1913, 761—The Chemical
Investigation of some Poisonous Plants
in the N. O. Solanaceae. Part ii.
Nicotiana suaveolens, and the Identifi-
eation of its Alkaloid. 1916, 148; Part
iii. The Occurrence of Nor-Hyoscya-
mine in Solandra longiflora. 1916, 815;
PaGieelive The Chemistry of the
Duboisias. 1917, 118; Part v. The
Alkaloids of Duboisia Leichhardtii
K.y.M. 1917, 137—The Occurrence of
Methyl Laevo-Inositol in an Australian
Poisonous Plant. 1918, 850—The
Chemical Examination of Macrozamia
spiralis. 1920, 424—The active prin-
ciple of Hrythrophloeum Laboucherii.
1921, 333—Studies in Plant Pigments.
i. The yellow colouring matter of the
Acacias. 1923, 356; ii. The red pig-
ment induced by insect injury in
Eucalyptus stricta. 1924, 386—See also
CHAPMAN and PETRIE.

PHiLiieres, W. J., and KF. J. ©. Grice. The
Salinity of Inshore Oceanic Waters of
Australasia in relation to Fishes. 1925,
432.

PuinpottT, A. On a Remarkable Modifica-
tion of the Highth Abdominal Segment
in Lindera tessalatella, with a Descrip-
tion of the Male and Female Genitalia.
1925, 32—The Labial Palpi of Tvricho-
physetis cretacea and Argyria amoen-
atis. 925, 38a.

PINKERTON, HTHEL C. The Percentage of
Carbon Dioxide in Expired Alveolar
Air. 1917, 146—The Composition of Ex-
pired Alveolar Air. 1917, 866.

Pittman, EH. F., and T. W. H. Davin. Note
on the Occurrence of Lepidodendron in
Upper Devonian Rocks at Mt. Lambie,
near Rydal, New South Wales. 1893,
121—See also Davin, HeEtmMs, and
PITTMAN.

PLAyFarr, G. I. Some new or less known
Desmids found in New South Wales.
1907, 160—Some Sydney Desmids. 1908,
603—Polymorphism and Life-History in
the Desmidiaceae (Algae: conjugatae).
1910, 459—Plankton of the Sydney
Water-Supply. 1912, 512—Contributions
to a Knowledge of the Biology of the
Richmond River, N.S.W. 1914, 98—The

Genus Trachelomonas (Infusoria).
1915, 1—Freshwater Algae of the Lis-
more District; with an Appendix on
the Algal Fungi and Schizomycetes.
1915, 310—Oocystis and Hremosphaera
(Algae). 1916, 107—Australian Fresh-
water Phytoplankton (Protococcoideae).
1916, 823—Rhizopods of Sydney and
Lismore. 1917, 633—New and rare
Freshwater Algae. 1918, 497—Peri-
dineae of New South Wales. 1919, 793
—Australian Freshwater Flagellates.
1921, 99—Notes on Freshwater Algae.
1923, 206.

Prince, H. See OLiirr and PRINCE.

RAFFRAY, A. Australian Pselaphidae.

1900, 131.

Rartnpow, W. J. Descriptions of some
new Araneidae of New South Wales.
IN@s th ASA, Zale IN©, shi, ISO, wGs INO,
Tlie AUS, ZAIME INO, whys Issel seis INO. Ww
UH), SES ING wily ISG, Bee IN@, will,
ISN, (BASS ING, wal, IW W5 slats IN@, tb
1900, 488; No. x. 1902, 484—Contribu-
tions to a Knowledge of the Arachnidan
Fauna of Australia. No. i. 1896, 634—
Note on Argyrodes antipodiana. 1898,
172—Contribution to a Knowledge of
the Arachnidan Fauna of British New
Guinea. 1898, 328—Contributions to a
Knowledge of the Fauna of British New
Guinea. Insecta and Arachnida. 1898,
363—Contributions to a Knowledge of
the Araneidan Fauna of Santa Cruz.

1899, 304—Arachnida from the South
Seas. 1901, 521.
Ramsay, EH. P. Description of a new

Species of Ptilotis from the Endeavour
River, with some Remarks on the
Natural History of the East Coast
Range, near Rockingham Bay. 1875-76,
9—Description of a new Species of
Trichoglossus. 1875-76, 30—Description
of a new Genus and Species of Rat
Kangaroo, allied to the Genus Hypsi-
prymnus, proposed to be called Hypsip-
rymnodon moschatus. 1875-76, 33—
Characters of a new Genus and Species
of Passerine Bird from the Fiji Islands,
proposed to be called Vitia. 1875-76, 41
—Descriptions of new Species of Merula
and Rhypidura. 1875-76, 43—Descrip-
tion of a new Species of Pachycephala
from Fiji, in the collection of W. Mac-
leay, Hsq., F.L.S. 1875-76, 65—Descrip-
tion of a supposed new Species of
Pachycephala from New Britain. 1875-
76, 66—Description of a new Species
of the Genus Lamprolia, Finsch, from
Fiji. 1875-76, 68—Remarks on a collec-
tion of Birds lately received from Fiji,
and now forming part of the Macleayan
Collection at Elizabeth Bay; with a list

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS. 27

of all the Species at present known to
inhabit the Fiji Islands. 1875-76, 69—
Description of a supposed new Species
of Bat from Stanwell, near Bulli, N.S.W.
1875-76, 8i—Description of a supposed
new Species of Fruit Pigeon from
Malacola, one of the New Hebrides
Islands, S. S., proposed to be called
Ptilinopus Corriei. NOW5-16; 133——
Description of a new Species of Plover
from Nth. Australia. 1875-76, 135—
Description of a new Species of Kan-
garoo from New Guinea. 1875-76, 162—
List of Australian Game Birds and
other Species which should be protected
by the Game Preservation Act. 1875-76,
182—Remarks on the large Number of
Game Birds which have of late been
offered for sale in Sydney. 1875-76, 215
—Note on Poephila gouldiae. 1875-76,
281—Description of a new Species of
Halmaturus from New Ireland. 1875-
76, 307—Description of a new Species
of Perameles from New Ireland. 1875-
76, 310—Description of a supposed new
Species of Rock-Wallaby from Palm
Islands, on the N.E. Coast of Australia,
proposed to be called Petrogale
assimilis. 1875-76, 359—Notes of a
collection of Birds from New Britain,
New Ireland, and the Duke of York
Islands, with some Remarks on the
Zoology of the Group. 1875-76, 369—
On Perameles cockerellii. 1875-76, 378
—Notes on a Collection of Birds from
Port Moresby with Descriptions of
some new Species. 1875-76, 386—
Zoology of the “Chevert’—Mammals.
Part i. 1877, 7—Descriptions of two
supposed new Species of Mus, and of a
Pteropine Bat of a new Genus from the
Duke of York Island. 1877, 15—On a
new Species of Platycercus from the
Interior of New South Wales. 1877, 27
—Description of a new Species of
Pelodryas trom New Ireland. 1877, 28
—Note of a Species of Echidna (Tachy-
glossus) from Port Moresby, New
Guinea. 1877, 31—Description of a new
Species of Gerygone. 1877, 53—Some
further Remarks on Poéphila Gouldiae
and P. mirabilis. 1877, 70—Descrip-
tion of a supposed new Species of
Acanthophis, from North Australia.
1877, 72—Description of some new
Species of Birds from New Britain, New
Ireland, Duke of York Island, and the
South Hast Coast of New Guinea. 1877,
104—Description of some rare Hggs of
Australian Birds and a Note on the
Eggs of certain species of Megapodius.
1877, 107—Note on Macgillivray’s
Snake, Brachysoma triste. 1877, 113—
Notes on some Birds from Savage

Island, Tutuila, etc., in the collection
of the Rev. Mr. Whitmee, F.R.G.S.
1877, 139—Tabular List of all the Aus-
tralian Birds at present known, show-
ing the Distribution of the Species.
1877, 177—Description of a Species of
Edoliosoma from New Ireland, supposed
to be the adult of Ceblepyris schisti-
ceps (Homb. et Jacq.). 1877, 222—
Description of a new Species of Pachy-
cephala from the Gulf of Carpentaria.
1877, 224—Description of a new Species
of Ianthaenas from the Duke of York
Islands. 1877, 248—Descriptions of
three supposed new Species of Birds
from the New Hebrides. 1877, 286—
Description of a new Species of Rhipi-
dura, from Torres Straits (?) and of a
new Species of Hopsaltria from the
Rockingham Bay district, with Re-
marks on some rare Queensland Birds.
1877, 371—Description of a new Species
of Ptilotis from Torres Straits. 1878,
2—Description of a Species of Myio-
lestes from Fiji. 1878, 12—Notes on
“List of Australian Birds’. 1878, 38—
Descriptions of five Species of new
Birds from Torres Straits and New
Guinea, etc. 1878, 72—Zoology of the
“Chevert’. Ornithology, Part ii. 1878,
100—On two new Species of Gerygone.
1878, 116—Note on the Tracheae of
certain Australian Ducks. 1878, 154—
On the Goshawk from Port Moresby,
Astur cruentus of Salvadori and Sharpe
(nec Gould). 1878, 173—Contributions
to the Zoology of New Guinea.
J2eWeUS} TL aia. mi, ee, 2453 JERE tht
Description of a new Marsupial
allied to the genus Perameles Geoff.
1878, 402; Parts iv and v. Remarks on
recent Collections made by Mr. Andrew
Goldie in the south-east portion of New
Guinea and Louisiades. 1879, 85; Part
vi. On some new and rare Birds from
the south-east Coast of New Guinea.
1879, 464; Part vii. 1883, 15—Notes on
a small Collection of Birds from the
New Hebrides, with a Description of a
new Species of Merula. 1878, 336—
Description of a new Species of Rhipi-
dura from Lora Howe’s Island. 1878,
340—Notes on Puffinus (Nectris) car-
neipes, Gould. 1878, 406—Notes on the
Zoology of the Solomon Islands. Part i.
Aves. 1879) 655 Rart i. 18381) 762 Part
its), ASsi Vis hare ive Lss25) 6—
Notes on some recently-described Birds
from the Solomon Islands, with Re-
marks on some Australian Birds men-
tioned in Mr. R. B. Sharpe’s ‘Catalogue
of Birds’, Vol. iv. 1879, 313—Note on
an undetermined Species of Lalage.
1879, 396—Description of a new Species

28

of Oligorus from Queensland. 1880, 93
—Notes on Galeocerdo Rayneri, with a
list of other Sharks taken in Port Jack-
son. 1880, 95—On a rare Species of
Perch from Port Jackson. 1880, 294—
Notes on Histiophorus gladius. 1880,
295—Description of two new Species of
Australian Fishes. 1880, 462—Descrip-
tion of a parasitic Syngnatus. 1880,
494—On a new Species of Regalaecus
from Port Jackson. 1880, 631—Descrip-
tion of a new Labroid Fish of the
Genus Novacula from Port Jackson.
1881, 198—Description of a new Species
of Hemerocetes from Port Jackson.
1881, 575—Note on Oriolus affinis,
Gould. 1881, 576—On the Occurrence
of Pseudophycis breviusculus Rich., in
Port Jackson. 1881, 717—Description
of a new Species of Honey-eater from
the S.E. Coast of New Guinea. 1881,
718—Description of a supposed new
Species of Rat from the Interior of
New South Wales. 1881, 763—Descrip-
tion of a new Species of Therapon from
the Macquarie River. 1881, 831—
Description of two new Birds from the
Solomon Islands. 1881, 883—Note on
the range of Pycnoptilus floccosus,
Gould, and Pachycephala olivacea,
V. & H. 1881, 835—On a new Species
of Hurystopodus. 1881, 843—On a new
Species of Mus from the Island of Ugi,
Solomon ‘Group. 1882, 43—Contribu-
tions to Australian Oology. Part i.
1882, 45; Part ii. 1882, 406—Notes on
-the Zoology of Lord Howe’s Island.
1882, 86—Description of the Eggs of five
Species of Fijian Birds. 1882, 112—
On a new Species of Gobiesox from
Tasmania. 1882, 148—Description of
two new Birds from the Solomon
Islands. 1882, 299—Desecription of a
new Species of Coris from Lord Howe’s
Island and New South Wales. 1882, 301
—Description of a new Species of Solea
from Port Stephens. 1882, 406—Notes
on Birds from the Solomon Islands.
1882, 665—Description of some new
Australian Fishes. 1883, 177—Descrip-
tions of two new Species of Birds from
the Austro-Malayan Region. 1884, 863
—Contributions to the Zoology of New
Guinea. Notes on Birds from Mount
Astrolabe, with Descriptions of two new
Species. 1885, 242—Description of a
new Species of Collyriocincla from the
Scrubs in the vicinity of Cairns, Queens-
land. 1885, 244—On a new Genus and
Species of Freshwater Tortoise from
the Fly River, New Guinea. 1886, 158
—List of Western Australian Birds col-
lected by Mr. Cairn and Mr. W. H.
Boyer-Bower, at Derby and its Vicinity,

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

with Remarks on the Species. 1886,
1085—Note on the Hgg of the Regent-
Bird, Sericulus melinus, Lath. 1886,
1138—Notes on the Nesting of Pycnop-
tilus floccosus, Gould, in New South
Wales. 1886, . 1189—Descriptions of
Australian Birds’ Hggs. 1886, 1141—
Description of a new Species of
Hapalotis (H. Boweri), from North-
West Australia. 1886, 1153—List of
Birds collected at Derby, North-West
Australia, by the late T. H. Boyer-
Bower, HEsq., with Notes. 1887, 165—
Description of a new Species of
Epimachus, from the Astrolabe Range,
South-Hast New Guinea. 1887, 239—
Description of two new Species of Mar-
supials (Perameles and Antechinus),
and of a new Species of Mus (M.
Burtoni) from the neighbourhood of
Derby, N.W.A. 1887, 551—Description
of a new Species of Philemon from
North-West Australia. 1887, 676—
Description of a new Species of
Gerygone from Lord Howe’s Island.
1887, 677—Descriptions of the Hggs of
three Species of Sea-Birds from Lord
Howe’s Island. 1887, 678—Description
of a new Species of Piezorhynchus from
the New Hebrides Islands. 1888, 1293
—Notes on the Fauna of the Bellenden-
Ker Ranges. 1888, 1295—See also
CASTELNAU and RAMSAY.

Ramsay, EH. P., and J. D. OcinBy. Descrip-

tions of new or rare Australian Fishes.
1885, 575—Description of two new
Fishes from Port Jackson. 1885, 757—
Description of a new Goris. 1885, 851
—Descriptions of some new Australian
Fishes. 1886, 4—A Contribution to the -
Knowledge of the Fish-Fauna of New

Guinea. 1886, 8—Description of a new
Coris from the New Hebrides. 1886,
131—Descriptions of two new Fishes.
1886, 474—On Specimens of the Genus
Xiphasia, Swainson, from Port Jackson.
1886, 582—On an undescribed Species
of Chilodactylus from Port Jackson.
1886, 879—On an undescribed Sciaena
from the New South Wales Coast. 1886,
941—Description of a new Australian
Fish (Apogon roseigaster). 1886, 1101
—On an undescribed Dules from New
Guinea. 1887, 4—On an undescribed
Shark from Port Jackson, 1887, 163—
Notes on the Genera of Australian
Fishes. Parti. 1887, 181—Descriptions
of New Australian Fishes. 1887, 241;
1887, 561—On a new Genus and Species
of Labroid Fish from Port Jackson.
1887, 631—Descriptions of two new
Fishes from Port Jackson. 1887, 1021—
Note in Correction of Certain Errors in
Previous Papers. 1887, 1024—On the

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS. 29

Genus Tetragonurus of Risso. 1888, 9
—Description of a new Tripterygium
from Port Jackson. 1888, 419—Descrip-
tions of two new Australian Fishes.
1888, 1310—Description of a new Aus-
tralian Skink (Title). 1889, 1296.

Ranps, W. H. See Dun, RANDS and
DaAvip.

RatteE, F. On Tribrachyocrinus corru-
gatus, spec. nov. from the Carboniferous
Sandstone of New South Wales. 1884,
1158—On the Larvae and Larva-cases
of some Australian Aphrophoridae.
1884, 1164—On a Devonian Fossil allied
to Worthenia, De Koninck, from New
South Wales. 1885, 79—On some
remarkable Crystals of Siderite. 1885,
759—Note on Crioceras australe, Moore
(?), a lower Cretaceous Fossil from
Queensland. 1886, 133—Notes on Aus-
tralian Fossils. (1) Note on some Tri-
lobites new to Australia. 1886, 1065;
(2) Second Note on Tribrachiocrinus
corrugatus, Ratte, and on the place of
the genus among Palaeocrinoidea.
1886, 1069; (3) Note on two new Fossil
Plants from the Wianamatta Shales.
1886, 1078—Note on some Trilobites
new to Australia. 1887, 95—Notes on
some Australian Fossils. (1) Sdlis-
buria palmata, emend. from Jeanpaulia
or Baiera palmata, Ratte. 1887, 137;
(2) On the Muscular impression of the
Genus Notomya (Maeonia). 1887, 139
—Note on a Remarkable Example of
Fracture in Kerosene Shale. 1887, 140
—Additional Evidence on Fossil Salis-
buriae from Australia. 1887, 159.

ReaD, R. B. Lepidoptera having the
Antlia terminal in a Teretron or Borer.
1878, 150—On Doris arbutus, Angas.
1879, 291.

RicH, JOSEPHINE G.
RIcuH.

ROssITER, R. C. A List of the Cypraeidae
found on the Coast of New Caledonia
and Loyalty Islands. 1881, 817—New
Variety of Ovulum depressum found at

See PARKER and

Lifou. 1882, 323.
Ruerp, H. M. R. Notes on Species of
Pterostylis. 1925, 299.

RUTHERFORD, A. A new Scale-Insect
(Coccidae) affecting Sugar-Cane in New
Guinea, with a Note by EH. Jarvis. 1916,
215.

Sanps, F. P. The Corpus Luteum of
Dasyurus viverrinus, with Observations
on the Growth and Atrophy of the
Graffian Follicle. 1903, 364.

SANGER, EH. B. On a Molar Tooth of
Zeuglodon from the Tertiary Beds on
the Murray River near Wellington, S.A.
1880, 298.

SAWYER, B., and HE. C. ANDREWS. Notes
on the Caves of Fiji, with special
Reference to Lau. 1901, 91.

SCORTECHINI, B. Contribution to a South
Queensland Flora. 1881, 157—Half-
Century of Plants new to South Queens-
land. 1882, 213—Contributions to the
Flora of Queensland. 1883, 168—A
Second Half-Century of Plants new to
South Queensland. 1883, 242.

SEEBOHM, H. Note on the Occurrence of
the Sanderling (Calidris arenaria) in
Borneo. 1893, 49.

SEURAT, —. See Donat et SEURAT.

SHARP, D. Description of a new Genus
and Species of Coleoptera (Family

Hispidae) from New Britain. 1903,
924.
SHAw, A. Hnanp. Description of new

Australasian Blattidae, with a Note on
the Blattid Coxa. 1922, 223—New
Genera and Species (mostly Aus-
tralasian) of Blattidae, with Notes, and
some Remarks on Tepper’s Types.
1S yAH, IAAL.

SHEARSBY, A. J. On a new Species of
Rhizophyllum from the Upper Silurian
Rocks of Yass, N.S.W. 1904, 869—On
the Occurrence of a Bed of Fossil-
iferous Tuff and Lavas between the
Silurian and Middle Devonian at
Cavan, Yass, N.S.W., similar in Age
and Character to the Snowy River
Porphyries of Victoria. 1905, 275.

SHIRLEY, J.. and C. A. LamsBertT. The
Stems of Climbing Plants. 1918, 600.

SincLarirR, S. Notes of a Visit to the
Island of Hrromanga, New Hebrides,
in May, 1894. 1894, 701.

SkusE, F. A. A. Notes on a new Dip-
terous Insect belonging to the Family
Cecidomyidae infesting Grass; also on
two Hymenopterous Insects parasitic
upon the former. 1887, 1071—Diptera
of Australia. Part i. 1888, 17; Part ii.
The Sciaridae. 1888, 657; Part iii. The
Mycetophilidae. 1888, 1123; Part iv.
The Simulidae and Bibionidae. 1888,
1363; Part v. The Culicidae. 1888,
1717; Part vi. The Chironomidae.
1889, 215; Part vii. The Tipulidae
brevipalpi. 1889, 757; Part viii. The
Tipulidae longipalpi. 1890, 53; Nem-
atocera. Supplement i. 1890, 373;
Nematocera. Supplement ii. 1890, 595.
Notes on the genus Lestophonus,
Williston, and Description of a new

Species. 1889, 123—Description of a
new Genus (Batrachomyia, W. S.
Macleay, M.S.) and two Species

of Dipterous Insects parasitic upon
Australian Frogs. 1889, 171—Descrip-

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

tion of a luminous Dipterous Insect
(Fam. Mycetophilidae), from New
Zealand. 1890, 677.

SLoANnE, T. G. A Note on the Carenides,

with Descriptions of New Species.
1888, 1101—A Second Note on the
Carenides, with Descriptions of New
Species. 1893, 448—On the Carenides
(Fam. Carabidae). No. iii. 1897, 190—
On the Carenides (Fam. Carabidae).
No. iv. 1900, 361—Studies in Aus-
tralian Entomology. No. i. Review of
the Genus Sarticus (Carabidae). 1889,
501; No. ii. Six new Species of Cara-
bidae. 1889, 1288; No. iii. On Prome-
coderus and closely allied Genera
(Carabidae). 1890, 189; No. iv. New
Genera and Species of Carabidae. 1890,
641; No. v. Notes on the subfamily
Broscini (Carabidae) with Descriptions
of New Species. 1892, 45; No. vi.
Description of a new Tiger-beetle from
Queensland. 1893, 25; No. vii. New
Genera and Species of Carabidae (in-
eluding some Notes on previously
described Species, and synoptic Lists
of Genera and Species). 1894, 393;
No. viii. Descriptions of Two New
Tiger Beetles. 1897, 33; No. ix. New
Species of Carabidae (with Notes on
some previously described Species and
synoptic Lists of Species). 1899, 553;
No. x. Description of a New Tiger
Beetle from Western Australia. 1900,
632; No. xi. Description of a New
Ground Beetle from Victoria. 1901,
672; No. xii. New Carabidae (Pana-
geini, Bembidiini, Pogonini, Platy-
smatini, Platynini, Lebiini, with Re-
visional Lists of Genera and Species,
some Notes on Synonymy, etc.). 1903,
566; (N.B. No paper numbered xiii).
No. xiv. New Species of Geodephagous
Coleoptera from Tropical Australia.
Cicindelidae (8) and .Carabidae (5)
(Platysmatini, Marioni, Perigonini,
Masoreini, and Physocrotaphini). 1904,
527; No. xv. New Genera and Species
of Carabidae, with some Notes on
Synonymy (Clivinini, Scaritini, Cunei-
pectini, Trigonotomini and Lebiini).
1907, 346; No. xvi. New Species of
Carabidae. 1910, 378; No. xvii. New
Genera and Species of Carabidae (Pam-
borini, Migadopini, Broscini, Cunei-
pectini, Nomiini, Pterostichini, Platy-
nini, Oodini, Harpalini, and Lebiini).
1915, 438; No. xviii. New Genera and
Species of Carabidae. 1923, 17—
Descriptions of two New Species of
Carenum from West Australia, with
Notes on the Synonymy and Distribu-
tion of some previously described
Species. 1891, 427—On the Australian

Clivinides (Family Carabidae) (Re-
vision of the Australian Species of the
Genus Clivina with the Description of
a New Genus, Clivinarchus). 1896, 143
—Appendix to the Australian Clivinides
(Fam. Carabidae). The Clivinides of
King’s Sound and its Vicinity. 1896,
275—On the Australian Bembidiides
referable to the Genus Tachys, with the
Description of a new allied Genus
Pyrrotachys. 1896, 355—On Carabidae
from West Australia, sent by Mr. A. M.
Lea (with Descriptions of New Genera
and Species, Synoptic Tables, etc.).
1898, 444—A Revision of the Genus
Notonomus (Family Carabidae, Sub-
family Feronini). 1902, 252—Re-
visional Notes on Australian Carabidae.
Part i. Tribes Carabini, Pamborini,
Pseudozaenini, Clivini, and the Genus
Nebriosoma. 1904, 699; Part ii. 1905,
103; Part iii. Tribes Oodini, Chlaeiini,
and Sphodrini. 1910, 435; Part iv. The
Genus Notonomus. 1913, 404; Part v.
1914, 568; Part vi. Tribe Bembidiini.
1921, 192—Five New Species of
Cicindela from Tropical Australia. 1905,
229—Australian Carabidae. Check
List. Part i. Subfamily Carabinae
(Issued separately as supplement to
Proceedings, 1905, Part i)—Revision of
the Cicindelidae (Coleoptera) of Aus-
tralia. 1906, 309—Supplement to the
Revision of the Cicindelidae of Aus-
tralia. 1906, 555—Second Supplement
to the Revision of the Cicindelidae of
Australia. 1909, 296—Carabidae from
Dorrigo, N.S.W. (with an Appendix:
Tenebrionidae from Dorrigo. By H. J.
Carter). 1910, 823—Descriptions of
Two New Species of Cicindela from
Western Australia. 1913, 401—Descrip-
tion of a New Tiger-beetle from North-
Western Australia. 1914, 565—Cara-
bidae (Coleoptera) from the Upper
Williams River, N.S.W. 1916, 196—
New Australian Species of Carabidae
belonging to the tribe Scaritini (Cole-
optera). 1916, 597—Descriptions of
Two New Tiger-Beetles from the
Northern Territory. 1917, 201; -337—
On the Endoskeleton of the Head, the
Anterior Coxae, and the Anterior Coxal
Cavities in the Families Carabidae and
Cicindelidae (Coleoptera). 1917, 339
—Carabidae from Tropical Australia.
(New Genera and Species, Notes and
Synonymy, and Synoptic Tables. Tribes
Searitini, Harpalini, Odacanthini,
Lebiini, and Helluonini). 1917, 406—
The Carabidae of Tasmania. 1920, 113
—A List of the Species of Australian
Carabidae which range beyond Aus-
tralia and its Dependent Islands. 1920,

SmitH, G. ELuiot.

SmirH, H. G.

SmirH, R. GREIc.

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS. 31

320—Description of a New Tiger-Beetle
from the Wyndham District. With
some Notes on recent Works on Aus-
tralian Cicindelidae. 1921, 330.

SmitH, E. A. Note on the Subgenus

Salinator of Hedley. 1901, 14.

A Preliminary Com-
munication upon the Cerebral Commis-
sures of the Mammalia, with special
Reference to the Monotremata and
Marsupialia. 1894, 635.

SmiryH, G. P. D. An Account of some

Observations upon the Life-history of
Phoma citricarpa McAlp.: The Cause
of the “Black Spot” Disease in Citrus
Fruit in New South Wales. 1918, 868
—The Occurrence of an _ inverted
Hymenium in Agaricus campestris.
1918, 888.

On the Occurrence of
Barite (Barytes) in the Hawkesbury
Sandstone, near Sydney. 1891, 131.

The Tick Fever Para-
site. 1899, 585—The Nodule Organism
of the Leguminosae. 1899, 653—The
Flocculation of Bacteria. 1900, 65—The
Mechanism of Agglutination. 1900, 75
—A new Bacillus Pathogenic to Fish.
1900, 122—The double staining of
Spores and Bacilli. 1900, 394—Con-
tribution to the Bacterial Flora of the
Sydney Water Supply. i. 1900, 436; ii.
1900, 740; The Measurement of Bac-
teria. 1900, 533—A Fish Disease from
George’s River. 1900, 605—The Cloud-
ing of White Wine. 1900, 650—Bac-
teria and the Disintegration of Cement.
1901, 107—Notes on Vibris denitrificans
Sewerin. 1901, 118—The Nature of the
Bacteroids of the Leguminous Nodule
and the Culture of Rhizobium Legum-
inosarum. 1901, 152—The Gum Fer-
mentation of Sugar Cane Juice. 1901,
589—The Deterioration of Raw and
Refined Sugar Crystals in Bulk. 1901,
674—The Acid Fermentation of Raw
Sugar Crystals. 1901, 684—The Gum-
mosis of the Sugar-Cane (Bact. vascu-
larum, Cobb). 1902, 31—Further Re-
marks upon the Mechanism of Ageglu-
tination. 1902, 66—An Ascobacterium
from the Sugar-Cane, with Notes upon
the Nature of the Slime (Bacterium
sacchari, n. sp.). 1902, 137—A Gum
(Levan) Bacterium from a Saccharine
Exudate of Eucalyptus Stuartiana
(Bacterium eucalypti, n. sp.). 1902,
230—The Ulcer Disease (Black Oph-
thalmia?) of Rainbow Trout (WMicro-
coccus pyogenes). 1902, 352—The Bac-
terial Origin of the Gums of the
Arabin Group. Nos. i-ii. 1902, 383; Nos.
iii-ix. 1903, 114; No. x. The Pararabin
Gum of Sterculia (Bact. pararabinum,

iN, $95))6 UGK, 419 IW@s sal “ane
Nutrition of Bacterium acaciae. 1904,
217—A Slime Bacterium from the
Peach, Almond and Cedar (Bacterium
persicae, n. sp.). 1903, 338—The Slime
of Dematium pullulans. 1903, 826—The
Gum and Byproducts of Bacterium
sacchari. 1903, 834—The Loss of Colour
in Red Wines. 1904, 213—-A Variable
Galactan Bacterium (Bacillus Ather-
stonei, n. sp.). 1904, 442—The Red
String of the Sugar-Cane (Bacillus
pseudarabinus, n. sp.). 1904, 449—A
Yellow Race of Bacillus pseudarabinus
from the Quince. 1904, 860—The Bac-
terial Origin of Macrozamia Gum
(Bacillus macrozamiae, n. sp.). 1904,
863—On First Line of Defence against
Microbic Attacks (Abstract). 1905, 26
—The possible Relationship between
Bacteria and the Gum of dHakea
saligna (Bac. pseudarabinus, ii, n. sp.).

1905, 136—The Origin of Natural
Immunity towards the Putrefactive
Bacteria. 1905, 149—The Probable

Bacterial Origin of the Gum of Linseed
Mucilage (Bacilli lini, i-ii, n. spp.).
1905, 161—The Role of Agglutination in
Immunity. 1905, 289—A Gelatin-
hardening Bacterium (Bacillus indu-
rans, n. sp.). 1905, 339—The Probable
Identity of the Opsonins with the
Normal Agglutinins. 1905, 555—A Pleo-
morphic Slime-Bacterium (Bacillus
alatus, n. sp.). 1905, 570—The Forma-
tion of Slime or Gum by Rhizobium
leguminosarum. 1906, 264—The Struc-
ture of Rhizobium leguminosarum.
1906, 295—The Fixation of Nitrogen by
Rhizobium leguminosarum. 1906, 608
—The Fixation of Nitrogen by Azoto-
bacter chroococcum. 1906, 616—
Opsonisation from a Bacterial Point of
View and Opsonic Technique. 1908, 669
Can Opsonins be obtained directly
from Bacteria and Yeasts? 1909, 105—
The Coagulation of Condensed Milk.
1909, 107—The Influence of the Dilution
of Serum upon the Phagocytic Index.
1909, 384—-The Slime of the Household
Bath-Sponge. 1910, 29—The Bacterial
Flora of Rachitic Stools. 1910, 36—
The Permanency of the Characters of
the Bacteria of the Bac. coli-group.
1910, 806—Contributions to our Know-
ledge of Soil Fertility. i. The Action
of Wax-solvents and the Presence of
Thermolabile Bacteriotoxins in Soil.
1910, 808; ii. The Determination of
Rhizobia in the Soil. 1911, 492; iii.
Bacterial Slimes in Soil. 1911, 609; iv.
The Agricere and Bacteriotoxins of Soil.
USilal, Oe Ww. “Wage Aveo GE INEhE
Solvents upon Sewage-Sick Soils. 1912,

32

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

238; vi. The Inactivity of the Soil-
Protozoa. 1912, 655; vii-xi. 19138, 725;
xii. The Action of Toluene upon the
Soil-Protozoa. 1914, 839; xiii. The
Toxicity of Soils. 1915, 631; xiv. The
Stimulative Action of Chloroform re-
tained by the Soil. 1915, 724; xv. The
Action of certain Micro-organisms upon
the numbers of Bacteria in the Soil.
1917, 162; xvi. The Search for Toxin-
Producers. 1918, 142—Note on the
Bacteriotoxic Action of Water. 1914,
533—Note on the Destruction of
Paraffin by Bac. prodigiosus and Soil-
Organisms. 1914, 5388—A new Levan-
gumforming Bacterium (Bacillus hemi-
phloiae). 1915, 174—The Single Cell
Cultivation of Yeast. 1917, 220—The
Germicidal Activity of the Hucalyptus
Oils. i. 1919, 72; ii. The Action of the
Oils in Aqueous Dilutions. 1919, 311—
Ropiness in Wattle Bark Infusions.
1920, 52—The High ‘Temperature
Organism of Fermenting Tan-bark.
leew Tl, IGP, Gs leew ib, IGA, Ile IPewer
iii. 1923, 475; Part iv. The effect of
Chill. 1923, 623—-Note upon the Ex-
traction of Acids from Cultures. 1921,
154—The Influence of certain Colloids
upon Fermentation. Part i. 1924, 436;
Part ii. 1925, 341—Note upon deter-
mining the Hydrogen-ion Concentration
colorimetrically, in small Quantities of
Fluids. 1924, 504—See also L’HsTrancE
and SmirH, GREIG-.

SmiTtTH, VERA Irwin. On the Chaetoso-

matidae, with Descriptions of new
Species, and a new Genus from the
coast of New South Wales. 1917, 757—
Studies in Life-histories of Australian
Diptera Brachycera. Part i. Stratio-
myiidae. No. 1. Metoponia rubriceps
Macquart. 1920, 505; No. 2. Further
experiments in the rearing of Meto-
ponia rubriceps. 1921, 252; No. 3. On
the Structure of the Mouth-parts and
Pharynx of the larval Metoponia
rubriceps. 1921, 425; No. 4. The Res-
piratory System in Larva, Pupa and
Imago of Metoponia rubriceps Mac-
quart. 1923, 49; ii. Asilidae. No. 1.
Catalogue of the Species of Asilidae of
which the earlier Stages have been
recorded. 1923, 368; No. 2. Notes on
the Kigg-laying, Eggs and young Larvae
of Neoaratus hercules Wied. 1923, 375
—Nematode Parasites of the Domestic
Pigeon (Columba livia domestica) in
Australia. 1920, 552—Notes on Nema-
todes of the Genus Physaloptera, with
Special Reference to those Parasitic in
Reptiles. Part i. 1921, 492; Part ii. A
Review of the Physaloptera of Lizards.
1922, 538; Parts iii and iv. The Physal-

optera of Australian Lizards. 1922,
232; 1922, 415—A new Nematode Para-
site of a Lizard. 1922, 311.

Spencer, W. B. Contributions to our
Knowledge of Ceratodus. Part i. The
Blood Vessels (Title). 1892, 327.

Sreap, D. G. Contributions to a Know-
ledge of the Australian Crustacean
Fauna. No. i. Observations on the
Genus Neptunus. 1898, 746; No. ii. On
Sacculina parasitic upon Pilumnopeus
serratifrons. 1899, 687.

STEEL, JESSIE K. Anatomical Features of
the Mature Sporophyte of Selaginella
wliginosa. 19238, 287.

STEEL, T. Observations on Peripatus.
1896, 94—Australian Land Planarians:
Descriptions of new Species and Notes
on Collecting and Preserving. 1897,
104; No. 2. 1900, 563—Land Planarians
from Fiji, with Descriptions: of new
Species. 1897, 120—Note on Peripatus.
1897, 121—Contributions to a Know-
ledge of the Fauna of British New
Guinea, Introduction. 1898, 357—
Tasmanian Land Planarians. Descrip-
tions of new Species, ete. 1900, 618—
The Chemical Properties of Bacterial
Gum Levan. 1901, 626—Presidential
Address, 28th March, 1906. 1905, 605—
Presidential Address, 24th March, 1907.
1907, 1—Notes on Variable Dioecism in
Pittosporum undulatum, Andr. 1911,
329—The Feeding-Tracks of JLimazx
maximus Linn. 1915, 114—The Ex-
ternal Parasites of the Dingo (Canis
dingo Blum.). 1919, 983—On Water
from the roots of the Red Mallee
(Hucalyptus oleosa). 1919, 348—On
dental incrustations and the so-called
“Gold-Plating’’ of Sheep’s Teeth. 1920,
324—Ulmite, a Constituent of Black
Sandstone. 1921, 213—The Occurrence
of Calcium Oxalate in the Gidgee Wattle
(Acacia Cambagei Baker). 1921, 256—
Chemical Notes. Botanical. 1921, 487
—Chemical Notes. General. 1922, 441
—On some Abnormal Sugar-canes.
1923, 462—Observations on Helix aspera
in Australia. 1924, 151—The nectar of
flowers. 1924, 324.

STEPHENS, T. Notes on the Geology of the
North-West Coast of Tasmania from
the River Tamar to Circular Head.
1908, 752.

STEPHENS, W. J. Presidential Address,
28th January, 1878. 1877, 379; January,
1879. 1878, 414—Notes on the Geology
of the Western Coalfield. Part i. 1882,
548; Part ii. 1882, 598—Notes on the
Geology of the Southern Portion of the
Clarence River Basin. 1883, 519—Presi-
dential Address, 27th January, 1886.
1885, 855—Notes on the Recent Hrup-

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS. 33

tions in the Taupo Zone, New Zealand.
1886, 513—Note on a Labyrinthodont
Fossil from Cockatoo Island, Port Jack-
son. 1886, 931—On the Biloela Labyrin-
thodont. 1886, 1113—On some
Additional Labyrinthodont Fossils from
the Hawkesbury Sandstones of New
South Wales (Platyceps Wilkinsonii,
and two unnamed Specimens). 1886,
1175—Presidential Address, 26th Jan-
uary, 1887. 1886, 1209—On some
additional Labyrinthodont Fossils from
the Hawkesbury Sandstone of New
South Wales. Second Note on Platy-
ceps Wilkinson. 1887, 156—Presi-
dential Address, 25th January, 1888.
1887, 1086; 30th January, 1889. 1888,
1781—An Attempt to Synchronise the
Australian, South African, and Indian
Coal Measures. Part i. The Austral-
asian and New Zealand Formations.
1889, 331—Presidential Address, 29th
January, 1890. 1889, 1299.

Srretine, J. On some Further Evidences
of Glaciation in the Australian Alps.
1886, 483—Notes on the Rutaceae of the
Australian Alps. 1886, 1052.

StssmincH, C. A., and H. I. JensmEn. The
Geology of the Canobolas Mountains.
1909, 157.

Suter, H. Contributions to a Revision of
the Tasmanian Land Mollusca (Title).
1893, 421—Additions and Hmendations
to the Reference List of the Land and
Freshwater Mollusca of New Zealand.
1893, 484—See also HepLEY and SuTER.

Tatr, R. Descriptions of three new
Species of Helix from South Australia.
1877, 290—Rectification of the Nomen-
clature of Purpura anomala, Angus.
1880, 131—On Menke’s’ Australian
Shells. 1881, 387—Description of a
new Species of Australian Amplexa.
1881, 409—On the Geographical Rela-
tions of the Floras of Norfolk and
Lord Howe Islands (Title). 1892, 410
—Note on Colina Brazieri, Tryon.
1893, 244—Note on the Tertiary Fossils
from Hall Sound, New Guinea. 1894,
213.

TaTE, R., and J. Brazier. Check-List of

' the Fresh-water Shells of Australia.
1881, 552.

Tath, R., and W. lL. May. A Revised
Census of the Marine Mollusca of
Tasmania. 1901, 344.

Taytor, F. H. A Revision of the Culicidae
in the Macleay Museum, Sydney. 1913,
747—Contributions to a Knowledge of

Australian Culicidae. No. i. 1914, 454;
No. ii. 1915, 176; No. iii. 1916, 564;
No. iv. 1918, 826—Australian Tab-

Cc

1915, 806; No. ii.
UBL, HUBS IM©, thik

LOIS
9/8),

anidae. No. i.
746; No. iii.
41.

Taytor, T. G. The First Recorded Occur-
rence of Blastoidea in New South
Wales. 1906, 54—A Correlation of
Contour, Climate and Coal. A Contribu-
tion to the Physiography of New South
Wales. 1906, 517—The Lake George
Senkungsfeld, a study of the Evolution
of Lakes George and Bathurst, N.S.W.
1907, 325—See also WooLtnoucH and
TAYLOR.

TENISON-Woops, J. EH.
TENISON-.

TuHery, A. Note on the Genus Syne-
chocera, with Description cf a New
Species. 1923, 517.

TIDSWELL, F. See Marrin and TIDSWELL.

TirGs, O. W. See JOHNSTON and TIEGS.

TILLYARD, R. J. On Dimorphism in the
Female of Ischnura heterosticta, Burm.
(Neuroptera: Odonata). 1905, 302—On
the supposed Numerical Preponderance
of the Males in Odonata. 1905, 344—
Descriptions of three new Australian
Species of the Genus Austrogomphus
(Neuroptera: Odonata). 1905, 547—
New Australian Species of the Family
Agrionidae (Neuroptera: Odonata).
1906, 177—Life-History of Lestes leda
Selys (Neuroptera: Odonata). 1906,
409—New Australian Species of the
Family Libellulidae (Neuroptera:
Odonata). 1906, 480—New Australian
Species of the Family Aeschnidae
(Neuroptera: Odonata). 1906, 722—
On Dimorphism in the Females of
Australian Agrionidae (Neuroptera:
Odonata). 1907, 382—New Australian
Species of the Family Colopterygidae
(Neuroptera: Odonata). 1907, 394—
On the Genus Petalura, with Descrip-
tion of a new Species. 1907, 708—The
Dragonflies of South-Western Australia.
1907, 719—On a Collection of Dragon-
flies from Central Australia, with
Descriptions of new Species. 1907, 761
—On the new Austrogynacantha
(Neuroptera: Odonata) with Descrip-
tion of Species. 1908, 423—On the
Genus Nannodythemis, with Descrip-
tions of new Species. 1908, 444—On
some remarkable Australian Libellu-
linae. Part ii. Descriptions of new
Species. 1908, 637; Part iii. Further
Notes on Camacinia Othello, Tillyard.
1910, 859—On some remarkable Aus-
tralian Corduliinae, with Descriptions
of new Species. 1908, 737—On some

See Woops, J. E.

rare Australian Gomphinae, with
Descriptions of new Species. 1909, 238
—Studies in Life-Histories of Aus-

tralian Odonata. i The Life History

34

of Petalura gigantea, Leach. 1909, 256;
ii. Life History of Diphlebia lestoides,
Selys. 1909, 370; iii. Notes on a new
Species of Phyllopetalia; with Descrip-
tions of Nymph and Imago. 1909, 697;
iv. Further Notes on the Life-History
of Petalura gigantea Leach. 1911, 86—
Monograph of the Genus Synthemis
(Neuroptera: Odonata). 1910, 312—On
some Experiments with Dragonfly
Larvae. 1910, 666—Further Notes on
some rare Australian Corduliinae, with
Descriptions of new Species. iUGlal.
366—On the Genus Cordulephya
(Odonata). 1911, 388—On the Genus
Diphlebia (Odonata), with Descrip-

tions of new Species and Life-Histories. —

1911, 584—On some new and rare Aus-
tralian Agrionidae. 1912, 404—On some
Australian Anisoptera, with Descrip-
tions of new Species. 1912, 572—
Description and Life-History of a new
Species of Nannophlebia. 1912, 712—
Some Descriptions of new Forms of
Australian Odonata. 1913, 229—Study
of the Odonata of Tasmania in rela-
tion to the Bassian Isthmus. 1913, 765
—On the Study of Zoogeographical
Regions by means of Specific Contours:
with an Application to the Odonata of
Australia. 1914, 21—On some Prob-
lems concerning the Development of
the Wing-venation of Odonata. 1914,
163—On the Development of the Wing-
venation in Zygopterous Dragonflies,
with Special Reference to the Calop-
terygidae. 1915, 212—On the Physi-
ology of the Rectal Gills in the Larvae
of Anisopterid Dragonflies. 1915, 422
—Studies in Australian Neuroptera.
IN@s ts The Wing-Venation of the
Myrmeleonidae. UGA, '7B4bS IN], ah
Descriptions of New Genera and
Species of the Families Osmylidae,
Myrmeleontidae and Ascalaphidae. 1916,
41; No. iii. The Wing-Venation of the
Chrysopidae. 1916, 221; No. iv. The
Families Ithonidae, Hemerobiidae, Sisy-
ridae, Berothidae and the New Family
Trichomatidae, with a Discussion of
their Characters and Relationships, and
Descriptions of new and little-known
Genera and Species. 1916, 269; No. v.
The Structure of the Cubitus in the
Wings of the Myrmeleontidae. 1918,
116; No. vi. The Family Psychopsidae,
with Descriptions of New Genera and
Species. 1918, 750; No. vii. The Life-
History of Psychopsis elegans (Guérin).
1918, 787; No. viii. Revision of the
Family Ithonidae, with Description of
a New Genus and Two New Species.
1919, 414—Further Observations on the
Emergence of Dragonfly Larvae from

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

the Egg, with special Reference to the
Problem of Respiration. 1916, 388—
Further Researches upon the Problems
of the Radial and Zygopterid Sectors
in the Wings of Odonata, and upon the
Formation of Bridges. 1916, 872—On
the Morphology of the Caudal Gills of
the Larvae of Zygopterid Dragonflies.
Introduction, Part i. (General Mor-
phology), and Part ii (Studies of the
Separate Types). 1917, 31; Part iii
(Ontogeny) and Part iv (Phylogeny).
1917, 606—The Wing-Venation of Lepid-
optera (Preliminary Report). 1917,
167—Mesozoic Insects of Queensland.
No. i. Planipennia, Trichoptera, and
the New Order Protomecoptera. 1917,
175; No. 2. The Fossil Dragonfly
Aeschnidopsis (Aeschna) flindersiensis
(Woodward) from the Rolling Downs
(Cretaceous) Series. 1917, 676; No. 3.
Odonata and Protodonata. 1918, 417;
No. 4. Hemiptera Heteroptera: the
Family Dunstaniidae. With a Note on
the Origin of the Heteroptera. 1918,
568; No. 5. Mecoptera, the New Order
Paratrichoptera, and Additions to the
Planipennia. 1919, 194; No. 6. Blat-
toidea. 1919, 358; No. 7. Hemiptera
Homoptera; with a Note on the Phy-
logeny of the Suborder. 1919, 857; No.
8. Hemiptera Homoptera (contd.). The
Genus Mesogereon; with a Discussion
of its Relationship with the Jurassic
Palaeontinidae. 1921, 270; No. 9. 1922,
447; No. 10. Summary on the Upper
Triassic Insect Fauna of Ipswich, Q.
(With an Appendix describing New
Hemiptera and Planipennia). 1923, 481
—Studies in Australian Mecoptera. No.
i. The new Family Nannochoristidae,
with descriptions of a new Genus and
four new Species: and an Appendix
descriptive of a new Genus and Species
from New Zealand. 1917, 284; No. ii.
The Wing-Venation of Chorista aus-
tralis Klug. 1918, 395—On some new
Dragonflies from Australia and Tas-
mania (Order Odonata). 1917, 450—
Odonata, Planipennia, and Trichoptera
from Lord Howe and Norfolk Islands.
1917, 529—Permian and Triassic Insects
from New South Wales, in the Collec-
tion of Mr. John Mitchell. 1917, 720—
On the Affinities of two interesting
Fossil Insects from the Upper Carbon-
iferous of Commentry, France. 1918,
123—A Fossil Insect-wing from the roof
of the Coal-seam in the Sydney Harbour
Colliery. 1918, 260—The Panorpoid
Complex. A Study of the Phylogeny of
the Holometabolous Insects, with
special Reference to the. Sub-classes
Panorpoidea and Neuropteroidea. (In-

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS. 35

troduction). 1918, 265; Part 1. The
Wing-Coupling Apparatus, with Special
Reference to the Lepidoptera. 1918,
286; Part 2. The Wing-Trichiation and
its Relationship to the General Scheme
of Venation. 1918, 626; Part 3. The
Wing-Venation. 1919, 533; Additions
and Corrections to Part 3. 1920, 214—
Australian Megaloptera or Alder-flies,
with Descriptions of new Genera and
Species. 1918, 819—On the Morphology
and Systematic Position of the Family
Micropterygidae (sens. lat.). Intro-
duction and Part i. (The Wings). 1919,
95—Report on the Neuropteroid Insects
of the Hot Springs Region, N.Z., in
relation to the problem of Trout Food.
1920, 205—Revision of the Family
Hustheniidae (Order Perlaria). With
Deseriptions of new Genera and
Species. 1921, 221—A New Genus and
Species of May-fly (Order Plectoptera)
from Tasmania, belonging to _ the
Family Siphluridae. 1921, 409—Two
Fossil Insect Wings in the Collection
of Mr. John Mitchell, from the Upper
Permian of Newcastle, N.S.W., belong-
ing to the Order Hemiptera. 1921, 413
—Some new Permian Insects from Bel-
mont, N.S.W., in the Collection of Mr.
John Mitchell. 1922, 279—Upper Permian
Coleoptera and a new Order from the
Belmont Beds, New South Wales. 1924,
429—A New Fossil Insect Wing from
Triassic Beds near Dee Why, N.S.W.
1925, 374—Two New Species of Silky
Lacewings (Family Psychopsidae,
Order Neuroptera Planipennia) from
Australia. 1925, 387.

TurRNER, A. J. New Genera of Species of
Lepidoptera belonging to the Family
Noctuidae. 1902, 77—Revision of the
Australian Lepidoptera. 1903, 42; ii.
1904, 832; iii. 1906, 678; iv. 1907, 631;
Ve dla, aS “Sidi, Ilr, Stebel al, ByiZke
1919, 258; 1919, 383; Liparidae. 1920,
474; Hypsidae, Anthelidae. 1921, 159;
Saturniadae, Bombycidae, Hupterotidae,
Notodontidae. 1922, 348; Lasiocam-
pidae. 1924, 397—New Australian
Lepidoptera, belonging to the Family
Noctuidae. 1909, 341—Studies in Aus-
tralian Microlepidoptera. 1913, 174;
1916, 333—The Lepidoptera of Ebor
Serub, N.S.W. 1914, 546—Further
Notes on the Lepidoptera of Ebor Scrub,
N.S.W. 1915, 185—A Third Contribu-
tion to a Knowledge of the Lepidop-
terous Fauna of Ebor Scrub, N.S.W.
1916, 249—Some Australian Moths from
Lord Howe Island. 1922, 4389—A
Revision of the Australian Aneras-
trianae (Lepidoptera). 1923, 451—See
also Eyer and TURNER.

Turner, F. A List of Exotic Trees and
Shrubs affected by Australian Loranths
and Viscums. 1894, 557—Description
of a new Australian Grass. 1898, 56—
The Vegetation of New England, New
South Wales. 1903, 276—Botany of the
Darling, New South Wales. 1903, 406
—The Botany of South-Western New
South Wales. 1904, 132—Botany of
North-Western New South Wales. 1905,
32—Botany of North-Eastern New
South Wales. 1906, 365.

TurNeER, G. Notes upon the Formicidae
of Mackay, Queensland. 1897, 129—
Two new Species of Phytophagous
Hymenoptera belonging to the families
Oryssidae and ‘Tenthredinidae, with
Notes on other Sawflies. 1900, 514.

TuRNER, R. H. A Revision of the Thyn-
nidae of Australia (Hymenoptera).
Part i. 1907, 206; Part ii. 1908, 70—
Revision of the Australian Species of
the Genus Anthobosca (Hymenoptera,
Family Scoliidae) with Descriptions of
new Species. 1907, 514—A Revision of
the Australian Species of the Genus
Cerceris (Hymenoptera). 1911, 664—
New Fossorial Hymenoptera from Aus-
tralia and Tasmania. 1913, 608—See
also WATERHOUSE and TURNER.

TREBECK, P. N. On the Improvements
effected by the Australian Climate, Soil,
and Culture on the Merino Sheep. 1884,
173—Mount Wilson and its Ferns. 1886,
491.

VAN LEEUWEN, W. D., and H. H. Karny.
Two new Thrips-galls and their In-
habitants, from New South Wales.
1924, 279.

VEITCH, R., and W. GREBNWoop. The Food
Plants or Hosts of some Fijian Insects.
Uspal, HOS Ieee mn, iwGwAL ae.

Waitt, EH. R. Notes on Australian Typh-
lopidae. 1894, 9—New or rare Fishes
from Maroubra, N.S.W. 1894, 215—
Observations on Dendrolagus bennet-
tianus, De Vis. 1894, 571—Redescrip-
tion of Aspidites ramsayi, Macleay.
1894, 715—Note on the Range of the
Platypus. 1896, 500—Notes on the
breeding habits of the Red-bellied Newt
(Molge pyrrogastra, Boie.). 1908, 66.

WaLkKom, A. B. Note on a new Species
of Favosites from Yass District, N.S.W.
(Actinozoa: Zoantharia). 1911, 700—
Stratigraphical Geology of the Permo-
Carboniferous System in the Maitland-
Branxton District; with some Notes
on the Permo-Carboniferous Palaeo-
geography in New South Wales. 1913,
114—The Geology of the Permo-
Carboniferous System in the Glendon-
brook District, near Singleton, N.S.W.

36 INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

1913, 146—Notes on some recently dis-
covered Occurrences of the Pseudo-
morph, Glendonite. 1913, 160—The
Geology of the Lower Mesozoic Rocks
of Queensland, with special Reference
to their Distribution and Fossil Flora,
and their Correlation with the Lower
Mesozoic Rocks of other parts of Aus-
tralia. 1918, 37—On a Collection of
Jurassic Plants from Bexhill, near Lis-
more, N.S.W. 1919, 180—On the
Occurrence of Otozamites in Australia,
with Descriptions of Specimens from
Western Australia. 1921, 147—On a
specimen of Noeggerathiopsis trom the
Lower Coal Measures of New South
Wales. 1921, 374—Fossil Plants from
the Narrabeen Stage of the Hawkesbury

Series. 1925, 214—See also Corron and
W ALKOM.

WarpDLAW, H. S. H. The Temperature of
Echidna aculeata. 1915, 231—The

Change of Composition of Alveolar Air
after the Stoppage of Normal Breath-
ing. 1916, 786—The Variability of
Cows’ Milk. Part i. 1917, 815—The
Relation between the Fat-Content and
the EHlectrical Conductivity of Milk.
1918, 613—Note on the Temperature of
Echidna aculeata. 1918, 844—The
Venous Oxygen Content and the Alka-
line Reserve of the Blood in Pneumonic

Influenza. 1919, 514—The Effect of
Suspended Respiration on the Com-
position of Alveolar Air. 1922, 545.

WaterHOUSE, G. A. The Genus Hetero-
nympha in New South Wales. 1897, 240
—The Life-History of Apaustus lascivia,
Rosenstock. 1897, 244—The Rhopalo-
cera of Lord Howe Island. 1897, 285—
Descriptions of new Species of Aus-
tralian Rhopalecera. 1900, 52—Notes on
Australian Rhopalocera: Lycaenidae.
Part i. 1902, 331; Lycaenidae. Part ii.
1902, 648; Lycaenidae. Part iii. Re-
visional. 1903, 132; Part iv. 1904, 798;
Part v. 1912, 698—On a new Species of
Heteronympha and a new Variety of
Tisiphone abeona, Don. 1904, 466—
Descriptions of New Forms of Butter-
flies from the South Pacific. 1920, 468—
Presidential Address, 29th March, 1922.
1922, i—Presidential Address, 28th
March, 1923. 1923, i.

WATERHOUSE, G. A., and R. HK. TuRNeER.
Notes on Australian Rhopalocera-
Lycaenidae. Part iv. 1904, 798.

Watts, W. W. Notes on some new Mosses
from New South Wales. 1899, 632—
Additional Notes on the Mosses of New
South Wales. 1901, 473—Notes on some
New South Wales Hepatics. 1901, 633;
1902, 493—Further Notes on Australian
Hepatics. 1904, 558—The Sphagna of

Australia and Tasmania. 1912, 383—
The Ferns of Lord Howe Island. 1912,
395—Additional Notes on the Ferns of
Lord Howe Island. 1914, 257—Some
Notes on the Ferns of North Queens-
land. 1914, 756—Some Cryptogamic
Notes, from the Botanic Gardens,
Sydney. 1916, 377—See also BrorTHERUS
and WATTS.

Watts, W. W., and T. WHITELEGGE. Cata-
logue of the described Mosses of New
South Wales. (Title only). 1900, 59
—Census Muscorum Australiensium. A
classified Catalogue of the Frondose
Mosses of Australia and Tasmania,
collated from available Publications and
Herbaria Records. Parti. (Title only).
(Issued separately as a Supplement to
Part iii, 1902, of the Proceedings).
1902, 369; Part ii. (Supplement to
Proceedings, 1905, Part 4).

WEEKES, H. CiarreE. See Harrison and
WEEKES.

WetcH, M. B. The Occurrence of Oil
Ducts in certain Hucalypts and Ango-
phoras. 1921, 475—The Occurrence of
Oil Glands in the Barks of Certain
Hucalypts. 1922, 428—The Occurrence
of secretory Canals in certain Myrta-
ceous Plants. 1923, 660.

Wuitrk, A. A Revision of the Stratio-
myidae (Diptera) of Australia. 1916, 71.

Wuirtr, C. T. A Revised Account of the
Queensland Lecythidaceae. 1919, 822—
Notes on the genus Flindersia (Family
Rutaceae). 1921, 324—A new Conifer
from Southern Queensland. 1923, 449.

WHITELEGGE, T. List of the Freshwater
Rhizopoda of N.S.W. Part i. 1886,
497—Notes on some Australian Polyzoa.
1887, 3837—Contributions to a Know-
ledge of the Fauna of British New
Guinea. Crustacea. 1898, 3868—The
Gametophyte of Psilotum: Preliminary
Notes. 1916, 553—See also Warts and
W HITELEGGE.

WHiITTtELL, H. R. On some Habits of
Pelopoeus laetus, and a Species of
Larrada. 1883, 29—On the Voracity of
a Species of Heterostoma. 1883, 33.

WILKINSON, C. S. Notes on a Collection
of Geological specimens collected by
William Macleay, Hsq., F.L.S., President

of the New South Wales Linnean
Society, Sydney, from the Coasts of
New Guinea, Cape York, and Neigh-

bouring Islands. 1875-76, 113—Notes on
the Abercrombie Caves. 1879, 460—
Notes on the occurrence of Artesian
Wells in the Albert District, New South
Wales. 1881, 155—Notes on some
Customs of the Aborigines of the Albert
District, New South Wales. 1883, 436
—Presidential Address, 30th January,

Woops, J. EH. TENISON-.

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS. 37

1884. 1883, 535—Presidential Address,
28th January, 1885. 1884, 1207—Note
on some vegetable fossils from New-
stead, near Inverell. 1886, 1123.

WiLitEy, A. On a Rare Variation in the

Shell of Pterocera lambis, Linn. 1896,
110—See also HepiEY and WILLEY.

WILLIAMS, May M. A Contribution to

our Knowledge of the Fucaceae. 1923,
634—Contributions to the Cytology and
Phylogeny of the Siphonaceous Algae.
i. The Cytology of the Gametangia of
Codium tomentosum (Stack.). 1925,
98—The Anatomy of Lindsaya linearis
and Lindsaya microphylla. 1925, 391.

Wixtson, J. T. Preliminary Note on the

Anatomy of the ‘“Dumb-bell-shaped”
Bone in Ornithorhynchus, with a new
View of its Homology. 1894, 44—
Observations upon the Anatomy and
Relations of the ‘“Dumb-bell-shaped”’
Bone in Ornithorhynchus, with a new
Theory of its Homology; and upon a
hitherto undescribed Character of the
Nasal Septum in the Genera Ornithor-
hynchus and Echidna. 1894, 129—
Description (with Figures) of a young
Specimen of Ornithorhynchus anatinus,
from the collection of the Australian
Museum, Sydney. 1894, 682—Presi-
dential Address, 30th March, 1898. 1897,
812—Presidential Address, 29th March,
1899. 1899, 1—On the Skeleton of the
Snout and os carunculae of the mam-
mary foetus of Monotremes. 1900, 58
—On the Skeleton of the Snout of the
Mammary Foetus of Monotremes. 1901,
relive

WILson, J. T., and C. J. Martin. Observa-

tions upon the Anatomy of the Muzzle
of Ornithorhynchus (Title). 1892, 343
—On the peculiar rod-like Tactile
Organs in the Integument and Mucous
Membrane of the Muzzle of Ornithor-
hynchus (Title). 1892, 343—Further
Observations upon the Anatomy of the
integumentary Structures in the Muzzle
ot Ornithorhynchus. 1894, 660.

WiLson, J. T., and W. J. S. McKay. On

the Homologies of the Borders and
Surfaces of the Scapula in Monotremes.
1893, 30.

Observations on
the Genus Risella. 1875-76, 242—On
some Australian Species of Trocho-
cochlea. 1877, 89—On a new Species of
Neaera. 1877, 123—On a Variety of
Trigonia Lamarckii. 1877, 125—On a
Tertiary Formation at New Guinea.
1877, 125—The Echini of Australia
(including those of the ‘“Chevert’
Expedition). 1877, 145; Supplemental
Note. 1877, 342—On some Australian
Shells described by Dr. A. Gould. 1877,

250—On some new Marine Shells. 1877,
262—On some Tertiary Fossils from
New Guinea. 1877, 267—On the Extra-
tropical Corals of Australia. 1877, 292
—On an Australian Variety of Neritina
pulligera, Linn. 1878, 3—On a new
Genus of Milleporidae. 1878, 6—On a
new Species of Psammoseris. 1878, 8
—On a new Species of Desmophyllum
(D. quinarium) and a young Stage of
Cycloseris sinensis. 1878, 17—On some
Australian Littorinidae. 1878, 55—On
Bulimus Dufresnii. 1878, 8i—On three
new Genera and one new Species of
Madreporaria Corals. 1878, 92—On two
new Species of Land Shells. 1878, 123
—On a new Genus of Polyzoa. 1878, 126
—On some Corals from Darnley Island.
1878, 128—On some new Extra-tropical
Corals. 1878, 131—On some Freshwater
Shells from New Zealand. 1878, 135—
On some Tertiary Fossils from Muddy
Creek, Western Victoria. 1878, 222—
On some Tertiary Fossils. 1879, 1—
On some new Marine Shells. 1879, 21
—On some Freshwater Shells from New
Guinea. 1879, 24—On some new Marine
Shells from Moreton Bay. 1879, 108—
On Arauja albens, Don. 1879, 111—On
the Relations of the Brisbane Flora.
1879, 117—On some new Australian
Hehini. 1879, 282—On Heteropsammia
Michelinii, of Edwards and MHaime.
1879, 293—On a new Species of Disti-
chopora. 1879, 301—On some Fossils
from Levuka, Viti. 1879, 358—On some
Post-Tertiary Fossils from New Cale-
donia. 1879, 360—Presidential Address,
28th January, 1880. 1879, 471—On
some of the littoral Marine Fauna of
North-HKast Australia. 1880, 106—On a
Fossiliferous Bed at the mouth of the
Endeavour River. 1880, 187—On the
Habits of some Australian Hchini. 1880,
193—On a new Species of Flabellum.
1880, 301—On a new Species of Diaseris.
1880, 459—On a young specimen of a
Temnopleurus. 1880, 493—Pres. Address,
27th Jan., 1881. 1880, 638—Botanical -
Notes on Queensland. No. i. 1882, 76;
No. ii. The Tropics. 1882, 136; No. iii.
IRSA, BOSS INO, i, IUSS82, SRils IN©s Ww
1882, 565—On a new Species of Stomop-
neustes, and a new Variety of Hipponoe
variegata. 1882, 93—On various De-
posits of Fossil Plants in Queensland.
1882, 95—On a new Species of Allopora.
1882, 207—On a Coal Plant from
Queensland. 1882, 342—Physical Struc-
ture and Geology of Australia. 1882,
371—On a large Mesozoic Mytilus from
the Barcoo. 1882, 389—On a Species of
Brachyphyllum from Mesozoic Coal
Beds, Ipswich, Queensland. 1882, 659—

INDEX TO CONTRIBUTORS OF PAPERS.

On the Fossil Flora of the Coal De-
posits of Australia. 1883, 37—On some
Mesozoic Fossils from Central Aus-
tralia. 1883, 235—Report on the
Geology and Physical Geography of the
State of Perak. 1884, 1175—On the
Voleano of Taal. 1887, 685—Fisheries
of the Oriental Region. 1888, 165—
Geographical Notes in Malaysia and
Asia. 1888, 557—Malaysian Land and
Freshwater Mollusca. 1888, 1003—On
the Vegetation of Malaysia. 1889, 9.

Woops, J. EH. TENISOoN-, and EF. M. Batrery.

On some of the Fungi of New South
Wales and Queensland. 1880, 50—See
also BatLEy and Woops.

Woopwarp, H. Note on a new Decapodous

Crustacean (Prosopon Etheridgei, H.
Woodw.) from the Cretaceous of
Queensland. 1892, 301.

Woo.tts, W. Eucalypts of the County of

Cumberland; their Classification, Hab-
itat, and Uses. Part i. 1880, 288; Part
ii. 1880, 448; Part iii. 1880, 463; Part
iv. 1880, 488; Part v. 1880, 503—
Gesneraceae of Australia. 1881, 148—
On the Plants of New South Wales.
IN©@, i JUSS, HEMYS Woes mi, weil ee
INO, wil, ISG, '7OG2 WO; wy, wsesil, alAs
No. v. 1881, 765; No. vi. 1881, 814; No.
vii. 1881, 838; No. viii. 1882, 71—Note
on Palmeria of the Monimiaceae. 1881,
745—Species of Alsophila in New South
Wales. 1881, 745—Popular Nomen-
clature. 1881, 770—On the Forage
Plants indigenous in New South Wales.

1882, 310—Species of HEucalypts first
known in HEurope. 1882, 621—Plants
which have become Naturalized in New
South Wales. 1884, 185—On the
Myrtaceae of Australia. 1884, 6438—
The Proteaceae of Australia. 1885, 54—
Double Flowers. 1885, 455—Note on

Eucalyptus leucoxzylon (F.v.M.). 1886,
859—Botanical Notes: (1) Note on
Lindsaea trichomanoides (Dry.). 1886,

929; (2) Note on Crowea exalata
(F.v.M.). 1886, 929—A Glance at the
Flora of Mount Wilson. 1887, 6—
Lemnaceae or Duckweeds. 1888, 1247
—Sapindaceae of Australia. 1888, 1270
—Specimens of Plants collected at King
George’s Sound by the Rev. R. Collie,
F.L.S. 1889, 317—On the Genus
Dodonaea. 1890, 763—On the Classifi-
cation of Hucalypts. 1891, 49—Notes on
some specimens of Plants collected at
King George’s Sound by Mr. H. Willis.
1892, 25—Note on Gastrodia sesamoides,

TR, Tere, IUGR, B83.

WooLnoucH, W. G. The Continental
Origin -or hij) kart) i.) General
Geology. 19038, 457; Part ii. Petro-
graphical Descriptions of Typical
Rocks. 1903, 500—A Contribution to

the Geology of Viti Levu, Fiji. 1907,
431—The General Geology of Marulan
and Tallong, N.S.W. 1909, 782.

WooLnouGcH, W. G., and T. G. Taytor. A

Striking Hxample of River-Capture in
the Coastal Districts of New South
Wales. 1906, 546.

ii. INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS.

References are to Author and year in part i of this index, thus for paper on
Abercrombie Caves look under Wilkinson in part i for paper published in the Proceedings

itor 163'7S),

The letters n. g. and n. sp. are used in this index to show that the description, of new
genera or species is indicated in the title of a paper.

Abercrombie Caves, Wilkinson, 1879.

Ablepharus, n. sp. (Victoria), Lucas and
Frost, 1896.

Aboriginal, Dolichocephalic skull, Maclay,
1883—food, Bancroft, 1894—grave, Dar-
ling. River District, N.S.W., Officer,
1901—implement, believed to be un-
described, Etheridge, 1894—Lachlan
District, skull, Maclay, 1883—rock-
shelters, Port Hacking, Harper, 1899—
stone weapons and implements,
Etheridge, 1890-1893—tribes, Ngarrabul
and other, medical and surgical prac-
tice and distribution, Macpherson, 1904.

Aboriginals, debouchement of Sulcus
Rolando into Fissura Sylvii in brains,
Maclay, 1884.

Aborigines, Albert District, N.S.W.,
customs, Wilkinson, 1883—drawings by,
Cox, 1878—“Widow’s Cap”, Htheridge,
1899.

Acacia, apparently n. sp. (N.S.W.),
Maiden and Baker, 1894—Brunswick
River, Maiden, 1895—Cambagei, cal-
cium oxalate in, Steel, T., 1921—
lanigera, Baker, 1895—n. sp., Baker,
1897; Blakely, 1917; Maiden, 1901;
Maiden and Baker, 1893; Mueller and
Maiden, 1893—n. sp. (N.S.W.), Maiden
and Baker, 1895; Mueller, 1892—
prominens, Baker, 1891—pruinosa,
Baker, 1892—pugioniformis, Baker,
1892—subulata, Baker, 1898.

Acacias, Australian Phyllodineous, correct
interpretation of the so-called
phyllodes, Fletcher, 1920—yellow
colouring matter, Petrie, J.M., 1923.

Acantholophus, Ferguson, 1921.

Acanthophis, supposed n. sp., North
Australia, Ramsay, 1877—antarctica,
osteology and myology, McKay, 1889.

Acarid, new type, Haswell, 1922.

Acids from cultures, extraction, Smith,
R. G., 1921.

Actinotus Paddisoni, n. sp., Baker, 1905.

Adelium, Carter, 1908.

Aeschnidae, Australian, n. sp., Tillyard,
1906.

Aeschnidopsis flindersiensis, Rolling
Downs Series, Tillyard, 1917.

Agaricus, n. sp., W. Australia, Kalch-
brenner, 1882—campestris, occurrence
of an inverted hymenium, Smith,
G. PB. D., 19118.

Agglutination, mechanism, Smith, R. G.,
1900, 1902—role of, in immunity, Smith,
IR(Cta, UO,

Agricere of soil, Smith, R. G., 1911.

Agrionidae, Australian, dimorphism in
females, Tillyard, 1907—n. sp., Tillyard,
1906—n. sp., and rare, Tillyard, 1912.

Agromyza phaseoli, n. sp., Coquillett,
1899.

Air, alveolar, change of composition after
stoppage of normal breathing, Ward-
law, 1916—alveolar, effect of suspended
respiration on composition, Wardlaw,
1922—expired alveolar, composition,
Pinkerton, 1917—expired alveolar, per-
centage of carbon dioxide in, Pinkerton,
1917.

“Air-gas” for bacteriological work, Katz,
1889.

Alcyone pulchra, nesting, North, 1888.

Alder-flies, Australian, n. g. et n. sp.,
Tillyard, 1918.

Aldrovanda vesiculosa, probable occur-
rence in N.S.W., Mueller, 1889.

Alga forming pseudomorph of a siliceous
sponge, Lendenfeld, 1885.

Algae, freshwater, Playfair, 1923—fresh-
water, Lismore District, Playfair, 1915
-_freshwater, n. sp., Playfair, 1918—
marine, Australian, Lucas, A. H. S.,
1912, 1913, 1919—n. sp., Lucas, A. H. S.,
1919—marine, gases present in floats
(vesicles), Lucas, A. H. §S., 1911—
Siphonaceous, cytology and phylogeny,
Williams, 1925.

Alkaline, Petrographical Province, Hast-
ern Australia, Jensen, 1908—rocks, dis-
tribution, origin and _ relationships,
Jensen, 1908.

Alkaloid, new midriatic, Petrie, J. M.,
1907.

40 INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS.

Allantoplacenta, marsupial, phylogenetic
significance, Flynn, 1922.

Allopora, n. sp., Woods, 1882.

Alsophila, N.S.W. species, Woolls, 1881.

Amarygmides, Blackburn, 1892.

Amarygmus, Blackburn, 1893.

Amoeba parasitica, Lendenfeld, 1885.

Amphibolurus muricatus, vestigial
Muellerian ducts in full-grown male,
Teh, df, IP, iWese.

Amphinomidae, n. sp., Haswell, 1878.

Amphipoda, Haswell, 1879—Australian,
Haswell, 1885.
Amphipods, n. sp., Australia and Tas-

mania, Haswell, 1880.
Amphisile, Palan Islands, Macleay, 1878.
Amplexa, n. sp., Australia, Tate, 1881.

Amycteridae, revision, Ferguson, 1909-
1928—‘“Voyage de 1’Astrolabe”’, Fer-
guson, 1911.

Andesitic lavas, Canoblas near Orange,
David, 1890.

Andropogon, leaf anatomy, Breakwell,
1914.

Anerastrianae, Australian, revision,
Turner, A. J., 1923.

Angophora, n. sp., Baker, 1900—swub-

velutina, Baker, 1893.

Angophoras, and Hucalypts, oil ducts in
certain, Welch, 1921—shoot-bearing
tumours, Fletcher and Musson, 1918.

Anguillaria dioica, statistical note on
variations in flowers, Musson, 1898.
Anisoptera, Australian, n. sp., Tillyard,

1912.

Annelides, marine, anatomy, with char-
acteristics of Australian species, Has-
well, 1884.

Annelids, n. sp., Haswell, 1878—Tubi-
colous, n. sp., Haswell, 1882.

Annularia australis, structure, Htheridge,
1890.

Antechinus, 0. sp., Ramsay, 1887.

Anthelidae, Turner, A. J., 1921.

Anthicidae, Lea, 1922.

Anthobosca, revision of Australian
species and n..sp., Turner, R. H., 1907.

Anthropological notes, Helms, 1895.

Anticoma, Cobb, 1890.

Apaustus lascivia, life-history,
house, 1897.

Aphantophryne, New Guinea, with notes
on pectoral musculature, Fry, 1916.
Aphritis, Ogilby, 1897.
Aphrodita, segmental

1882.
Aphroditea, monograph, Haswell, 1882.

Water-

organs, Haswell,

Aphrophoridae, larvae and larva-cases,
Ratte, 1884.
Apocynaceous plant, yielding edible

tubers, Baker, 1899.

Apogon roseigaster, Ramsay and Ogilby,
1886.

Apple (Pome), fibro-vascular system and
its functions, McAlpine, 1911.

Apseudes, n. sp., Haswell, 1881.

“Aquatic respiration’ in freshwater
turtles, Haswell, 1885.

Arachnida, British New Guinea, Rain-
bow, 1898—South Seas, Rainbow, 1901.

Arachnidae, n. g. et n. sp., Bradley, 1875-
76.

Araneidae, N.S.W., n. sp., Rainbow, 1892-
1902.

Araneides, “Chevert” Expedition, Bradley,
1875-1877.

Arauja albens, Woods, 1879.

Arcella, Queensland, seasonal distribu-
tion, Gillies, 1918.

Ardea pacifica, breeding-place,
1882.

Ardisia, 0. sp., Baker, 1902.

Argasidae, n. sp., Froggatt, W. W., 1906.

Argyria amoenalis, labial palpi, Philpott,
1925.

Argyrodes antipodiana, Rainbow, 1898.

Arid and semi-arid N.S.W., vegetation,
Collins, 1923, 1924.

Artesian wells, Albert District, N.S.W.,
Wilkinson, 1881.

Ascalaphidae, n. g. et n. sp.,
1916.

Asilidae, Smith, V. I., 1923—catalogue of
species of which earlier stages have
been recorded, Smith, V. I., 1923—
descriptions with synonyms and notes,
Hardy, 1920.

Asilinae, male genitalia, Hardy, 1920.

Aspidites ramsayi, redescription, Waite,
1894.

Asplenium, n. sp., Bailey, 1879.

Astacocroton, Haswell, 1922.

Astele subcarinata, Brazier, 1893.
Astralium, n. sp., New Britain,
and Willey, 1896—Port

Kesteven, 1902.
Astur cruentus, Ramsay, 1878

Atrypidae, N.S.W. and other States of
Australia, Mitchell and Dun, 1920.
Attunga District, Serpentine Belt, Ben-

son, 1917.
Austrogomphus, n. sp., Tillyard, 1905.
Austrogynacantha, Tillyard, 1908.
Austrosarepta, Hedley, 1899.
Autolytidae, Australian, Haswell, 1920.
Aves, Solomon Islands, Ramsay, 1879.
Aviculopecten, n. sp., Myall Lakes, N.S.W..,
Mitchell, 1924.
Avifauna, Post-Tertiary, Queensland, De
Vis, 1888.
Axinellidae,
mann, 1916.

Bennett,

Tillyard,

Hedley
Jackson,

revision of genera, Hall-

INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS. 41

Azotobacter. chroococcum, fixation of
nitrogen by, Smith, R. G., 1906.

Bacilli, double staining, Smith, R. G.,
1900—lini, Smith, R. G., 1905.

Bacillus, alatus, Smith, R. G., 1905—
Atherstonii, Smith, R. G., 1905—coli
group, permanency of characters,
Smith, R. G., 1910—nhemiphloiae, Smith,
R. G., 1915—indurans, Smith, R. G.,
1905—macrozamiae, Smith, R. G., 1904
—of leprosy, Katz, 1889—prodigiosus,
destruction of paraffin by, Smith, R. G.,
1914—pseudarabinus, Smith, R. G.,
1904, 1905—pseudarabinus, yellow race,
from the quince, Smith, R. G., 1904.

Bacteria, flocculation, Smith, R. G., 1900
—-measurement, Smith, R. G., 1900—
phosphorescent, Katz, 1887—phos-
phorescent, from sea-water, Katz, 1887
—putrefactive, origin of natural im-
munity, Smith, R. G., 1905.

Bacteriological observations made at
Little Bay Coast Hospital, Katz, 1887.

Bacteriotoxins, of soil, Smith, R. G.,
1911—thermolabile, in soil, presence,
Smith, R. G., 1910.

Bacterium, acaciae, nutrition, Smith,
R. G., 1904—eucalypti, Smith, R. G.,
1902—gelatin-hardening, Smith, R. G.,
1905—new Levan gum-forming, Smith,
R. G., 1915—pararabinum, Smith, R. G.,
1903—persicae, Smith, R. G., 1903—
sacchari, Smith, R. G., 1902—sacchari,
gum and byproducts, Smith, R. G.,
1903—variable Galactan, Smith, R. G.,
1904—vascularum, Smith, R. G., 1902.

Baiera palmata, Ratte, 1887.

Balanoglossus, Coast N.S.W., Hill, J. P.,
1893.

Balmoral Beach, near Sydney, Liotia
lodderae, Hedley, 1898.
Bandicoot, cerebral localization, Chap-

man, H. G., 1906.

Barite (Barytes) in Hawkesbury Sand-
stone, near Sydney, Smith, H. G., 1891.

Bark, Ecbolic plant, New Caledonia,
Dixson, 1882.

“Barometro Araucano”,
Maclay, 1883.

Barrier District, plant ecology,
1923.

Barrier Reefs, Bougainville Straits, Solo-
mon Group, mode of formation, Guppy,
1884.

“Basalt Masses”, botany, Barwick, 1903.

Basalt soils, variable character of vege-
tation, Jensen, 1909.

Bassia, Anderson, 1923.

Bassian Isthmus, effect upon existing
marine fauna, Hedley, 1903.

Bat, organ of Jacobson, Broom, 1895—
Pteropine, n. g., Duke of York Island,

Chiloe Islands,

Collins,

Ramsay, 1877—supposed n. sp., Stan-
well, near Bulli, N.S.W., Ramsay, 1875-
76.

Bathurst, N.S.W., geology and _ petro-
graphy, Curran, 1891.
Batrachia, British New Guinea, Lucas,

A. H. S., 1898—geographical distribu-
tion, Fletcher, 1890-1897.

Batrachians, “Chevert”’ Expedition,
Macleay, 1877—n. sp., Queensland, De
Vis, 1884—oviposition and habits,
Fletcher, 1889.

Batrachomyia, Skuse, 1889.

Beef-fat, phosphorescent, Katz, 1888.

Bees, Cockerell, 1912—Solomon Islands,
Cockerell, 1911—Tasmania, Cockerell,
1912.

Beetle, Ground, n. sp., Victoria, Sloane,
1901—Tiger, n. sp. Sloane, 1897;
Northern Territory, Sloane, 1917; N.W.
Australia, Sloane, 1914; Queensland,
Sloane, 1893; W. Australia, Sloane,
1900; Wyndham District, Sloane, 1921.

Belideus, n. sp., Northern Queensland,

De Vis, 1882.
Bembidiides, Australian, Sloane, 1896.
Bembidiini, Sloane, 1903, 1921.

Beroid, Port Jackson, Lendenfeld, 1884.

Berothidae, characters and relationships
and new and little-known genera and
species, Tillyard, 1916.

Bibionidae, Skuse, 1888. :

Biological Laboratory, Sydney University,
jottings from, Haswell, 1885-1895.

Bipalium Kewense, Fletcher, 1887.

Bird, Census, second, Cleland, 1922—
extinct, De Vis, 1891—Passerine, n. g.
et n. sp., Fiji Islands, Ramsay, 1875-76.

Birds, anatomy, Haswell, 1878-1879.

Birds, Australian, Ramsay, 1879—eggs
of two species, North, 1887—game, and
other species which should be protected,
Ramsay, 1875-76—“‘list of’, notes on,
Ramsay, 1878—nests and eggs, North,
1897-1898—rare eggs, Ramsay, 1877—
tabular list of all at present known,
showing distribution, Ramsay, 1877—
brachial plexus, Haswell, 1878—breed-
ing, N.S.W., Bennett, 1885—certain
Australian, nests and eggs, North, 1887-
1888—certain Australian, nidification,
North, 1887—collected at Derby, N.W.
Australia, Ramsay, 1887—collected at
Roeburne, N.W. Australia, North, 1889

—egegs, Australian, Ramsay, 1886—
eggs, Australian, list of references to
authentic descriptions, North, 1886—

Fijian, eggs, Ramsay, 1882—Fiji, with
list of all species known to inhabit
Fiji Islands, Ramsay, 1875-76—found in
County of Cumberland, N.S.W., North,
1888—game, which have of late been

42 INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS.

offered for sale in Sydney, Ramsay,
1875-76—Lord Howe and Norfolk
Islands, Hull, 1909, 1910; Iredale, 1910
—Mount Astrolabe and n. sp., Ramsay,
1885—Mudgee District, Cox and Hamil-
ton, 1889—n. sp., Austro-Malayan
Region, Ramsay, 1884—n. sp., New
Britain, New Ireland, Duke of York
Island and S.E. Coast New Guinea,
Ramsay, 1877—n. sp., Norman River,
Gulf of Carpentaria, Castelnau and
Ramsay, 1875-76—n. sp., Queensland, De
Vis, 1882—n. sp., Solomon Islands,
Ramsay, 1881, 1882—n. sp., S.E. Coast,
New Guinea, Ramsay, 1879—n. sp.,
Torres Straits and New Guinea, etc.,
Ramsay, 1878—nerves, lumbar and
sacral plexuses, Haswell, 1879—New
Britain, New Ireland and Duke of York
Island with remarks on zoology,
Ramsay, 1875-76—New Hebrides, Ram-
say, 1878—Port Darwin, Masters, 1877
—Port Moresby, n. sp., Ramsay, 1875-
76—Queensland, extinct, De Vis, 1891
—rare Queensland, Ramsay, 1877—Sav-
age Island, Tutuila, etc., Ramsay, 1877
—sea, Lord Howe’s Island, eggs, Ram-
say, 1887—Solomon Islands, Ramsay,
1879, 1882—supposed n. sp., New Heb-
rides, Ramsay, 1877—Western Austra-
lian, collected at Derby and its vicinity,
Ramsay, 1886.

Birgus, Solomon Group,
habit, Guppy, 1882.

“Black Spot” disease in citrus fruit in
N.S.W., cause, Smith, G. P. D., 1918.

Blastoderms of fowl, method of pre-
paring, Haswell, 1888.

Blastoidea, N.S.W., first recorded occur-
rence, Taylor, T. G., 1906.

Blattidae, mostly Australasian, n. g. et
nN. sp., and remarks on Tepper’s types,
Shaw, 1925—new Australasian, with
note on Blattid coxa, Shaw, 1922.

Blattoidea, Tillyard, 1919.

Blechnum serrulatum, Bancroft, 1894.

Blood, chemistry, Grey, 1911—venous
oxygen content and alkaline reserve, in
pheumoniec influenza, Wardlaw, 1919.

Blue Mountains, Eucalypts, Chisholm,
1924—flora, Hamilton, A. A., 1915—
land planarians, Dendy, 1894—
Lycaenidae, n. sp., Olliff, 1885—District,
geography, Andrews, 1903.

Bolboceras, n. sp., Blackburn, 1904.

Bolina Chuni, metamorphosis, Lenden-
feld, 1884.

Boltenias, Port Jackson, slimy coatings,
Lendenfeld, 1884.

Bombycidae, Turner, A. J., 1922.

Bondi Anticline, Hedley, 1914.

coconut-eating

Bone breccia deposit, Wombeyan Caves,
N.S.W., Broom, 1896.

Bonellia, Australian species, Haswell,
1885. :

Boomerangs, Bulloo River, N.S.W.,
Etheridge, 1894—N.S.W., and Queens-

land, Etheridge, 1896—North Queens-
land, Etheridge, 1897, 1898.

Borah Creek, New England, N.S.W., ore-
deposits, Cotton, 1910.

Boronia floribunda, Mueller, 1896.

Bostrychidae, n. sp., Lea, 1893.

Botanic Gardens, Sydney, notes from,
Hamilton, A. A., 1920; Lucas, A. H. S.,
1916; Maiden and Betche, 1897-1913.

Botanical and Soil Survey of N.S.W.,
need for, Cambage, 1925—notes, Maiden

and Baker, 1893-1895; Woolls, 1886—
notes, Queensland, Woods, 1882.
Botany, Australian Hconomic, Maiden,
1890-1891— Funafuti, Ellice Group,
Maiden, 1904—Howell (Bora Creek),
Maiden, 1906—Interior of N.S.W.,

Cambage, 1900-1902—Lord Howe Island,
Maiden, 1914, 1920—taxonomic, in-
stability of leaf-morphology in relation
to, Hamilton, A. A., 1916.

Bovista, Cunningham, 1925.

Bovistella, Cunningham, 1925.

Bower-birds, Australia, North, 1886.

Bowning, N.S.W., geology, Mitchell, 1886
—trilobites, n. sp., Mitchell, 1887, 1888.

Bowral Quarries, minerals and genesis of
veins and schlieren traversing the
Aegirine-Syenite in, Mawson, 1906.

Brachalletes Palmeri, De Vis, 1883.

Brachiopoda, Port Jackson and Coast of
N.S.W., Brazier, 1879.

Brachiopods, n. sp., Middle Palaeozoic
Rocks, N.S.W., Mitchell, 1920.

Brachycera, Diptera, Australian, life-his-
tories, Smith, V. I., 1920-1923—prelim-
inary revision of some genera, Hardy,
1921.

Brachychiton, hybridism, Mueller, 1884—

populneo-acerifolius, Maiden, 1916.
Brachymelis, Maclay, 1884.
Brachyphyllum, Mesozoic Coal _ Beds,

Ipswich, Queensland, Woods, 1882.
Brachyscelidae, their parasites and n. sp.,
Froggatt, W. W., 1892-1898.
Brachysoma triste, Ramsay, 1877.
Brachyura, n. sp., Haswell,
Oxyrhyncha, Haswell, 1879.
Brain Lipoids, fatty acids, Grey, 1910.
Bronteidae, Etheridge and Mitchell, 1917.
Bronteus Partschi, Upper Silurian Rocks,
N.S.W., Etheridge and Mitchell, 1890.

US eil—

Broscini, Sloane, 1915—n. sp., Sloane,
1892.
Bruchigavia longirostris, King George’s

Sound, Masters, 1877.

INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS. 43

Buffalo-fly, bionomics, Hill, G. F., 1916.

Bulimus, caledonicus, Brazier, 1880—
Dufresnii, Woods, 1878—gunni, Brazier,
1882—miltocheilus, Solomon Islands,
Brazier, 1894—n. sp., New Caledonia,
Brazier, 1881.

Bungwall, Bancroft, 1894.

Bunya, fructification, Norton, 1881, 1883.

Buprestidae, Carter, 1912, 1923, 1925—
n. g. et n. sp., Carter, 1920—n. sp.,
Carter, 1915. ;

Buprestids, gall-making, Froggatt, W. W.,
1892.

Butterflies, colour variation, Olliff, 1888
—new forms, South Pacific, Water-
house, 1920—Thursday Island, Mathew,
1885.

Buzzard, black-breasted, Bennett, 1881.

Byblis gigantea, Hamilton, A. G., 1908.

Cabbage Tree Creek, Port Hacking, man-
grove and saltmarsh vegetation, Collins,
1921.

Cacatua gymnopis, habitat, North, 1894.

Caecum amputatum, undescribed mollusc,
Sydney Harbour, Hedley, 1893.

Caenolestes, Broom, 1911.

Calidris arenaria, Borneo, Seebohm, 1893.

Calliostoma purpureocinctum, Hedley,
1894.

Callistemon, n. sp., Cheel, 1925.

Callitris, n. sp., Baker, 1903.

Calopterygidae, Tillyard, 1915.

Calvaria, fossil, De Vis, 1883.

Calymeneidae, Etheridge and Mitchell,
UGA

Camacinia Othello, Tillyard, 1910.

Camden Haven District, N.S.W..,
Tabanidae, n. sp., Ferguson and Henry,
1919.

Camels, diurnal variations in tempera-
tures, Cleland, 1909. i
Campephaga leucomelaena, nidification
and description of eggs, Fitzgerald,

IZ, IDs, diwiae, ableton

Canals, secretory, occurrence in certain
Myrtaceous plants, Welch, 1923.

Candollea serrulata, fertilisation, Hamil-
ton, A. G., 1894.

Canis dingo, circumvolutions of cerebrum,
Maclay, 1881—external parasites, Steel,
1h, AIBA

Canoblas, Mountains, geology, Sussmilch
and Jensen, 1909—near Orange, ande-
sitic lavas, David, 1890.

Canons, Hastern Australia, Andrews,
1906:
Carabidae, Masters, 1885, 1895; Sloane,

1889, 1890, 1896, 1897, 1900, 1902, 1904
—Australian, Sloane, 1904-1921—Aus-
tralian, which range beyond Australia
and its dependent Islands, Sloane, 1920
—Dorrigo, N.S.W., Sloane, 1910—endo-

skeleton of head, anterior coxae and
anterior coxal cavities, Sloane, 1917—
n. g. et n. sp., Sloane, 1890, 1894, 1907,
1915, 1923—n. g. et n. sp., W. Aus-
tralia and synoptic table, Sloane, 1898
—n. sp., Olliff, 1885; Sloane, 1889, 1892,
1899, 1903, 1910, 1916—n. sp., Port
Darwin, Macleay, 1877—revisional lists
of genera and species and notes on
synonymy, Sloane, 1903—Tasmania,
Sloane, 1920—tropical Australia, n. g.
et n. sp., synonymy, etc., Sloane, 1917
—Upper Williams River, N.S.W.,
Sloane, 1916.

Carabinae, Sloane, 1905.

Carabini, Sloane, 1904.

Carboniferous and Silurian fossils, Cen-
tral N.S.W., Curran, 1888.

Cardiothoraz, Carter, 1906.

Carenides, Sloane, 1897,
Sloane, 1888, 1893.

Carenum, n. sp., W. Australia, synonymy
and distribution of some previously
described species, Sloane, 1891.

Cassytha, physiology, McLuckie, 1924.

Casuarina, Cunninghamiana, root
nodules, McLuckie, 1923—n. sp., Baker,
1899—stricta, on Narrabeen Shales,
Cambage, 1905.

“Cattanach Disinfectant and Deodorant”,
Katz, 1888.

Caves, Fiji, Sawyer and Andrews, 1901.

Ceblepyris schisticeps, supposed adult,
Ramsay, 1877.

Cecidomyidae, n. sp.,
Skuse, 1887.

Cedrela australis, Maiden, 1889.

Cell, sigrificance of various parts, Has-
well, 1893.

Cement, bacteria
Smith, R. G., 1901.

Census, Muscorum Australiensium, Watts

1900—n. sp.,

infesting grass,

and disintegration,

and Whitelegge, 1902, 1905—second
bird, Cleland, 1922.
Central N.S.W., Carboniferous and

Silurian fossils, Curran, 1888—leucite-
basalt, Curran, 1887.

Cephalotus follicularis, Hamilton, A. G.,
1904.

Cerambycidae, Masters, 1886.

Ceratella fusca, Brazier, 1886.

Ceratodus, blood vessels, Spencer, 1892
—structure of paired fins, Haswell,
1882—-vertebrate limb, remarks on gen-
eral theory, Haswell, 1882.

Cerceris, revision of Australian species,
Turner, R. H., 1911.

Ceroplastes murrayi, n. sp., New Guinea,
Froggatt, W. W., 1919.

Cestode, Australian Caryophyllaeid, John-
ston, T. H., 1924.

44 INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS.

Cestodes, Avian, n. sp., Johnston, T. H.,
1911—Cystic, Hill, J. P., 1894.

Cestrinus, Blair, 1919.

Cetoniidae, n. sp., Janson, 1889.

Chaetosomatidae, n. gen. Coast of
N.S.W., Smith, V. I., 1917—n. sp.,
Smith, V. I., 1917.

Chalcopterus, Blackburn, 1892, 1893.

Charopidae, Hedley, 1882.

Cheiruridae, Etheridge and Mitchell, 1917.

Chelodina longicollis, method adopted by
female in excavation of burrows,
McCooey, 1887.

Chemical Notes, botanical and general,
Steel, T., 1921-1922.

“Chevert” Expedition, Araneides, Brad-
ley, 1875-1877—Batrachians, Macleay,
1877—Coleoptera, Macleay, 1875-76—
Hehini, Woods, 1877—Ichthyology,
Alleyne and Macleay, 1875-76—land
shells, Brazier, 1875-76—land shells,
nN. Sp., Brazier, 1875-76—lizards,
Macleay, 1877—mammals, Ramsay,
1877—marine shells, n. sp., Brazier,
1875-1878—Ophidians, Macleay, 1877—
Ornithology, Ramsay, 1878—Pleuro-

tomidae, n. sp., Brazier, 1875-76—
Pupina, mn. sp., Brazier, 1875-76—
zoological collection made in Torres

Straits and New Guinea, Macleay, 1875-
76—Zoology, Ornithology, Masters,
1875-76.

Chicken-Cholera, experimental researches
with microbes, Katz, 1889.

Chillagoe District, N. Queensland, lizards,
Broom, 1897.

Chilodactylus, Port Jackson, Ramsay and
Ogilby, 1886.

Chimaera ogilbyi,
Haswell, 1902.

Chiromyzini, Australian, revision, Hardy,
1924—revision, Hardy, 1920.

Chironomidae, Skuse, 1889.

Chlaeiini, Sloane, 1910.

Chlamydosaurus Kingii,
Vis, 1883.

Chloraemidae, Haswell, 1891.

Chloroform, retained by soil, stimulative
action, Smith, R. G., 1915.

Chorista australis, wing-venation, Till-
yard, 1918.
Chrysobothris, Carter, 1925.
Chrysomelidae, Masters, 1887.
Chrysopidae, wing-venation,
1916.
Cicada, “vocal organs’, Haswell, 1886.
Cicadas, Froggatt, W. W., 1895.
Cicadidae, monograph, Goding
Froggatt, 1904—synonymical
Distant, 1912.

a Gyrocotyle from,

myology, De

Tillyard,

and
notes,

Cicindela, n. sp., Tropical Australia,
Sloane, 1905—n. sp., W. Australia,
Sloane, 1913.

Cicindelidae, Masters, 1885, 1895; Sloane,
1904—Australia, revision, with supple-
ments, Sloane, 1906, 1909—Australian,
notes on recent works on, Sloane, 1921
—endoskeleton of head, anterior coxae
and anterior coxal cavities, Sloane,
1917.

Cinnamomum oliveri, oil of, Baker, 1897.

Cinnamomums, Baker, 1897.

Cisseis, Carter, 1923.

Citrus trees, sooty mould, McAlpine, 1896.

Civilisation, a century of, from a
zoologist’s point of view, Froggatt,
W. W., 1913.

Cixiidae, n. g., Muir, 1922.

Cladocera, Henry, 1922.
Clarencetown-Paterson District, geology
and petrography, Osborne, 1922-1925.
Clathria, new genera of Monaxonid
sponges related to, Hallmann, 1919.

Clavicornia, Ceylonese, Olliff, 1885.

“Clears”, botany of, Barwick, 1903.

Clerodendron tomentosum, fertilisation,
Hamilton, A. G., 1894.

Climate, soil and culture,
improvements effected by,
sheep, Trebeck, 1884.

Australian,
on merino

Clivina, revision, Australian species,
Sloane, 1896.

Clivinarchus, Sloane, 1896.

Clivini, Sloane, 1904.

Clivinides, Australian, Sloane, 1896—

King’s Sound and its vicinity, Sloane,
1896.

Clivinini, Sloane, 1907.

Clupeidae, Australia, Macleay, 1879.

Clytocosmus, n. sp., Alexander, 1920.

Cnodaloninae, Carter, 1913.

Coal Measures, Australian, South African
and Indian, attempt to synchronise,
Stephens, W. J., 1889.

Cobar District, N.S.W., indigenous plants,
Haviland, F. E., 1911, 1913.

Coccid, n. sp., Maskell, 1890—on fern-
roots, n. sp., Maskell, 1893.

Coccidae, gall-making, undescribed, Olliff,
1892—n. sp., Froggatt, W. W., 1925;
Green, 1900, 1904—n. sp., affecting
sugar-cane in New Guinea, Rutherford,
1916.

Cockatoo,
1894.

Codiuwm tomentosum, cytology of game-
tangia, Williams, 1925.

Coleoptera, Carter, 1909; Grouvelle, 1907
—Australia, Olliff, 1885-1890—Aus-
tralia, catalogue of the described,
Masters, 1885-1896—Australian, n. sp.,
Lea, 1894-1925—Ceylonese, Olliff, 1885

naked-eyed, habitat, North,

INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS. 45

—‘Chevert” Expedition, Macleay, 1875-
76—Geodephagous, n. sp., Tropical Aus-
tralia, Sloane, 1904—life-histories,
Froggatt, W. W., 1893-1895—New
Guinea and nine Islands, catalogue,
Masters, 1888—n. g. et n. sp., Barring-
ton Tops, N.S.W., Carter, 1916—n. g. et
n. sp., New Britain, Sharp, 1903—xn. sp.,
Blackburn, 1888-1894; Carter, 1905,
1906, 1908, 1910, 19112, 1915, 1919, 1921,
1922, 1924, 1925; Macleay, 1883—Upper
Permian, and new order, Belmont Beds,
N.S.W., Tillyard, 1924.
Colina Brazieri, Tate, 1893.

Collections, from S.H. portion New
Guinea and Louisiades, Ramsay, 1879—
Mr. Froggatt’s, made in vicinity of
Derby, King’s Sound, N.W. Australia,
Macleay, 1887.

Colloids, influence of certain, upon fer-
mentation, Smith, R. G., 1924-1925.

Collyriocincla, n. sp., Cairns, Queensland,
Ramsay, 1885.

Colopterygidae, Australian, n. sp., Till-
yard, 1907.

Colpochila, n. sp., Blackburn, 1890.

Columba livia domestica in Australia,

nematode parasites, Smith, V. I., 1920.

Columbidae, myological characters, Has-
well, 1879.
Colydiidae, Grouvelle, 1907.

Comboyne Plateau, general conformation —

and flora, Chisholm, 1925.

“Common Nightshade’, Cheel, i917.

Comparative anatomy, organ of Jacob-
son, marsupials, Broom, 1896.

Conchological notes, Hedley, 1894.

Conchology, Cox,-1887.

Cone, from Mauritius, n. sp., Brazier,
1891—n. sp., Solomon Islands, Brazier,
1895.

Conifer, n. sp., Southern Queensland,
\nylaniee, (C5 abe, al8)783.

Conularia inornata, structure, Htheridge,
1889.

Copepod, Endoparasitic, origin of yolk in
ova, Kesteven, 1918—n. sp., Endopara-
sitic morphology and development,
Kesteven, 1912.

Copepoda, Henry, 1922.

Copeton, N.S.W., diamond
Cotton, 1914.

Coptotermes raffrayi, Hill, G. F., 1921.

Corals, Darnley Island, Woods, 187&8—
extra-tropical, Australia, Woods, 1877
—extra-tropical, n. sp., Woods, 1878—
Madreporaria, n. g. et n. sp., Woods,
1878.

Cordania, Mitchell, 1924.

Cordulephya, Tillyard, 1911.

deposits,

Corduliinae, Australian, rare and n. sp.,
Tillyard, 1911—remarkable Australian
and n. sp., Tillyard, 1908.

Coris, 0. sp., Ramsay and Ogilby, 1885—
n. sp., Lord Howe’s Island and N.S.W.,
Ramsay, 1882—n. sp., New Hebrides,
Ramsay and Ogilby, 1886.

Cormorant, Campbell Island,
1879.

Correa, n. sp., N.S.W., Mueller, 1884.

Correction of certain errors in previous
papers, Ramsay and Ogilby, 1887.

Corylophidae, Masters, 1887.

Crabs, Sacculina infesting Australian,
Haswell, 1888.

Crambites, Meyrick, 1878-1879.

Crayfishes, inter-coxal lobe, McKay, 1887.

Crioceras australe, Ratte, 1886.

Crocisa, n. sp., Cockerell, 1912.

Croton, n. sp., N.S.W., Maiden and Baker,
1894.

Crowea exalata, Woolls, 1886.

Cruise to Solomon Islands, Morton, 1882.

Crustacea, British New Guinea, White-
legge, 1898—Decapod, Norfolk Island,
Grant and McCulloch, 1907—off Port
Jackson, Grant, 1905—Port Curtis Dis-
trict, Queensland, Grant and McCulloch,
1906—Queensland Cretaceous, Hthe-
ridge, 1892.

Crustacean, Decapodous, n. sp., from the ©
Cretaceous of Queensland, Woodward,
1892—n. sp., inhabiting tubes of Ver-
milia, Haswell, 1884.

Crustaceans, Amphipodous, n. g. et n. sp.,
Haswell, 1879.

Cryptocarya, foetida, n. sp., Baker, 1905
—n. sp., Lord Howe Island, Maiden,
1902.

Cryptodon flexuosus, Australia and Tas-
mania, Brazier, 1894.

Cryptogamic notes from Botanic Gardens,
Sydney, Watts, 1916.

Cryptophasa unipunctata, habits
earlier stages, Hdwards, 1890.

Cryptorhynchides, revision, Lea, 1897-1913.

Ctenodax Wilkinsoni, Macleay, 1886.

Cubicorrhynchus, Ferguson, 1916.

Cucujidae of Australia, list with n. sp.,
Olliff, 1885.

Cucurbitaceae, microscopic fungus para-
sitic upon, Haviland, E., 1886.

Culicidae, Skuse, 1888—Australian, Tay-

Hutton,

and

lor, F. H., 1914-1918—in Macleay
Museum, Sydney, revision, Taylor,
1M, Ist, Igl33.

Cuneipectini, Sloane, 1907, 1915.

Curculionidae, Masters, 1886—Australian,
revision of, belonging to subfamily
Cryptorhynchides, Lea, 1897-1913—
notes to accompany figures of Bois-
duval’s types of six species, Lea, 1900.

46 INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS.

Currabubula District, geology, palaeon-
tology and petrography, Benson, Dun
and Browne, 1920.

Cyanorhamphus, Cooki, Norfolk Island,
North, 1893—rayneri, nesting place and
eggs, North, 1892.

Cycloseris sinensis, young stage, Woods,
1878.

Cynipidae, n. sp., Froggatt, W. W., 1892.

Cyphaleinae, Carter, 1913—n. sp., Carter,
1914.

Cyphaspis, Etheridge and Mitchell, 1893.

Cypraea, Cox, 1879—angustata, Beddome,
1896—caput-anguis, Kenyon, 1896—
citrina, Brazier, 1882—guttata, Hobson,
1879—malformed, Brazier, 1881—More-
ton Bay, Queensland, Brazier, 1880—
n. sp., W. Australia, Kenyon, 1897—
occurrence of callosities, Kenyon, 1896

—Tasmania, Beddome, 1897—venusta,
Cox, 1889.

Cypraeidae, Coast of New Caledonia and
Loyalty Islands, Rossiter, 1881—Vic-
torian Coast, Brazier, 1882.

Cystignathoid frogs, n. g., Boulenger,
1890.

Cystopelia, structure and systematic

position, Hedley, 1890.

Dacus, n. sp., Coquillett, 1908.

Danais, chrysippus, Miskin, 1889—vpetilia,
Miskin, 1889, 1890.

Darling, The, N.S.W., botany, Turner, F.,
1903.

Darwinia fascicularis, pollination, Brew-
ster, 1915.

Dasyurus viverrinus, corpus luteum,
Sands, 1903—growth and atrophy of
Graffian follicle, Sands, 1903.

Death Adder, osteology and myology,
McKay, 1889.

Decapoda, n. sp., Haswell, 1881.

Deformation, cranial, children at Island
Mabiak and other islands, Torres
Straits, and of women, New Guinea,
Maclay, 1881.

Deilephila lVivornica, Lower, 1898.

Delphacidae, n. g., Muir, 1920.

Dematium pullulans, Slime, Smith, R. G.,
19038.

Dendrilla cavernosa, vestibule,
feld, 1885.

Dendrobium undulatum, new variety,
Solomon Islands, Maiden, 1899.

Dendrolagus bennettianus, Waite, 1894.

Dendrophis, n. sp. Cleveland Bay,
Macleay, 1875-76.

Desert Basin, W. Australia, geology and
geography, Clapp, 1925.

Desmidiaceae, polymorphism and
history, Playfair, 1910.

Desmids, n. sp., N.S.W., Playfair, 1907—
Sydney, Playfair, 1908.

Lenden-

life-

Desmophyllum, n. sp., Woods, 1878—
quinarium, Woods, 1878.

Devonian and Carboniferous formations
west of Tamworth, N.S.W., Cotton and

Walkom, 1912.

Diamond deposits, Copeton, N.S.W.,
Cotton, 1914.

Diaseris, n. sp., Woods, 1880.
Diatomaceous earth, Warrumbungle
Mountains, N.S.W., David, 1895, 1896.
Diatoms, Rolling Downs Formation,
Queensland, Dun, Rands and David,

1901.
Didymorchis, inhabiting branchial

cavities of New Zealand crayfishes,
Haswell, 1900.

Digaster sylwaticus, reproductive system,
Brennan, 1899.

Dingo, external parasites, Steel, T., 1919.

Dinornis (?) queenslandiae, Hutton,
1893.

Diospyros, n. sp., and new variety, Hiern,
P9210.

Dipeltis, Cobb, 1891.

Diphlebia lestoides, life-history, Tillyard,
1909—n. sp., and life-histories, Tillyard,
1911.

Diphucephala, Macleay, 1886.

Diplocrepis, n. sp., Port Jackson, Ogilby,
1885.

Diplomorpha, n. sp., Hartman, 1891.

Dipodium punctatum, mycorhiza,
McLuckie, 1922.
Diptera, Hardy, 1920-1925—A ustralia,

Skuse, 1888-1890—Australian, Malloch,
1923-1925—Brachycera, Australian, life-
histories, Smith, V. I., 1920-1923—
Brachycera, preliminary revision of
some genera, Hardy, 1921—found in
association with termites, Hill, G. F.,
1921—n. sp., W. Australia, Coquillett,
1900.

Distichopora, n. sp., Woods, 1879.

Distomum, n. sp., from Platypus, John-
ston, S. J., 1901—n. sp., from Saw-fish
Shark, Johnston, S. J., 1902.

Dodonaea, Woolls, 1890.

Dog-fish, muscles of pectoral fin, Murray,
1924—unusual type of secreting epi-
thelium in Wolffian duct, Murray, 1925.

“Doigtier’, New Caledonia, New Hebrides
and other Pacific Islands, Etheridge,
1899.

Dorcopsis, chalmersii, New Guinea,
Maclay, 1884—n. sp., South Coast, New
Guinea, Maclay, 1885.

Doris arbutus, Read, 1879.

Dorylaimus, Cobb, 1891.

Doryphora sassafras, chemistry, Petrie,
J. M., 1912.
Dragonflies, Anisopterid, physiology of

rectal gills in larvae, Tillyard, 1915—

INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS. : 47

Central Australia and n. sp., Tillyard,
1907—n. sp., Australia and Tasmania,
Tillyard, 1917—South-western Aus-
tralia, Tillyard, 1907—Zygopterid,
morphology of caudal gills of larvae,
Tillyard, 1917—Zygopterous, develop-
ment of wing-venation, Tillyard, 1915.

Dragonfly larvae, emergence from egg,
with special reference to problem of
respiration, Tillyard, 1916—some ex-
periments with, Tillyard, 1910.

Drainage, marginal, a study, Hedley,
1911—-sub-surface, Aurousseau, 1919.

Dromaeus novae-hollandiae, early stages
in development, Haswell, 1887.

Dubbo, N.S.W., fossil plants,
1884—geology, Curran, 1885.

Duboisia Leichhardtii, alkaloids, Petrie,
Jo IMI, USI,

Duboisias, chemistry, Petrie, J. M., 1917.

Ducks, certain Australian, tracheae,
Ramsay, 1878.

Duckweeds, Woolls, 1888.

Dules, n. sp., New Guinea, Ramsay and
Ogilby, 1887.

Dunstaniidae, Tillyard, 1918.

Dysticidae, Masters, 1885.

Hagle, extinct, De Vis, 1891.

HKarthworms, Fletcher, 1886-1889—Poly-
cercus, a proliferating cystic parasite
of, Haswell and Hill, 1893.

Hast Coast Range, near Rockingham Bay,
natural history, Ramsay, 1875-76.

Hast Moreton and Wide Bay Districts,
Queensland, geology of volcanic area,
Jensen, 1906.

Curran,

Hebolic plant, bark, New Caledonia,
Dixson, 1882.

Echidna, aculeata, temperature, Ward-
law, 1915, 1918—histriz, low blood-
temperature, Maclay, 1885—hystriz,
temperature of body, Maclay, 1883—
hitherto undescribed character of

nasal septum, Wilson, 1894—period of
gestation, Broom, 1895—with eight

cervical vertebrae, Broom, 1900.

Echinaxia, Hallmann, 1917.

Hchini, Australia, Woods, 1877—Aus-
tralian, habits, Woods, 1880—Austra-
lian, n. sp., Woods, 1879—‘“‘Chevert’”’
Expedition, Woods, 1877.

Echinocarpus australis, gum in, Maiden,
1891.

Hehinodermata, Bell, 1884.

EHdoliosoma, New Ireland, Ramsay, 1877.

Edriophthalmata, Chilton, 1884.

Hel, Australian, n. sp., Ogilby, 1894.

Hgg white, hexone bases, Chapman and
Petrie, 1909.

Elachistidae, Meyrick, 1897.

Hiaeocarpus, n. sp., Northern
Maiden and BIR, 1895.

N.S.W.,

Elasmobranch skeleton, Haswell, 1884.

Eleotrinae, Ogilby, 1896, 1897.

EHlonichthys, n. sp., Newcastle
Measures, Mitchell, 1924.

Coal

Elsmore-Tingha District, tin-deposits,
Cotton, 1909.

Hmu, early stages in development,
Haswell, 1887.

Encrinuridae, Etheridge and Mitchell,
1915.

Encrinurus, Mitchell, 1924.

Enteropneusta, n. sp., Coast N.S.W., Hill,
Je Py L894 sob:

Entomology, Australian, Sloane, 1889-
1923—New Ireland, Macleay, 1875-76.
Entomostraca, breeding from dried mud,
Henry, 1924—collected in vicinity of
Auckland, New Zealand, Henry, 1924—
freshwater, monograph, Henry, 1922-
1924—habits in aquaria, Henry, 1924.

Entozoa, Johnston, S. J., 1901-1904—of
Monotremata and Australian Mar-
supialia, Johnston, T. H., 1909, 1911.

EHopsaltria, n. sp., Rockingham Bay Dis-
trict, Ramsay, 1877.

Epacridaceae, Brough, 1924.

Epimachus, n. sp., Astrolabe Range, S.E.
New Guinea, Ramsay, 1887.

Equisetum, Hawkesbury
Htheridge, 1890.

Eremosphaera, Playfair, 1916.

Hriochloa, n. sp., Hawkesbury River,
Hamilton, A. A., 1912.

EHriophyes, associated with malformation
of leaves of Hucalypius stricta, Gurney,
1924.

Hrythrophloeum Laboucherii, active prin-
ciple, Petrie, J. M., 1921.

Ethnology, Papuan, stray notes, Hedley,
1895, 1897.

Hthon, Carter, 1923.

Ettingshausen’s theory, Tertiary Cosmo-
politan flora, Deane, 1900.

Hucalypt hybrid, Maiden, 1916.

Kucalypti, decay of certain species,
Bennett, 1885—Phasmatidae destructive
to, Macleay, 1881.

EKucalypts, and Angophoras, oil ducts in
certain, Welch, 1921—and lLoranths,
Fletcher, 1896—Blue Mountains, Chis-
holm, 1924; Maiden and Cambage, 1905
—classification, Woolls, 1891—County
of Cumberland, classification, habitat
and uses, Woolls, 1880—evolution, in
relation to cotyledons and seedlings,
Hall, E. C., 1914—examination of Kinos
as an aid in diagnosis, Maiden, 1889-
1891—n. sp., Parramatta, Hall, E. C.,
1912—N.S.W., Deane and Maiden, 1895-
19801—oil glands in barks of certain,
Welch, 1922—Rylstone District, Baker,

Sandstone,

1903—shoot-bearing tumours, Fletcher Pe

48 INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS.

and Musson, 1918—species first known
in Europe, Woolls, 1882—supposed
hybridisation, Deane and Maiden, 1901.

Eucalyptus, Baueriana, Maiden, 1902—
bicolor, Maiden, 1902—calycogona,
Maiden, 1902—colouration of young

foliage, Maiden, 1919—Gunnii, Maiden,

1901—hybridisation, Maiden, 1905—
leucoxylon, Woolls, 1886—Maideni,
Southern N.S.W., Mueller, 1889—

melanophloia, Baker, 1902—miscellane-
ous notes (chiefly taxonomic), Maiden,
1904-1905—n. sp., Baker, 1898, 1899,
1900, 1906; Deane and Maiden, 1901;
Hall, H. C., 1918; Maiden, 1904—n. sp.,
Monaro District, N.S.W., Cambage,
1909—n. sp., Northern N.S.W., Maiden,
1905—n. sp., Sydney District, Deane
and Maiden, 1897—oleosa, water from
roots, Steel, T., 1919—polyanthemos,
Maiden, 1902—propinqua, Deane and
Maiden, 1895—pulverulenta, Maiden,
1901—roots, water from, Bennett, 1883
—stricta, Hriophyes associated with
malformation of leaves, Gurney, 1924
—stricta, red pigment induced by in-
sect injury, Petrie, J. M., 1924—
Sturtiana, Maiden, 1901—Stuartiana,
gum (levan) bacterium from a sacchar-
ine exudate, Smith, R. G., 1902—under
cultivation, variability, Maiden, 1903.

Huomides, Ferguson, 1923.

EHuploea, Australian, n. sp., revision with
synonymiec notes, Miskin, 1889.

Hupomatia laurina, fertilisation, Hamil-
ton, A. G., 1897.

EHupomatus elegans, embryology, Haswell,
1887.

Hupterotidae, Turner, A. J., 1922.

Hurystopodus, n. sp., Ramsay, 1881.

Hustheniidae, revision, with n. g. et n. sp.,
Tillyard, 1921.

‘Husyllidae, Australian, Haswell, 1920.

Huthera, n. sp., Australia, Africa and
South America, Bezzi, 1925.

Evening Glow, Lendenfeld, 1884.

Hatatosoma, n. sp., Froggatt, W. W., 1922.

Falcinellus igneus, breeding, Bennett,
1889.

Fat-solvents, upon sewage-sick
action, Smith, R. G., 1912.

Favosites, n. sp., Yass District, N.S.W.,
Walkom, 1911.

Fauna, Arachnidan, Australia, Rainbow,
1896—Arachnidan, British New Guinea,
Rainbow, 1898—Araneidan, Santa Cruz,
Rainbow, 1899—Australian Crustacean,
Stead, 1898 - 1899 — Bellenden - Ker
Ranges, Ramsay, 1888—British New
Guinea, Lucas, A. H. S., 1898; Ogilby,
1898; Rainbow, 1898; Steel, T., 1898;
Whitelegge, 1898—British New Guinea,

soils,

Mollusca, Hedley, 1898—British New
Guinea, Oligochaeta, Fletcher, 1898—
Echinoderm, New Zealand, Farquhar,
1898—entomological, Nauru Island of
Ocean Island Group, Froggatt, W. W.,
1910—fish, New Guinea, Ramsay and
Ogilby, 1886—Insect, Upper Triassic of
Ipswich, Queensland, Tillyard, 1923—
Land Molluscan, British New Guinea,
Hedley, 1891, 1894—1littoral marine,
north-east Australia, Woods, 1880—
Lord Howe Island, Ogilby, 1898.
Faunas, Southern, theoretical explana-
tions of distribution, Hutton, 1896.

Ferns, Lord Howe Island, Watts, 1912,
1914—Mount Wilson, Trebeck, 1886—
North Queensland, Watts, 1914—

Queensland, Bailey, 1878—Queensland,
n. sp., Bailey, 1880.

Feronini, Sloane, 1902.

Fibres, muscle, simple striated, Haswell,
1888.

Fiddler with abnormal pectoral fins, Hill,
Vs Je, 1895.

Fiji, continental origin, Woolnough, 1903
—geology of Viti Levu, Woolnough,
1907—petrographical descriptions of
typical rocks, Woolnough, 1903.

Fire-fly, Mt. Wilson, Olliff, 1889.

Fish, Deep-sea, n. g. et n. sp., Lord Howe
Island, Ogilby, 1888—disease from
George’s River, Smith, R. G., 1900—
Ganoid, Queensland, Castelnau, 1878—
Labroid, n. sp., Port Jackson, Ramsay,
1881—Labroid, n. g. et n. sp., Port
Jackson, Ramsay and Ogilby, 1887—
Lord Howe Island, Macleay, 1885—new
Bacillus pathogenic to, Smith, R. G.,
1900.

Fisheries of Oriental
1888.

Fish-remains, “Rolling Downs Forma-
tion’, N. Queensland, Etheridge, 1888.

Fishes, Australia, Macleay, 1880-1881,
1884—Australian, McCulloch, 1915, 1921
—Australian, new family, Ogilby, 1896
—Australian, new Gyrodactyloid
Trematodes from, Johnston and Tiegs,
1922—Australian, notes on _ genera,
Ramsay and Ogilby, 1887—Australian,
n. sp., Ogilby, 1897; Ramsay, 1880, 1883;
Ramsay and Ogilby, 1885-1888—Burde-
kin and Mary Rivers, Queensland,
Macleay, 1883—deep-sea, eyes, Lenden-
feld, 1884—freshwater, chiefly Austra-
lian, n. sp., Castelnau, 1878—new and
rare, from Maroubra, N.S.W., Waite,
1894—New Guinea, Macleay, 1882-1883
—Norfolk Island, Ogilby, 1887—Norman
River, Castelnau, 1878—n. g. et n. Sp.,
De Vis, 1883; Ogilby, 1897, 1898—n. g.,
Port Jackson, BLEKCTISEDY, 1883—n. g. et

Region, Woods,

INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS. 49

n. sp., Australia, Ogilby, 1895-1897—
n. g. et n. sp., Maroubra Bay, Ogilby,
1896—n. sp., Castelnau, 1877; De Vis,
1884; Macleay, 1884; Ramsay and
Ogilby, 1886—n. sp. Australasian
region, Ogilby, 1894—n. sp., Port Jack-
son, Ogilby, 1885; Ramsay and Ogilby,
1885, 1887—n. sp., Port Jackson and
King George’s Sound, Macleay, 1878—
n. sp., Queensland, De Vis, 1882—n. sp.,
Upper Murrumbidgee, Macleay, 1885—
n. sp., well-known in Sydney Market,
Macleay, 1880—Palmer River, N. Queens-

land, Macleay, 1882—Port Darwin,
Macleay, 1877—rare Port Jackson,
Ogilby, 1885—salinity of inshore

oceanic waters in relation to, Phillipps
and Grigg, 1925—Solomon Islands,
Macleay, 1879—South Sea Islands, De
Vis, 1883—taken in or near Port Jack-
son, Macleay, 1882.

Flabellum, n. sp., Woods, 1880.

Flagellates, Australian, freshwater, Play-
fair, 1921.

Flat-worm, parasitic in
Haswell, 1890.

Flight, Lendenfeld, 1885.

Flindersia, White, C. T., 1921.

Floods, geographical significance,
Andrews, 1907.

Flora, Australia, knowledge, Baker, 1897-
1906—Australia, two additional plants,
occurring also in N.S.W., Mueller, 1887

golden frog,

—Australian, distribution of hydro-
cyanic acid in, Petrie, J. M., 1912—
bacterial, of Sydney Water Supply,
Smith, R. G., 1900—Blue Mountains,
topographical and ecological notes,
Hamilton, iA tA 1915—Brisbane,
- Bailey and Tenison-Woods, 1879—
Brisbane, relations, Woods, 1879—

forest, interior N.S.W., recent changes,
Lendenfeld, 1885—fossil, Coal Deposits
of Australia, Woods, 1883—fossil, Hast-
ern Australia, Etheridge, 1888—Mount
Wilson, Brough, McLuckie and Petrie,
1924: Hamilton, A. G., 1899; Woolls,
1887—Mount Wilson, ecological study,
Petrie, A. H. K., 1925—native, N.S.W.,
Cambage, 1904-1918—N.S.W., Blakely,
1925—Norfolk Island, Maiden, 1903—

Queensland, Scortechini, 1883—South
Queensland, Scortechini, 1881—Strad-
broke Island, n. sp., Bailey, 1881—

Tertiary, Deane, 1900—Tropical Queens-
land, Bailey, 1877.

Floras, Norfolk and Lord Howe Islands,
geographical relations, Tate, 1892.

Florideae of Australia, revised
Lueas, A. H. S., 1909.

Flowers, double, Woolls, 1885—nectar,
Steel, T., 1924. ;
D

list,

Flycatcher, n. sp., De Vis, 1895.

Foraminifera, Goddard and Jensen, 1907;
Jensen, 1904.

Forestry, Deane, 1896.

Formicidae, Mackay, Queensland, Turner,
G., 1897.

Fossarina petterdi, Hutton, 1882.

Fossil, Devonian, allied to Worthenia,
N.S.W., Ratte, 1885—Labyrinthodont,
Cockatoo Island, Port Jackson,

Stephens, W. J., 1886—Lower Cretace-
ous, Queensland, Ratte, 1886—plants,
Australia, Deane, 1896—plants, Dubbo,
N.S.W., Curran, 1884.

Fossiliferous bed at mouth of Endeavour
River, Woods, 1880.

Fossils, additional Labyrinthodont from
Hawkesbury sandstones, N.S.W.,
Stephens, W. J., 1886, 1887—Australian,
Ratte, 1886, 1887—Levuka, Viti, Woods,
1879—Mesozoic, Central Australia,
Woods, 1883—occurrence in unre-
corded localities in N.S.W., Mitchell,
1892—Permo-Carboniferous age, North-
western Australia, Etheridge, 1889—
Post-Tertiary, New Caledonia, Woods,

1879—Tertiary, Hutton, 1886; Woods,
1879—Tertiary, Hall Sound, New
Guinea, Tate, 1894—Tertiary, Muddy

Creek, Western Victoria, Woods, 1878
—Tertiary, New Guinea, Woods, 1877
—vegetable, Newstead, near Inverell,
Wilkinson, 1886.

Freshwater, Mollusca, n. sp., Maclay Coast
and Triton Bay, New Guinea, Brazier,
1885—shells, Australian and Tas-
manian, Brazier, 1875-76—shells, n. sp.,
New Guinea and W. Australia, Ancey,
1897.

Frog, Cystignathoid, n.
1891, 1893.

Frogs’ eggs, pigmentation, Harrison, 1921.

Frogs, Trematode parasites of Australian,
Johnston, S. J., 1912.

Fruit-flies, n. sp., Froggatt, W. W., 1910.

Fruit-fly, n. sp., N.S.W., Coquillett, 1908.

Fucaceae, Williams, 1923.

Fucoideae of Australia,
Lueas, A. H. S., 1909.

Fungi, Cleland and Cheel, 1916—algal,

sp., Fletcher,

revised list,

Playfair, 1915—aliquot Australiae
Orientalis, Kalchbrenner, 1882—Aus-
tralian, n. sp., McAlpine, 1896, 1902-
1904—Kerguelen Island, McAlpine,

1899—n. sp., Kalchbrenner, 1882, 1883
—n. sp., N.S.W., McAlpine, 1896, 1899—
N.S.W., McAlpine, 1897, N.S.W., and
Queensland, Woods and Bailey, 1880—
phosphorescent, McAlpine, 1900—‘‘shot-
hole”, of stone-fruit trees, McAlpine,
1901.

50 INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS.

Fungus, microscopic, parasitic
Cucurbitaceae, Haviland, H., 1886.

upon

Galaxvias, found in Australian Alps,
Macleay, 1882—n. sp., Mount Wilson,
and distribution, Macleay, 1880—

Mount Kosciusko, Ogilby, 1896.

Galeocerdo Rayneri, Ramsay, 1880—brain,
Haswell, 1882.

Galerucides, Lea, 1923.

Gall-thrips, n. sp., Karny, 1922.

Ganoid fish, Queensland, Castelnau, 1878.

Gasteromycetes, Australasia, Cunning-
ham, 1925.

Gasteropod, n. sp., Lower Marine Series,
N.S.W., Mitchell, 1922.

Gasteropoda, Port Jackson, Protoconchs,
Kesteven, 1901.

Gastrodia sesamoides,
physiology, McLuckie,

Geckos, De Vis, 1886.

Gelechiadae, Meyrick, 1904.

Geographical notes in Malaysia and Asia,
Woods, 1888.

Geography, study
1892, 1903.

Geological history, Australia and New
Zealand, David, 1894—specimens from
coasts New Guinea, Cape York and
neighbouring Islands, Wilkinson, 1875-
76.

Geology, and physical geography of State
of Perak, Woods, 1884—and physical
structure of Australia, Woods, 1882—
Bowning, N.S.W., Mitchell, 1886—
Canoblas Mountains, Sussmilch and
Jensen, 1909—Fiji, Woolnough, 1903—
general, Marulan and Tallong, N.S.W.,
Woolnough, 1909—New Hebrides,
Mawson, 1905—North-west coast of Tas-
mania, Stephens, T., 1908—southern
portion of Clarence River Basin,
Stephens, W. J., 18883—Viti Levu, Fiji,
Woolnough, 1907—Western Coalfield,
Stephens, W. J., 1882.

Gerygone, n. sp., Ramsay,

Woolls,
1923.

1892—

in ancient, Hedley,

US7G, Us

n. sp., Lord Howe’s Island, Ramsay,
1887.
Gesneraceae, Australia, Woolls, 1881.

Glacial, action, Kosciusko, David, 1908;
David, Helms and Pittman, 1901—
epoch, supposed, in Australia, Hutton,
1885—erratics, Ulladulla, N.S.W.,
Brown, 1925—period in Australia,
Lendenfeld, 1885—period, New JZea-
land, Lendenfeld, 1884.

Glaciation in Australian Alps,
evidences, Stirling, 1886.

Glacier action, Mount Kosciusko Plateau,
Curran, 1897; Helms, 1893.

Glass House Mountains and District,
geology, Jensen, 1903.

further

Glendonbrook District, near Singleton,
N.S.W., geology of Permo-Carbonifer-
ous system, Walkom, 1913.

Glendonite, recently discovered occur-
rences, Walkom, 1913.

Glendonites, Ulladulla,
1925.

Globin and globin sulphate from ox-
blood, Grey, 1911.

Glossopteris, fructification, Mitchell, 1892
—Greta Coal Measures, Richmond Vale,
David, 1890—mode of attachment of
leaves or fronds to caudex, Etheridge
and David, 1894—relation to its allies,
Etheridge and David, 1894—stratigraphi-
cal distribution in Australasia,
Htheridge and David, 1894.

Glossy Ibis, breeding, Bennett, 1889.

Gneissic and granite rocks, W. Austra-
lian, Aurousseau, 1916.

Gobiesox, n. sp., Tasmania, Ramsay, 1882.

Golden frog, flat-worm parasitic in,
Haswell, 1890.

Gomphinae, rare Australian, and n. sp.,
Tillyard, 1909.

Goodenia, cycloptera, pollination, Havi-
land, F. E., 1914—fertilisation, Havi-
land, E., 1885—nhederacea, fertilisation,
Hamilton, A. G., 1885.

Goodeniaceae, methods of fertilisation,
Hamilton, A. G., 1894-1895.

Goonoo Goonoo Estate, geology of portion,
Benson and Chapman, 1918.

Goshawk, Port Moresby, Ramsay, 1878.

Goulburn River District, botany, Baker,
1896.

Gramineae, Andropogon,
Breakwell, 1914.

Grammatophora, development and struc-
ture of pineal eye, McKay, 1888.

Grass, Australian, n. sp., Turner F., 1898
—n. g., new smut in, McAlpine, 1911.

Grass-trees, entomology, Froggatt, W. W..,
1896.

Grasses, certain Australian, nutritive
value, O’Dwyer, 1921, 1922—N.S.W.,
hydrocyanic acid in, Petrie, J. M., 1913
—protein precipitation, O’Dwyer, 1922
—xerophitic native, anatomical struc-
ture, Breakwell, 1915.

Green Point, Watson’s Bay, Sydney,
Mollusca, Henn and Brazier, 1894.

Grevillea, natural hybridism, Fletcher,
1913.

Grey Gum, North Coast Districts, Deane
and Maiden, 1895.

Grey Range and neighbourhood, botani-
cal features, Collins, 1924.

N.S.W., Brown,

leaf anatomy,

Grifithides convexicaudatus, Mitchell,
1922.
Gull, n. sp. King George’s Sound,

Masters, 1877.

INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS. 51

Gum, Grass-tree, Maiden 1890—Levan,
bacterial, chemical properties, Steel, T.,
1901—Panax, Maiden, 1892.

Gums of Arabin Group, bacterial origin,
Smith, R. G., 1902-1904.

Gundlachia, Australasian, Hedley, 1893.

Guyra Lagoon, N.S.W., Cotton, 1909.

Gypoictinia melanostemon, Bennett, 1881.

Gyrocotyle, from Chimaera ogilbyi, and
in general, Haswell, 1902.

Gyrodactyloidea, reclassification,
ston and Tiegs, 1922.

Haematozoa of Australian Reptilia, John-
ston, T. H., 1910-1911.

Haemogregarines from Australian Rep-
tiles, Johnston, T. H., 1909.

Hakea, dactyloides, xerophilous char-
acters, Hamilton, A. G., 1914—n. sp.,
eastern N.S.W., Mueller and Maiden,
1892—-saligna, possible relationship
between bacteria and gum, Smith, R. G.,
1905.

Halcyon sordidus, nesting-place and eggs,
North, 1892.

Halicore australis, brain, Maclay, 1885.

Halmaturus, n. sp., New Ireland, Ramsay,
1875-76.

Halme tingens, Lendenfeld, 1885.

Haloragis, N.S.W., Mueller, 1885.

Halorrhagaceae, review of N.S.W. species
and n. sp., Maiden and Betche, 1906.

Hapalotis Boweri, North-west Australia,
Ramsay, 1886.

Haplonycha, Blackburn, 1890.

Harpalini, Sloane, 1915, 1917.

Harpeidae, Etheridge and Mitchell, 1917.

Hawkesbury River, Hriochloa, n. sp.,
Hamilton, A. A., 1912.

Helaeides, Macleay, 1887.

Helaeus, Carter, 1910.

Helix, aspera in Australia, Steel, T., 1924
—gulosa, synonymy, Brazier, 1891—
n. sp., Louisiade Archipelago, Cox, 1879
—n. sp., New Guinea and Louisiade
Islands, Brazier, 1877—n. sp., South
Australia, Tate, 1877.

Helluonini, Sloane, 1917.

Hemerobiidae, characters and relation-
ships and new and little-known genera
and species, Tillyard, 1916.

Hemerocetes, n. sp., Port Jackson, Ram-

John-

say, 1881.

Hemiptera, Tillyard, 1918, 1919, 1921—
Fiji, catalogue, Kirkaldy, 1908—
Hawaiian Islands, Blackburn, 1888—
Heteropterous, Hastern Australia,

memoir on a few, Kirkaldy, 1907—n.
sp., Hale, 1924; Tillyard, 1923—Upper
Permian, Newcastle, N.S.W., Tillyard,
1921.
Hepaticae, Carrington and Pearson, 1887.
Hepatics, N.S.W., Watts, 1901, 1902, 1904.

Heptanchus, claspers, Haswell, 1884.
Herpetology, Queensland, De Vis, 1887.
Heteroceridae, Masters, 1885.
Heterodendron, hydrocyanic acid, Petrie,
Vs Wile, ILOZAO.
Heterodontus
Haswell, 1897.

phillipi, development,

Heteromera, n. sp., Tropical Australia,
Carter, 1917.
Heteromyias cinereifrons, nidification,

North, 1889.

Heteronympha, n. sp., Waterhouse, 1904—
N.S.W., Waterhouse, 1897.

Heteronyxz, nu. sp., Blackburn, 1888-1889.

Heteropsammia Michelinii, Woods, 1879.

Heteroptera, with a note on origin, Till-
yard, 1918.

Heteropus, n. sp., found in wasps’ nests,
Froggatt, W. W., 1894.

Heterostoma, voracity of a
Whittell, 1883.

Hexone, Bases, egg white, Chapman and
Petrie, 1909.

Hinulia, development and structure of
pineal eye, McKay, 1888—elegans,
Fletcher, 1883.

Hipponoe variegata, new variety, Woods,
1882.

Hircinidae, Australian, fibres, Lendenfeld,
1884.

Hirudinea, Goddard, 1908-1910—distribu-
tion and zoogeography, Goddard, 1910
—leech-metamerism, Goddard, 1910—
parasitic Endoproctous Polyzoon,
Goddard, 1909.

Hispidae, n. g.
Sharp, 1903.

Histiophorus gladius, Ramsay, 1880.

Histological methods, adaptation to

« teaching of Practical Histology,
Haswell, 1885.

Holostomidae from Australian birds,
Johnston, S. J., 1904.

Homocoela, Lendenfeld, 1884.

Homodermidae, Lendenfeld, 1884.

Homoptera, Tillyard, 1921—Delphacidae,

species,

et n. sp., New Britain,

n. g., Muir, 1920—with a note on
phylogeny, Tillyard, 15198.

Honey-eater, n. sp., S.E. Coast, New
Guinea, Ramsay, 1881.

Honeysuckles, so-called, Lord Howe
Island; Maiden, 1901.

Hoplocephalus, n. sp., Macleay, 1886;
Ogilby, 1889—n. sp., Gulf of Carpen-
taria, Macleay, 1887—n. sp., Sutton

Forest, Macleay, 1878.
Horse, organ of Jacobson, Broom, 1896.
Humerus, fossil, De Vis, 1883.
Hyborrhynchus, Ferguson, 1921.
Hydrogen-ion concentration, determining
colorimetrically, Smith, R. G., 1924.
Hydroida, n. sp., Bale, 1888.

52 INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS.

Hydroids, Briggs, 1915.

Hydromedusae, Australian,
1884-1885.

Hyla aurea, behaviour of, to strychnine,
Chapman, H. G., 1908.

Hymenoptera, catalogue, Froggatt, W. W.,
1890, 1892—n. sp., Dodd, 1920—Narra-
been, N.S.W., Froggatt, W. W., 1891—
new fossorial, Australia and Tasmania,
Turner, R. E., 19138—parasitic, n. g. et
n. sp., Cameron, 1911-1912—parasitic,
n. g. et n. sp., New Zealand and Aus-
tralian, Ashmead, 1900—parasitic, Solo-
mon Islands, Cameron, 1911—Phyto-
phagous, n. sp., Turner, G., 1900.

Hyolithes lanceolatus, structure,
ridge, 1889.

Hypsidae, Turner, A. J., 1921.

Hypsiprymnodon, extinct genus of mar-

Lendenfeld,

Ethe-

supials allied to, De Vis, 1888—
moschatus, Ramsay, 1875-76.

Hypsiprymnus, fossil allied to, Broom,
1895.

Ianthaenas, n. sp., Duke of York Island,
Ramsay, 1877.
Ibacus Peronii,
Haswell, 1879.
Ice, supplied in Sydney, bacteriological

examination, Katz, 1888.

Phyllosoma stage,

Icerya aegyptiacum, Froggatt, W. W.,
1893.
Ichneumonidae, n. sp., Island of Aru,

Cameron, 1912.

Ichthyology, Australian, Ogilby, 1899—
“Chevert” Expedition, Alleyne and
Macleay, 1875-76 — Port Jackson,
Castelnau, 1878.

Ichthyosaurus, “Rolling Downs Forma-
tion”, North-eastern Australia, HEthe-
ridge, 1888.

Idolothrips, Froggatt, W. W., 1904.

Igneous rocks, Carboniferous, N.S.W.,
Aurousseau, 1915.

Index, phagocytic, influence of dilution
of serum upon, Smith, R. G., 1909.

Indigénes de Funafuti (Ellice Group),
similitudes des langues et des
coutumes, Donat et Seurat, 1903.

Indigénes des Iles de la Société, de
VArchipel des Tuamotu etc., Donat et
Seurat, 1903.

Infusoria, action of tannin on, Gilliatt,
1883—Rolling Downs Formation,
Queensland, Dun, Rands and David,
1901.

Infusorian, Flagellate, as an intra-cellular
parasite, Haswell, 1892.

Insect, Aphanipterous, n. sp., N.S.W.,
Olliff, 1886—injurious to vine, Macleay,
1882—luminous Dipterous, New Zea-
land, Skuse, 1890—micro-lepidopterous,
destructive to potato, Meyrick, 1879—

new Dipterous, infesting grass, Skuse,
1887—wing, fossil, n. sp., Triassic Beds
near Dee Why, N.S.W., Tillyard, 1925

—wing, fossil, roof of coal seam,
Sydney Harbour Colliery, Tillyard,
1918—wings, fossil, Upper Permian,

Newcastle, N.S.W., Tillyard, 1921.

Insecta, British New Guinea, Rainbow,
1898—Norfolk Island, Olliff, 1887.

Insects, Cairns District, N. Queensland,
Macleay, 1887—Dipterous, parasitic
upon Australian frogs, Skuse, 1889—
Fijian, food plants or hosts, Veitch and
Greenwood, 1921, 1924—Fly River, New
Guinea, Coleoptera, Macleay, 1886—
fossil, Upper Carboniferous of Com-
mentry, France, Tillyard, 1918—Holo-
metabolous, phylogeny, Tillyard, 1918—
King’s Sound and Vicinity, Macleay,
1888—Maclay Coast, New Guinea,
Macleay, 1884—Mesozoic, Queensland
Tillyard, 1917-1923—Neuropteroid, of
Hot Springs Region, N.Z., report, Till-
yard, 1920—new Hymenopterous, para-
sitic upon Dipterous insect, Skuse, 1887
—note on flight, Lendenfeld, 1884—
Permian and Triassic, N.S.W., Tillyard,
1917—Permian, n. sp., Belmont, N.S.W.,
Tillyard, 1922.

Instruments, two new, for
Cobb, 1890.

Interior N.S.W., botany, Cambage, 1900-
1902—zgeology and water supply,
Curran, 1885.

Iodis, Lucas, T. P., 1888—n. sp., Lucas,
a, 12, 1sso,

Ischnura heterosticta,
female, Tillyard, 1905.

Island of Hrromanga, New Hebrides,
notes on a visit to, Sinclair, 1894.
Isopoda, Australian, revision, Haswell,
1884—marine, n. sp., Haswell, 1880-1881.
Isopodan genus, new, Lake Corangamite,
Victoria, Chilton, 1919.
Isopogon, n. sp., Baker,
N.S.W., Mueller, 1894.
Ithonidae, characters and relationships
and new and little-known genera and
species, Tillyard, 1916—revision and
n. g. et n. sp., Tillyard, 1919.
Jamberoo, N.S.W., stilbite, eruptive rocks,
Engelhardt, 1891.
Junction Mine, near Mandurama, laccol-
ites, David, 1890.

Juncus, holoschaenus, Cheel,
prismatocarpus, Cheel, 1902.
Kangaroo, n. sp., New Guinea, Macleay,
1884; Ramsay, 1875-76—rat, n. g. et n.

sp., Ramsay, 1875-76.

Kangaroos, anatomy of urogenital organs
in females, Fletcher, 1882-1883—direct
communication between median vaginal

biologists,

dimorphism in

1894—n. gp.,

1902—

INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS. 53

cul-de-sac so-called and urogenital
canal, Fletcher, 1881—direction of hair
on back, Maclay, 1884.

Kelps, New Zealand, efflorescence on,
Lueas, A. H. S., 1916.

Kerosene shale, Megalong Valley, N.S.W.,
Bertrand, 1900.

“Kerosene shale’, origin, David, 1889.

“Keu”’, Maclay Coast, New Guinea,
Maclay, 1885.

Kino, Angophora, Maiden, 1891.

Kinos,~as an aid in diagnosis of
Eucalypts, Maiden, 1889-1891.

Kogia greyi, brain, Haswell, 1883.

Kosciusko, evidences of glacial action,
David, 1908; David, Helms and Pitt-
man, 1901.

Kuditcha shoes, Central Australia,
Etheridge, 1894.

Kurrajong, crimson-flowered, Maiden,
1916.

Labyrinthodont, Biloela, Stephens, W. J.,
1886.

Lac-coccid, n. sp., Froggatt, W. W., 1911.

Lacecolites, Junction Mine near Man-
durama, David, 1890.

Lacertilia, British New Guinea, Lucas,
ACHES? 1898:

Lacewings, silky, n. sp., Tillyard, 1925.

Laemodipoda, revision, Australian, Has-
well, 1884.

Laevicardium Beechei, Brazier, 1875-76.

Lake George Senkungsfeld, Taylor, T. G.,
1907.

Lakes George and Bathurst, evolution,
Taylor, T. G., 1907.

Lalage, undetermined species, Ramsay,
1879.
Lamellibranchiata, New Zealand, revi-

sion, Hutton, 1884.
Lamellicornia, new, Olliff, 1890.

Lamellicornes, King’s Sound and vicinity,
Macleay, 1888.

Lamprima, revision and n. sp., Macleay,
1885.

Lamprimides, n. g., Macleay, 1885.

Lamprolia, n. sp., Fiji, Ramsay, 1875-76.

Lamp shells, Port Jackson and coast of
N.S.W., Brazier, 1879.

Lampyridae, n. sp., Olliff, 1889.

Land Mollusca, Australian and Poly-
nesian, Brazier, 1883—n. sp., Maclay
Coast and Triton Bay, New Guinea,
Brazier, 1885—Papua or New Guinea,
Brazier, 1884.

Land Planarian,
Fletcher, 1887.

Land Planarians, Australian, n. sp., and
notes on collecting and preserving,
Steel, T., 1897, 1900—Blue Mountains,
N.S.W., Dendy, 1894—Fiji and n. sp.,

introduced species,

Steel, T., 1897—n. sp., Fletcher and
Hamilton, 1887—Tasmanian, n. sp.,
Steel, T., 1900.

Land shells, Australian and Tasmanian,
Brazier, 1875-76—‘“‘Chevert” Expedition,
Brazier, 1875-76—collected in Queens-
land, Hedley, 1912—n. sp., Brazier,
1875-76—n. sp., “Chevert” Expedition,
Brazier, 1875-76—n. sp., New Guinea,
Ancey, 1895—n. sp., New Guinea and
W. Australia, Ancey, 1897—n. sp.,
Thursday Island, Brazier, 1879.

Land snails, Tasmanian, anatomy,
Hedley, 1891.

Land tortoises, dimensions, gigantic, Cox,
1883.
Langeel,
1898.
Laportea gigas, stinging property, Petrie,

J. M., 1906.
Larrada, Whittell, 1883.

North Queensland, Etheridge,

Larridae, nests and habits, Froggatt,
W. W., 1894. E

Lasiocampidae, Turner, A. J., 1924.

Lava, Savaii, chemical note, Jensen,
1907.

Leaf-hopper, Australian apple, Myers,
1921.

Leaf-mining fly, n. sp., Coquillett, 1899.

Leaf morphology, instability, in relation
to taxonomic botany, Hamilton, A. A.,
1916.

Leaia Mitchelli, Upper Coal
Neweastle District, Etheridge,
n. sp., Mitchell, 1925.

Lebiini, Sloane, 1903, 1907, 1915, 1917.

Lecythidaceae, Queensland, revised
account, White, C. T., 1919.

Leguminosae, bacterial diseases, roots of,
Bancroft, 1893—nodule organism,
Smith, R. G., 1899—two undescribed
exudations from, Maiden, 1891.

Leipoa ocellata, Bennett, 1883.

Lemnaceae, Woolls, 1888.

Lepidodendron, Mt. Lambie, near Rydal,
N.S.W., Pittman and David, 1893.

Lepidoptera, Olliff, 1890-1891—Australian,

Measures,
1892—

n. sp., Lower, 1897-1901, 1915; Lucas,
Ty PP 1892: Miskin, 1888 Durner;
A. J., 1909—Australian, n. sp., with

additional localities for known species,
Lueas, T. P., 1893—Australian, revision,
Meyrick, 1886-1891; Turner, A. J., 1903-

1924—Ebor Scrub, N.S.W., Turner,
A. J., 1914-1916—Fly River, Meyrick,
1886—having antlia terminal in a

Teretron or Borer, Read, 1878—Homo-
neura, comparison of male genitalia,
Byer, 1925—n. g., Turner, A. J., 1902
—n. sp., Meyrick, 1886; Miskin, 1890—
n. sp., Brisbane, Queensland, Lucas,
T. P., 1890—n. sp., Queensland, Lucas,

54 INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS.

T. P., 1902—n. sp.,
other Australian, Lucas, T. P., 1890,
1891—wing venation, preliminary re-
port, Tillyard, 1917.

Lepidosperma, nu. sp., Port Jackson Dis-
trict, Hamilton, A. A., 1910.
Lepidum, Hamilton, A. A., 1917.
Leptopoma, supposed New
species, Moellendorff, 1892.
Lestes leda, life history, Tillyard, 1906.

Lestophonus, n. sp., Skuse, 1889.

Leucite-basalt, Central N.S.W., Curran,
1887.

Leucosiidae, Haswell, 1879.

Libellulidae, Australian, n. sp., Tillyard,
1906.

Libellulinae, remarkable Australian and
n. sp., Tillyard, 1908.

Limaz maximus, feeding tracks,
AP, ISG),

Limestone flora, Grose Vale, Carne, 1910.

Limestones, Tertiary, Malekula, New
Hebrides, Chapman, F., 1907.

Limnodynastes peronti, young male, an
abnormal connection of renal-portals
im, TSU, do Io, Iss. :

Lindera tessalatella, male and female
genitalia, Philpott, 1925—modification
of eighth abdominal segment, Philpott,
1925.

Lindsaea trichomanoides, Woolls, 1886.

Lindsaya, linearis, anatomy, Williams,
1925—microphylla, anatomy, Williams,
1925.

Liotia lodderae, Balmoral Beach, near
Sydney, Hedley, 1898.

Lipareti us, Macleay, 1886.

Liparidae, Turner, A. J., 1920.

Liparus, n. sp., W. Australia, Cox, 1899.

Littorinacea, Kesteven, 1902.

Littorinidae, Australian, Woods, 1878.

Lizards, Australian, critical notes, Lucas
and Frost, 1896—“‘Chevert”’ Expedition,

Queensland and

Zealand

Steel,

Macleay, 1877—Chillagoe District, N.
Queensland, Broom, 1897—n. g., De
Vis, 1889.

Lomatera, n. sp., Lea, 1906.

Longicornia, new, Olliff, 1890.

Loomberah District, geology, Benson and
Chapman, 1918.

Loranthaceae, Blakely, 1922-1925.

Loranths, and Viscums, Australian, affect-
ing exotic trees and shrubs, Turner, F.,
1894—Eucalypts and, Fletcher, 1896.

Loranthus exocarpi, Brittlebank, 1908.

Lord Howe Island, bibliography, Hthe-
ridge, 1889.

Lorica, fossil, North-western Tasmania,
Hull, 1910.

Loricates, relation of, to the country rock,
Hull, 1924.
Lotorium, Kesteven, 1902.

Lower Mesozoic rocks of Queensland,
correlation with Lower Mesozoic
rocks of other parts of Australia,
Walkom, 1918—distribution and fossii
flora, Walkom, 1918—geology, Walkom,
1918.

Lucanidae, Masters, 1886—n. sp., Macleay,
1885.

Lycaenidae, Waterhouse, 1902-1912;
Waterhouse and Turner, 1904—n. sp.,
Miskin, 1890—n. sp., Blue Mountains,
Olliff, 1885.

Lycoperdon furfuraceum, McAlpine, 1900.

Lygosoma entrecasteauxi, placentation,
Harrison and Weekes, 1925.

Lyperosia exigua, bionomics, Hill, G. F.,
1916.

Macadamia, nu. sp., Maiden and Betche,
1896.

Mackerel sky, formation, Lucas, A. H. S.,
1894.

Maclay Coast, New Guinea, evidence of
rising, Maclay, 1884.

Macleays, Society’s heritage,
1920.

Macramycterus, Ferguson, 1914.

Macrodontism, Maclay, 1878.

“Macrodontism” of Melanesians, second
note, Maclay, 1885.

Macro-Lepidoptera, Queensland and other
Australian, localities and n. sp., Lucas,
WM, IP ISsg:

Macropodidae, review of fossil jaws, De
Vis, 1894, 1895.

Macropods, foetal membranes, Hill, J. P.,
1895.

Macropus, n. sp.. New Guinea, Maclay,
1884, 1885—tibol, Maclay, 1885.

Macrozanvia, gum, bacterial origin,
Smith, R. G., 1904—spiralis, apogeo-
tropic roots, McLuckie, 1922—spiralis,
chemical examination, Petrie, J. M.,
1920.

Maitland-Branxton District, stratigraphi-
cal geology of Permo-Carboniferous
system, Walkom, 1913.

Malaysia, and Asia, geographical notes,
Woods, 1888—vegetation, Woods, 1889.

Mallee, hen, Bennett, 1883—red, water
from roots, Steel, T., 1919.

Mallophagan generic names, Johnston and
Harrison, 1911.

Malurus, cyaneus, and M. superbus,
synonymy, North, 1901—plumage of
adult males in certain species, North,
1890—pulcherrimus, nidification, North.
1888.

Mammal, fossil, n. sp., Broom, 1895.

Mammalia, cerebral commissures, Smith,

G. E., 1894.

Fletcher,

INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS. 55

Mammalian, premaxillary, homology of
palatine process, Broom, 1895—pre-
nasal cartilage, Broom, 1895.

Mammals, ‘“‘Chevert” Expedition, Ramsay,
1877.

Man, geological history?, Etheridge, 1890.

Mangrove and saltmarsh vegetation near
Sydney, Collins, 1921.

Marginal drainage, a study, Hedley, 1911.

Marine, and land Mollusca, n. sp., Fiji,
Ceylon and Queensland, Brazier, 1898
—animals, preservation of tender, Len-
denfeld, 1884—Mollusea, Australian and
Polynesian, Brazier, 1883—shells,
Brazier, 1885—shells, n. sp., Brazier,
1878—shells, n. sp., “Chevert” Expedi-
tion, Brazier, 1875-1878—shells, Solo-
mon Islands and Australia, Brazier,
1897.

Marioni, Sloane, 1904.

Marsilea drummondii, Bancroft, 1893.

Marsipobranchii, Australian, Ogilby, 1896.

Marsupial, extinct, remains, De Vis, 1883
—fossil, Broom, 1895—fossil, allied to
Petaurus, Broom, 1895—new, allied to
Perameles, Ramsay, 1878.

Marsupialia, anatomy and development,
Flynn, 1910—Australian, EHEntozoa of,
Johnston, T. H., 1909, 1911—catalogue
of papers and works relating to,
Fletcher, 1884—morphology and de-
velopment of female urogenital organs,
Tetw0l, di, IB a. Is Oaexney

Marsupials, and a Monotreme, Trematode
parasites of, Johnston, S. J., 1912—
and Monotremes, recent work on, Has-
well, 1893—comparative anatomy,
organ of Jacobson, Broom, 1896
extinct genus, allied to Hypsiprym-
nodon, De Vis, 1888—extinct, tooth-
marked bones, De Vis, 1883—n. sp.,
Broom, 1896—ossification of vertebrae,
Broom, 1900.

Masoreini, Sloane, 1904.

May-fly, n. g. et n. sp., Tasmania, Tillyard,
1921.

Mecoptera, Tillyard, 1917-1919.

Medicinal plants, Queensland, Bailey,
1880.
Medusa, Tropical Pacific, Lendenfeld,
1885.

Megaloptera, Australian, n. g. et n. Sp.,
Tillyard, 1918.

Megalyra, n. sp., Froggatt, W. W., 1906.

'Megapodius, Brazieri, Brazier, 1881—
eges of certain species, Ramsay, 1877.

Melaleuca linariifolia, adventitious roots,
Musson and Carne, 1910.

Melania, Brazier, 1881.

Meliola amphitricha, McAlpine, 1895.

Melo diadema, Neanic shell, Kesteven,
1903.
Membracidae, Goding, 1903—Australia

and Tasmania, Goding, 1898.
Merista plebeia, occurrence in N.S.W.,
Mitchell, 1924.
Merula, n. sp., Ramsay, 1875-76, 1878—
vinitincta, nidification, North, 1889.
Mesenteripora, occurrence on _ Coast,
N.S.W., Haswell, 1881.

Mesogereon, Tillyard, 1921.

Metasomatic processes in cassiterite vein,
New England, Cotton, 1909.

Metoponia rubriceps, Smith, V. I., 1920—-
respiratory system in larva, pupa and
imago, Smith, V. I., 1923—structure of
mouth-parts and pharynx of larval,
Smith, V. I., 1921—further experiments
in rearing, Smith, V. I., 1921.

Microbic attacks, first line of defence
against, Smith, R. G., 1905.
Microcachrys tetragona, life

Lawson, 19238.
Micrococcus pyogenes, Smith, R. G., 1902.
Micro-fungus, Mt. Kosciusko, McAlpine,
1899.

Micro-Lepidoptera, Australian, Meyrick,
1878-1907; Turner, A. J., 1913, 1916.
Micro-organisms, in tissues of diseased

horses, Katz, 1887—on potatoes, im-
proved method of cultivating, Katz,
1887—upon numbers of bacteria in soil,

action, Smith, R. G., 1917.
Micropterygidae, morphology and system-

atic position, Tillyard, 1919.
Migadopini, Sloane, 1915.

Milk, acidity, Chapman, H. G., 1908—
condensed, coagulation, Smith, R. G.,
1909—relation between fat-content and
electrical conductivity, Wardlaw, 1918—
cows’, variability, Wardlaw, 1917.

Milleporidae, n. g., Woods, 1878.

Milton District, N.S.W., geology, Brown,
1925.

Miniopterus, organ of Jacobson, Broom,
1895.

Miscellanea Entomologica, Macleay, 1886-
1887.

history,

Molacanthus, Central Pacific Ocean,
McCulloch, 1912.

Molge pyrrogastra, breeding habits,
Waite, 1908.

Mollusc, Gasteropod, definition of

Nepionic stage in, Kesteven, 1903—
n. sp., Sydney Harbour, Hedley, 1893.
Mollusea, Brazier, 1893; Hedley, 1900-
1923—Australian and Tasmanian,
Brazier, 1894—British New (Guinea,
Hedley, 1898—Green Point, Watson’s
Bay, Sydney, list of and remarks upon
species and n. sp., Henn and Brazier,

56 INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS.

1894—Hope Islands, North Queens-
land, Hedley, 1909—land, Papua or
New Guinea, Brazier, 1884—land, Tas-
manian, Suter, 1893—land and fresh-
water, n. sp., Maclay Coast and Triton
Bay, New Guinea, Brazier, 1885—land
and freshwater, naturalised forms,
Musson,
New Zealand, addition and emenda-
tions to reference list, Suter, 1893—
land and freshwater, New Zealand,
reference list, Hedley and Suter, 1892
—land and marine, Australian and
Polynesian, Brazier, 1883—Malaysian
land and freshwater, Woods, 1888—
marine and land, n. sp., Fiji, Ceylon
and Queensland, Brazier, 1898—marine
Taenioglossate and Ptenoglossate, New
Zealand, revision, Hutton, 1884—
marine, Tasmania, revised census, Tate
and May, 1901—Mast Head Reef, Capri-
corn Group, Queensland, Hedley, 1906-
1907—Merimbula, N.S.W., Brazier, 1889
—n. g., and notes on other, Hedley,
1899—n. g. et n. sp., N.S.W., New Heb-
rides and W. Australia, Brazier, 1896
—n. sp., Cox, 1889—n. sp., chiefly from
New Caledonia, Hedley, 1898—n. sp.,
Victoria, Brazier, 1898—naked Aus-
tralian marine, Hedley, 1894—Norfolk
Island, Brazier, 1887—North-west Coast
Australia, Brazier, 1884—of Pareora
and Oamaru Systems of New Zealand,
Hutton, 1886—Pliocene, New Zealand,
Hutton, 1892—Polynesia and Australia,

Brazier, 1893—Polynesian, Brazier,
1883—Port Jackson and Coast of
N.S.W., and other localities, Brazier,

1880—Port Jackson and New Caledonia,
Brazier, 1877—Pulmonate, n. sp., Aus-
tralia and Solomon Islands, Cox, 1891
—Rhipidoglossate and Docoglossate,
New Zealand, revision, Hutton, 1884—
three new generic names, Hutton, 1904
—Toxoglossate, New Zealand, revision,
Hutton, 1885—Tropical, Port Jackson
Heads, Brazier, 1879.

Molochtus, Ferguson, 1916.

Monacanthus Cheverti, Macleay, 1877.

Monaro District, N.S.W., Hucalyptus,
n. sp., Cambage, 1909.

Monimiaceae, Woolls, 1881.

Monograptus, Hall, T. S., 1902.

Monotremata, catalogue of papers and
works relating to, Fletcher, 1884—
Entozoa of, Johnston, T. H., 1909, 1911.

Monotremes, and Marsupials, recent work
on, Haswell, 1893—homologies of
borders and surfaces of scapula, Wilson
and McKay, 1893—morphology of
muscles of shoulder-girdle, McKay,
1894—-skeleton of snout and os carun-

1890—land and freshwater,

culae of mammary foetus, Wilson, 1900
—skeleton of snout of mammary foetus,
Wilson, 1901.

Moore Park Borings, Cox, 1880.

Mount Flinders and Fassifern Districts,

Queensland, geology, Jensen, 1909.

Mount Kosciusko, Galaxias, Ogilby, 1896
—meteorology, Lendenfeld, 1885—
Rhopalocera, Olliff, 1889.

Mount Kosciusko Plateau, glacier action,
Curran, 1897—glacier action, evidences,
Helms, 1893.

Mount Seaview, Upper Hastings River,
notes on a trip to, Maiden, 1898.

Mount Wilson, ferns, Trebeck, 1886—
flora, Brough, McLuckie and Petrie,
1924; Hamilton, A. G., 1899—flora,
ecological study, Petrie, A. H. K., 1925.

Mordellistena, n. sp., parasitic on Ter-
mites, Hill, G. F., 1922.

Moreauia mirabilis, n. g. et n. Sp., para-
sitic on Ornithorhynchus, Johnston,
Si dog alWialis,

Mosses, Frondose, classified catalogue,
Australia and Tasmania, Watts and
Whitelegge, 1902, 1905—Lord Howe
Island, Brotherus and Watts, 1915—
n. sp., Australian, Tasmanian and New
Zealand, Brotherus, 1916—n. _ sp.,
N.S.W., Watts, 1899, 1901—N.S.W.,
Forsyth, 1899, 1902; Watts and White-
legge, 1900—N. Queensland, Brotherus

and Watts, 1918—Polynesian, new
localities and hitherto undefined
species, Mitten, 1882—Tamworth,

N.S.W., Mueller, 1894—Yarrangobilly
Caves District, N.S.W., Brotherus and
Watts, 1912.

Moths, Australian, Lord Howe Island,
Turner, A. J., 1922.

Mucilage, linseed, probable bacterial
origin of gum, Smith, R. G., 1905.

Mudgee District, birds, Cox and Hamil-
ton, 1889—indigenous plants, Hamil-
ton, A. G., 1887—Orchideae, Hamilton,
A. G., 1886.

Mueller Glacier,
1888.

Mugilidae, Australia, Macleay, 1879—
n. sp., Interior New Guinea, Macleay,
1883.

Murex, n. sp., Port Darwin, Brazier, 1877
—n. sp., S. Australia, Brazier, 1893.
Mus, Burtoni, neighbourhood of Derby,
N.W. Australia, Ramsay, 1887—n. sp.,
Island of Ugi, Solomon Group, Ramsay, ©
1882—tompsonii, Bennett, 1887—two

supposed n. sp., Ramsay, 1877.

Muscoid flies, external breathing appara-

tus of larvae, Froggatt, J. L., 1918.

New Zealand, Hutton,

INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS. 57

Mycetophilidae, Skuse, 1888—n. sp., with
luminous larvae, Ferguson, 1925—New
Zealand, Skuse, 1890.

Mydaidae, Australian, Hardy, 1925.

Myiolestes, Fiji, Ramsay, 1878.

Myoporum platycarpum, Bennett, 1882.

Myriapoda, Froggatt, W. W., 1915—
n. sp., Broelemann, 1915.
Myristicivora spilorrhoa, nidification,

North, 1890.

Myrmeleontidae, n. g. et n. sp., Tillyard,
1916—structure of cubitus in wings,
Tillyard, 1918—wing-venation, Tillyard,
1915.

Myrtaceae, Andrews, 1913—Australia,
Woolls, 1884—n. g., Baker, 1898—n. sp.,
Baker, 1913—pollination of Darwinia
fascicularis, Brewster, 1915.

Mytilus, large Mesozoic, from the Barcoo,
Woods, 1882—latus, two remarkable
sporocysts occurring in, on coast of
New Zealand, Haswell, 1902.

Myxomycete, N.S.W., n. sp., McAlpine,
1898.

Nandewar Mountains, geology, Jensen,
1907.

Nannochoristidae, n. g. et n. sp., Tillyard,
1917—n. g. et n. sp., New Zealand,
Tillyard, 1917.

Nannodythemis, n. sp., Tillyard, 1908.

Nannophlebia, n. sp., Tillyard, 1912.

Nardoo, Bancroft, 1893.

Nascio, Olliff, 1886.

Native flora of N.S.W., Cambage, 1904-
1918.
Natives, Herbert River, Queensland,

practice of ovariotomy, Macleay, 1881
—Queensland, habits and customs, Cox,
1880—West Kimberley, N.W. Australia,
Froggatt, W. W., 1888.

Natural history, Claremont Islands,
Mathew, 1885.
Nautilus pompilius, arrangement and

structure of Tentaculiferous lobes,
Haswell, 1895.

Neaera, n. sp., Woods, 1877.

Nebriosoma, Sloane, 1904.

Nematocera, Skuse, 1890.

- Nematode, genera, new, Cobb, 1891, 1893
—parasite, n. sp., of a lizard, Smith,
Werle. 1922:

Nematodes, Arabian, Cobb, 1890—marine,
free-living, Cobb, 1890, 1898—Sydney
and Port Jackson, Cobb, 1898.

Nemestrinidae, Australian, Hardy, 1924
—Australasian region, Mackerras, 1925.

Neoanthias Guentheri, Ogilby, 1885.

Neoaratus hercules, egg-laying, eggs and
young larvae, Smith, V. I., 1923.

Nepenthes, n. sp., Bailey, 1880.

Neptunus, Stead, 1898.

Neritina pulligera, Australian variety,
Woods, 1878.
Nettle tree, giant,
Petrie, J. M., 1906.
Neuroptera, Australian, Petersen, 1914-
1923; Tillyard, 1915-1919—1ife-histories,
Froggatt, W. W., 1902—n. sp., Froggatt,
W. W., 1904.
Newbridge, near
Benson, 1907. ;
Neweastle and Illawarra Districts, cor-
relation of certain beds, Mitchell, 1892.

New England, N.S.W., geology and
physiography, Benson, 1917—meta-
somatic processes in cassiterite vein,
Cotton, 1909—tin-deposits, Cotton, 1909
—vegetation, Turner, F., 1903.

stinging property,

Bathurst, geology,

N.S.W., North-eastern, botany, Turner,
Hye. 1906—North-western, botany,
Turner, In, 1905 — South-western,

botany, Turner, F., 1904.

Newt, red-bellied, breeding habits, Waite,
1908.

Nicotiana suaveolens, identification of its
alkaloid, Petrie, J. M., 1916.
Noctuidae, n. g., Turner, A. J.,

na sp, Lurner As J-, 1909: :
Noeggerathiopsis, Lower Coal Measures,
N.S.W., Walkom, 1921.
Nomenclature, botanical, principles of,
Maiden, 1903—popular, Woolls, 1881.

Norman River, Gulf of Carpentaria—
birds, n. sp., Castelnau and Ramsay,
1875-76—fishes, Castelnau, 1878.

North Coast Districts, grey gum, Deane
and Maiden, 1895.

North-west and Desert Basins, W. Aus-
tralia, geology and geography, Clapp,
1925.

Nomiini, Sloane, 1915.

Notesthes robusta, venom, Kesteven, 1914.

Notodontidae, Turner, A. J., 1922.

Notonomus, Sloane, 1902, 1913.

Notonophes, Ferguson, 1914.

Nototherium, n. sp., De Vis, 1887.

Notothizos, Baker, 1894—incanus var.
subaureus, parasitism, McLuckie, 1922.

Novacula, n. sp., Port Jackson, Ramsay,
1881.

Nundle District,
keratophyres,
Benson, 1913
Benson, 1918.

Nuytsia, polycotyledony, Fletcher, 1908.

Oceanic waters, inshore, Australasia,
salinity, in relation to fishes, Phillipps
and Grigg, 1925.

Octopodidae, Cox, 1881.

Ocydromus sylvestris, nidification, North,
1889.

Odacanthini, Sloane, 1917.

1902—

dolerites, spilites and
Benson, 1915—geology,
to Coast, Serpentine Belt,

58 INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS.

Odonata, Tillyard, 1918—Australia, Till-
yard, 1914—Australian, life-histories,
Tillyard, 1909, 1911—Australian, new
forms, Tillyard, 1913—Lord Howe and
Norfolk Islands, Tillyard, 1917—prob-
lems concerning development of wing-
venation, Tillyard, 1914—radial and
zygopterid sectors in wings, and forma-
tion of bridges, Tillyard, 1916—sup-
.posed numerical preponderance of
males in, Tillyard, 1905—Tasmania, in
relation to the Bassian Isthmus,
Tillyard, 1913.

Odontopleuridae, Etheridge and Mitchell,
1896.

Oecophoridae, Meyrick, 1882-1888.

Oedemeridae, Masters, 1886—n. g. et
n. sp., Olliff, 1887.

Ogyris, Australian, n. sp., revision,
Miskin, 1890.
Oil, ducts, occurrence in certain

Eucalypts and Angophoras, Welch, 1921
—glands, occurrence in barks of cer-
tain Eucalypts, Welch, 1922.

Oils, Hucalyptus, germicidal activity,
Smith, R. G., 1919—Hucalyptus, in
aqueous dilutions, action, Smith, R. G.,
1919.

Oligochaeta, Goddard, 1908—British New
Guinea, Fletcher, 1898.

Oligorus, Nn. Ssp.,

1880.
Onchidium, histological structure of
dorsal papillae of certain species,

Lendenfeld, 1885—n. sp., Brazier, 1885.
Oncopera, Eyer and Turner, 1925.
Oniscia ponderosa, Brazier, 1879.
Oniscidae, n. g., Lake Corangamite, Vic-
toria, Chilton, 1919.

“Onvar”, Malekula,
Harper, 1901.

Onyx, Cobb, 1891.

Oocystis, Playfair, 1916.

Oodini, Sloane, 1910, 1915.

Oological notes, North, 1892, 1894, 1895.

Oology, Australian, Ramsay, 1882—
Austro-Malayan and Pacific Regions,
North, 1887.

New Hebrides,

Ophidia, British New Guinea, Ogilby,
1898.

Ophidians, “Chevert”’ Expedition,
Macleay, 1877—King’s Sound, N.W.

Australia, Macleay, 1888.
Ophiuran, n. sp., Farquhar, 1899.
Opsonic technique, Smith, R. G., 1908.
Opsonins, can they be obtained directly
from bacteria and yeasts?, Smith, R. G.,
1909—probable identity of, with the
normal agglutinins, Smith, R. G., 1905.
Opsonisation from a bacterial point of
view, Smith, R. G., 1908.

Queensland, Ramsay,:

Orchideae, Mudgee District,
A. G., 1886.

Ore-deposits, Borah Creek, New England,
N.S.W., Cotton, 1910.

Organ of Jacobson, bat (Miniopterus),

Hamilton,

Broom, 1895—comparative anatomy,
Marsupials, Broom, 1896 — horse,
Broom, 1896.

Origin, continental, Fiji, Woolnough, 1903.
Oriolus affinis, Ramsay, 1881.
Ornithology, “Chevert”
Ramsay, 1878.
Ornithorhynchus, anatinus, Wilson, 1894
—anatomy of “dumb-bell-shaped’’ bone,
Wilson, 1894—anatomy of integument-
ary structures in muzzle, Wilson and
Martin, 1894—anatomy of muzzle,
Wilson and Martin, 1892—burrowing
habits, Burrell, 1925—femoral gland
and its secretion, Martin and Tidswell,
1894—hitherto undescribed character

Expedition,

of nasal septum, Wilson, 1894—
Moreauia mirabilis, n. g. et n. Sp.,
parasitic in, Johnston, S. J., 1915—
paradoxrus, temperature of body,

Maclay, 1884—peculiar rod-like tactile
organs in integument and mucous
membrane of muzzle, Wilson and
Martin, 1892.

Orthonyxz spaldingi,
1889.

Oryssidae, n. sp., Turner, G., 1900.

Osmylidae, n. g. et n. sp., Tillyard, 1916.

Ostracoda, Henry, 1923.

Otozamites, occurrence in Australia, with
descriptions of specimens from W.
Australia, Walkom, 1921.

Ovulum depressum, new variety found at
Lifou, Rossiter, 1882.

Owenia, De Vis, 1891.

Oxylaemus, n. sp., Grouvelle, 1907.

Oxyrhyncha, Brachyura, Haswell, 1879.

Oxyuris larvae, hatched in human
stomach, Cobb, 1890.

Oysters, edible, Australian and neighbour-
ing Coasts, Cox, 1882.

Pachycephala, Gilbertii, nidification of,
Bennett, 1887—n. sp., Fiji, Ramsay,
1875-76—n.; sp., Gulf of Carpentaria,
Ramsay, 1877—olivacea, range, Ram-
say, 1881—supposed n. sp., New Britain,
Ramsay, 1875-76.

Palaechinus, Upper
N.S.W., Mitchell, 1897.

Palaeichthyes, synonymy and distribu-
tion, Ogilby, 1888-1889.

Palaeocrinoidea, place of genus
brachiocrinus among, Ratte, 1886.

nidification, North,

Silurian rocks,

Tri-

Palaeogeography, Permo-Carboniferous,
N.S.W., Walkom, 1913.
Palaeontinidae, Jurassic, relation of

Mesogereon with, Tillyard, 1921.

INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS. 59

Palaeontology, Queensland,
Etheridge, 1894.

Palaeosetidae, comparison of male geni-
talia, Eyer, 1925.

Palinurus Edwardsii,
and Rich, 1892.

Palmeria, Woolls, 1881.

Palorchestes Azael, lower jaw, De Vis,
1883.

Palu, method of suspending, Etheridge,
1899.

Pamborini, Sloane, 1904, 1915.

Panageini, Sloane, 1903.

Pancreas, physiology,
1905.

Panorpoid complex, Tillyard, 1918-1920.

Parasitism, McLuckie, 1924.

Paratrichoptera, Tillyard, 1919.

Pardalote, n. sp., nest and eggs, Victoria,
IBINOL, Je, ISOs).

Pardalotus assimilis, Victoria, Hall, R.,
1899.

Parmacochlea fischeri, Hedley, 1892.

Paropsis, Blackburn, 1896-1901.

Parrakeet, red-crowned, Norfolk Island,
North, 1893.

Parramatta, Eucalypts, n. sp., Hall, H. C.,
1912.
Patella,
Cheeseman,

Brazier, 1894.
Pauropoda, N.S.W., Harrison, 1914.
Pavement, glacially-striated, Kuttung

Series, Maitland District, Osborne and

Browne, 1921.

Pear (Pome),
McAlpine, 1911.

Pelodryas, n. sp., New Ireland, Ramsay,
US,

Pelopoeus laetus, habits, Whittell, 1888.

Penguin, apparently new species, Camp-
bell Island, Hutton, 1878.

Penoeus, Haswell, 1879.

Perak, geology and physical geography,
Woods, 1884.

Perameles, cerebral localization, Chap-
man, H. G., 1906—cockerellii, Ramsay,
1875-76—female urogenital organs, Hill,
J. P., 1899—n. sp., Ramsay, 1887—
n. sp., New Ireland, Ramsay, 1875-76
—obesula, occurrence of placental con-
nection, Hill, J. P., 1895.

Peramelidae, n. subgen., Maclay, 1884.

Perch, Port Jackson, Ramsay, 1880.

Perga, n. sp., Froggatt, W. W., 1890

Peridineae, N.S.W., Playfair, 1919.

Perigonini, Sloane, 1904.

Peripatus, Steel T., 1896, 1897—found at
Cassilis, N.S.W., Olliff, 1887—leuckarti,
Fletcher, 1890, 1892, 1895—lewckartii,
Victorian, oviparity, Dendy, 1892—
oviparus, Dendy, 1895.

Palaeozoic,

myology, Parker

Chapman, H. G.,,

kermadecensis, Brazier, 1894;
1895—Kermadec. Islands,

fibro-vascular system,

Permo-Carboniferous
systems,
1923.

Perrieria, Hedley, 1892.

Persoonia, polycotyledony, Fletcher, 1908.

Petalura, gigantea, life-history, Tillyard,
1909, 1911—n. sp., Tillyard, 1907.

Petrogale assimilis, Ramsay, 1875-76.

Phacopidae, Etheridge and Mitchell, 1895.

Phalanger, common, Broom, 1898—flying,
myology, Haswell, 1886.

and overlying
Central Queensland, Jensen,

Phanerogams, aquatic, parthenogenesis,
Lucas, A. H. S., 1916.

Phascolomyidae, Post-Tertiary, De Vis,
1891.

Phascolonus, upper incisor, De Vis, 1893.

Phasma, n. sp., Froggatt, W. W., 1922.

Phasmatidae, destructive to Eucalypti,
Macleay, 1881.

Pherosphaera, life-history, Lawson, 1923.

Philemon, n. sp., N.W. Australia, Ramsay,
1887.

Philougria, marine species, Chilton, 1884.

Phlebopteris alethopteroides, fructifica-
tion, Lower Mesozoic beds, Queensland,
Etheridge, 1889.

Phomea citricarpa, Smith, G. P. D., 1918.

Phoriospongiae, Lendenfeld, 1885.

Phoronis, Haswell, 1882—second species
in Port Jackson, Haswell, 1892.

Phreodrilid, Tasmanian, Goddard, 1908.

Phreodrilidae, n. g. et n. sp., Goddard,
1908.

Phyllodes Meyricki, Olliff, 1889.

Phyllopetalia, n. sp., and description of
nymph and imago, Tillyard, 1909.

Phyllopoda, Henry, 1924.

Phyllosoma stage of Ibacus
Haswell, 1879.

Physaloptera, Australian lizards, Smith,
V.1., 1922—lizards, Smith, V. I., 1922
—Nematodes, parasitic in reptiles,
Smith, V. I., 1921-1922.

Physical, geography and geology of State
of Perak, Woods, 1884—structure and
geology of Australia, Woods, 1882.

Physics, oceanic, Steel, T., 1906—terres-
trial, some questions on, Steel, T., 1907.

Physiography of N.S.W., correlation of
contour, climate and coal, Taylor, T. G.,
1906.

Physocrotaphini, Sloane, 1904.

Peronit,

Phytoplankton, Australian freshwater,
Playfair, 1916.
Pielus, hyalinatus and P. imperialis,

Olliff, 1889—imperialis, Lucas, T. P.,
1889—n. sp., Blue Mountains, Olliff and
Prince, 1887.
Piezorhynchus, Nn. sp.,
Islands, Ramsay, 1888.
Pigeon, domestic in Australia, Nematode
parasites, Smith, V. I., 1920—fruit, sup-

New Hebrides

60 INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS.

posed n. sp., Malacola, one of New
Hebrides Islands, Ramsay, 1875-76—
Torres Straits, nidification, North, 1890.

Pigeons, anatomy, Haswell, 1882—
anatomy of two rare genera, Haswell,
1882.

Pilumnopeus serratifrons, Sacculina para-
sitic upon, Stead, 1899.

Pisces, British New Guinea, Ogilby, 1898.

Pitcher plant, W. Australian, Hamilton,
A. G., 1904.

Pittosporum undulatum, Hamilton, A. G.,
1894—variable dioecism in, Steel, T.,
1911.

Placostylus, range, Hedley, 1892.

Plagiostomata of Pacific, Maclay and
Macleay, 1878-1885.

Planipennia, Tillyard, 1917, 1919—Lord
Howe and Norfolk Islands, Tillyard,
1917—n. sp., Tillyard, 1923.

Plankton of Sydney Water Supply, Play-
fair, 1912.

Plant, coal, Queensland, Woods, 1882—
in fruit, doubtfully referred to Cymo-
docea, Maiden and Betche, 1909—
metabolism, nitrogen and its com-
pounds in, Petrie, J. M., 1908-1911—
pigments, Petrie, J. M., 1923-1924—
poisonous, Australian, methyl laevo-
inositol in, Petrie, J. M., 1918.

Plants, apparently undescribed struc-
tures in leaves, Hamilton, A. G., 1895
—Australian, flowering seasons, Havi-
land, E., 1886-1888—Australian, n. sp.,
Maiden and Betche, 1897—Australian,
n. sp., with additional phyto-geographic
notes, Mueller, 1890—climbing, stems,
Shirley and Lambert, 1918—collected
Don Dorrigo Forest Reserve, Maiden,
1894—collected in vicinity of Mount
Dromedary, Mueller, 1880—collected
King George’s Sound, Woolls, 1889, 1892
—collected Prince MRegent’s River,

Mueller, 1891—collection from Aird
River, Mueller, 1887—domatia in,
Hamilton, A. G., 1896—fertilisation,

Hamilton, A. G., 1898—forage, indigen-
ous in N.S.W., Woolls, 1882—fossil,
n. sp., Wianamatta shales, Ratte, 1886
—fossil, Narrabeen Stage of Hawkes-

bury Series, Walkom, 1925—fossil,
Queensland, various deposits, Woods,
1882—hydro-cyanic acid in, Petrie,
J. M., 1912-1920—indigenous, Austra-

lian, providing human foods and food-
adjuncts, Maiden, 1888—indigenous,
Cobar District, N.S.W., Haviland, F. E.,
1911, 1913—indigenous in immediate
neighbourhood of Sydney, inflorescence
and habits, Haviland, E., 1882-1885—
indigenous, Mudgee District, Hamilton,
A. G., 1887—introduced, Queensland,

Bailey, 1879—in use by natives, Maclay
Coast, New Guinea, Maclay, 1885—
Jurassic, Bexhill, near Lismore, N.S.W.,
Walkom, 1919—Lord Howe Island,
Maiden, 1902 — medicinal, -reputed
N.S.W., Maiden, 1888—Myrtaceous, n.
sp., Baker, 1912—Myrtaceous, secretory
canals in certain, Welch, 1923—n. sp.,
Cheel, 1923—n. sp., N.S.W., Maiden and
Baker, 1895; Maiden and Betche, 1898;

Mueller, 1881, 1886—n. sp., W. Aus-
tralia, Fitzgerald, W. V., 1902-1903;
Mueller, 1888—N.S.W., Baker, 1891-

1897; Cheel, 1902; Woolls, 1881-1882—
N.S.W., far southern localities, Mueller,
1883—N.S.W., geographical distribu-
tion, Maiden, 1889—N.W. Australia,
Fletcher, 1888—new to South Queens-
land, Scortechini, 1882, 1883—poison-
ous, nh. sp., pharmacology of, Bancroft,
1889—Port Jackson, Maiden and Cam-
field, 1898—potassium nitrate in, Petrie,
J. M., 1911—two, new to the Colony,
Maiden and Betche, 1896—which have
become naturalized in N.S.W., Woolls,
1884.

Platalea flavipes,
Bennett, 1882.
Platyceps Wilkinsonii,
1886, 1887.
Platycercus, 0.
Ramsay, 1877.

Platynini, Sloane, 1903, 1915.

Platypus, Distomum, n. sp., from, John-
ston, S. J., 1901—embryo from intra-
uterine egg, Hill and Martin, 1894,
1895—note on range, Waite, 1896.

Platysmatini, Sloane, 1903, 1904.

Plecotrema, Port Jackson, Cox, 1898.

Plesiosaurus, Mesozoic rocks, Queens-
land, Etheridge, 1888.

Pleuronectidae, n. g. et n. sp., Port Jack-
son, Macleay, 1882.

Pleuro-pneumonia, bovine,
inoculation for, Katz, 1887.

Pleurotomidae, n. sp., “Chevert” Expedi-
tion, Brazier, 1875-76.

Plover, n. sp., North Australia, Ramsay,
1875-76.

Plutellidae, Meyrick, 1907.

Pneumonic influenza, venous oxygen con-
tent and alkaline reserve of blood in,
Wardlaw, 1919.

Podocarpus, elata, morphology and
physiology of root-nodules, McLuckie,
1923 — spinulosa, morphology and
physiology of root-nodules, McLuckie,
1923:

Poephila gouldiae, Ramsay, 1875-76—and
P. mirabilis, Ramsay, 1877—armitiana
and mirabilis, North, 1889.

Pogonini, Sloane, 1903.

breeding place of,
Stephens, W. J.,

sp., interior N.S.W.,

protective

INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS. 61

Poisonous fly, reputed, New Caledonia,
Macleay, 1882.

Polycercus, a proliferating cystic para-
site of earthworms, Haswell and Hill,
1893.

Polychaeta, Haswell, 1885.

Polymorphism, McAlpine, 1896.

Polynoe, minute structure, Haswell, 1885.

Polypes, hydroid, muscular tissues, Len-
denfeld, 1884.

Polyplacophora, fossil, n. sp., North-
western Tasmania, Hull, 1914—Lord
Howe and Norfolk Islands, Hedley and
shoul, ae lAe

Polypodium spinulosum, Merrill, 1919.

Polyzoa, Australian, Whitelegge, 1887—
Cyclostomatous, Port Jackson and
neighbourhood, Haswell, 1879—fresh-
water, Goddard, 1909—n. g., Woods,
1878—Queensland Coast, Haswell, 1880.

Porcellana, Moreton Bay, Queensland,
Brazier, 1880.

Porifera, Hallmann, 1916, 1917.

Porphyries, Snowy River, Victoria, bed
similar in age and character to,
Shearsby, 1905.

Port Jackson, and neighbourhood, Cyclo-
stomatous Polyzoa, Haswell, 1879—
ichthyology, Castelnau, 1878—Mollusca,
Coxe sos.

Port Jackson District, ecological study,
saltmarsh vegetation, Hamilton, A. A.,
1919—Lepidosperma, n. sp., Hamilton,
Arp Aeee lO ili()s

Precipitins, Chapman, H. G., 1910.

Preparation of specimens, simple method
of substituting alcohol for a watery
solution, Haswell, 1891.

Pristiophorus cirratus, Distomum, Nn. sp.,
from, Johnston, S. J., 1902—young,
Haswell, 1884.

Proceedings, Society’s, dates of publica-
tion of early volumes, Fletcher, 1895.

Proctotrypidae, n. sp., Dodd, 1920.

Proetus, Etheridge and Mitchell, 1893.

Promecoderus and allied. genera, Sloane,
1890.

Prosobranchiata, Kesteven, 1902-1905.

Prosopon Etheridgei, from the Cretaceous
of Queensland, Woodward, 1892.

Prostanthera, n. sp., Baker, 1896.

Proteaceae, Australia, Woolls, 1885.

Protococcoideae, Playfair, 1916.

Protoconch, Gasteropod, constitution,
Kesteven, 1912—Gasteropod, ontogen-
etic stages represented by, Kesteven,
1905.

Protodonata, Tillyard, 1918.

Protomecoptera, Tillyard, 1917.

Protoplasm, recent views on the structure
of, Haswell, 1893.

Protozoa, parasitic, Johnston, T. H., 1909.

Protozoan, n. sp., infesting sheep, Lenden-
feld, 1885.

Prune Rust, McAlpine, 1895.

Psalidura, Ferguson, 1909.

Psammoseris, 1. sp., Woods, 1878.

Pselaphidae, Australian, Raffray, 1900—
Australian and Tasmanian, Lea, 1910.

Pseudechis porphyriacus, poisonous con-
stituents of venom, Martin, 1892.

Pseudobonellia, Great Barrier Reef, John-
ston and Tiegs, 1919.

Pseudomorph, glendonite, recently dis-
covered occurrences, Walkom, 1913.
Pseudophycis breviusculus, Port Jackson,

Ramsay, 1881.

Pseudozaenini, Sloane, 1904.

Psilotum, Waswell, 1887—gametophyte,
preliminary notes, Whitelegge, 1916.
Psychopsidae, n. g. et n. sp., Tillyard, 1918

—n. sp., Tillyard, 1925.

Psychopsis, elegans, life-history, Tillyard,
1918—n. sp., Froggatt, W. W., 1903.

Psyllidae, Froggatt, W. W., 1900-1903.

Pterocera lambis, rare variations in shell,
Willey, 1896.

Pterohelaeus, Carter, 1911.

Pterostichini, Sloane, 1915.

Pterostylis, Rupp, 1925.

Pterygophorus cinctus, Froggatt, W. W.,
1890.

Ptilinopus Corriei, Ramsay, 1875-76.

Ptilotis, n. sp., Endeavour River, Ramsay,
1875-76—n. sp., Torres Straits, Ramsay,
1878.

Ptinidae, n. g. et n. sp., Olliff, 1885.

Ptychodera australiensis, Coast N.S.W.,
SGU, dla 125 ISOs,

Puccinia on Groundsel, with trimorphic
teleutospores, McAlpine, 1895.

Puff-ball, fairy-ring, McAlpine, 1900.

Puffinus carneipes, Ramsay, 1878.

Pultenaea, n. sp., Baker, 1897. .

Pupina, n. sp., “Chevert” Expedition,
Brazier, 1875-76—n. sp., Queensland,
Beddome, 1896.

Purpura, anomala, rectification of nomen-
clature, Tate, 1880—tritoniformis,
systematic position, Kesteven, 1901.

Pycnogonida, n. sp., Australian Coast,
Haswell, 1884.

Pycnoptilus floccosus, nesting in N.S.W.,
Ramsay, 1886—range, Ramsay, 1881.
Pyralidina, Australian, n. g. et n. sp.,

Meyrick, 1889.

Pyrrotachys, Sloane, 1896.

Pythia, nomenclature and distribution,
Coxaplseik

Queensland Coast, geology, Andrews,
1902.

Quince fruit, fibro-vascular system, com-
pared with apple and pear, McAlpine,
1912.

62 INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS.

Radiolaria, casts, Pre-Cambrian rocks, S.
Australia, David and Howchin, 1896—
Palaeozoic rocks, N.S.W., David, 1896
—Rolling Downs Formation, Queens-
land, Dun, Rands and David, 1901.

Rana temporaria, motor nerve-endings of
limb muscles, Murray, 1924.

Raphyrus Hixvonii, Lendenfeld, 1885.

Rat, infesting western portion N.S.W.,
Bennett, 1887—supposed n. sp., interior
N.S.W., Ramsay, 1881.

Regalaecus, n. sp., Port Jackson, Ramsay,
1880.

Regent bird, egg, Ramsay, 1886.

Rennin, action, Moseley and Chapman,
1906.

Reptiles, Haemogregarines from, John-
ston, T. H., 1909—Herbert River,
Queensland, Macleay, 1883—New

Guinea, De Vis, 1890—Norfolk Island,
Ogilby, 1887.

Reptilia, Australian, Haematozoa of,
Johnston, T. H., 1910, 1911—Herbert
River District, Queensland, Macleay,
1885.

Researches, anthropological and anatomi-
cal, Melanesia and Australia, résumé
of results, Maclay, 1881.

Resin-secreting glands, structure, Collins,
1920.
Rhabdosigma, Hallmann, 1917.

Rhinobatus Bougainvillei, Ogilby, 1885.

Rhipidura, n. sp., Lord Howe’s Island,
Ramsay, 1878—n. sp., Torres Straits
(?), Ramsay, 1877—preissi, nidification,
North, 1888.

Rhizobia, in soil, determination, Smith,
ik, Gp, Galily

Rhizobium leguminosarum, fixation of
nitrogen by, Smith, R. G., 1906—forma-
tion of slime or gum by, Smith, R. G.,
1906—nature of bacteroids of legumin-
ous nodule and culture, Smith, R. G.,
1901—structure, Smith, R. G., 1906.

Rhizophyllum, n. sp., Yass, N.S.W.,
Shearsby, 1904.

Rhizopoda, Australian freshwater, Len-
denfeld, 1885—freshwater, N.S.W.,
Whitelegge, 1886—seasonal distribu-
tion, Arcella, Queensland, Gillies, 1918.

Rhizopods, Sydney and Lismore, Play-
fair, 1917.

Rhopalocera, Australian, Waterhouse,
1902-1912; Waterhouse and ‘Turner,
1904—Australian, n. sp., Meyrick, 1887;
Waterhouse, 1900—Lord Howe Island,
Waterhouse, 1897—Mount Bellenden-
Ker, Queensland, Olliff, 1888—Mount
Kosciusko, N.S.W., Olliff, 1889—n. sp.,
Miskin, 1888, 1890.

Rhypidura, n. sp., Ramsay, 1875-76.

Rhysodidae, n. sp., Olliff, 1885.

Richmond, River, N.S.W., biology, Play-

fair, 1914—vale, Glossopteris in Greta
Coal Measures, David, 1890.

Risella, Woods, 1875-76.

Rissoa, Kesteven, 1906.

River capture, striking example, in
Coastal District, N.S.W., Woolnough
and Taylor, 1906.

Rock, in Magdala Shaft, Victoria, tem-
perature, Maclay, 1881—oyster, destruc-
tive parasite, Haswell, 1885—shelters,
aboriginal, Port Hacking, Harper, 1899.

Rocks, N.S.W., petrological notes,
Benson, 1914—Samoa, notes on some
recent work, Jensen, 1909—Tertiary
Foraminiferal, New Hebrides, Chap-
man, F., 1905.

Rossiteria, Brazier, 1894.

Roy Bell’s Molluscan Collections, results,
Iredale, 1924.

Rutaceae of Australian Alps,
1886.

Rylstone District, botany, Baker, 1896—
Hucalypts, Baker, 1903.

Sacculina, infesting Australian crabs,
Haswell, 1888—parasitic, on Pilwm-
nopeus serratifrons, Stead, 1899.

Sago and tobacco, indigenous,
Guinea, Maiden, 1887.

Salinator, Smith, EH. A., 1901.

Salisburia palmata, Ratte, 1887.

Salisburiae, fossil, Australia, additional
evidence, Ratte, 1887.

Saltmarsh vegetation, near Sydney,
Collins, 1921—Port Jackson District,
ecological study, Hamilton, A. A., 1919.

Samoa, geology, Jensen, 1906.

Sanderling, Borneo, Seebohm, 1893.

Sand-movement, N.S.W. Coast, Halligan,
1906.

Sandstone, black, ulmite,
of, Steel, T., 1921.

Sapindaceae, Australia, Woolls, 1888.

Saprolegnia, variations of sporocyst,
Collins, 1920.

Saragus, Carter, 1911.

Sarcophaga, revision,
Hardy, 1923.

Sarcophilus satanicus,
1910.

Sarticus, Sloane, 1889.

Saturniadae, Turner, A. J., 1922.

Satyridae, n. sp., Olliff, 1887.

Savaii, eruptions, Jensen, 1906.

Saw-flies, Froggatt, W. W., 1890, 1918;
Turner, G., 1900.

Saw-fly, n. g¢. et n. sp., Froggatt, W. W.,
1899.

Scaevola crassifolia,
Collins, 1918. E

Seale-insect, n. sp., affecting sugar cane
in New Guinea, Rutherford, 1916.

Stirling,

New

a constituent

Johnston and

genitalia, Flynn,

leaf anatomy,

INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS. 63

Scarabaeidae, Lea, 1924; Masters, 1886.
Searitidae, n. sp., Queensland, Macleay,
1887—New Holland, Macleay, 1887.
Searitini, Sloane, 1907, 1917—n. sp.,

Sloane, 1916.

Scenopidae, North, 1886.

Sceparnodon, incisors, De Vis, 1891.

Schist, Glaucophane, Conandale Range,
Queensland, Jensen, 1907.

Schizoglossa, Hedley, 1892.

Schizomycetes, Playfair, 1915.

Sciaena, n. sp., N.S.W. Coast, Ramsay
and Ogilby, 1886.

Sciaridae, Skuse, 1888.

Science and government,
Lucas, A. H. S., 1908.

Scincid lizard, Lygosoma entrecasteauxi,
placentation, Harrison and Weekes,
1925.

Sclerorinus, Ferguson, 1915.

Scoliidae, revision of Australian species
of Anthobosca, and n. sp., Turner, R. E.,
1907.

Scolytidae, Masters, 1886.

Scomber antarcticus, Macleay, 1879.

Scylliorhinus canicula, unusual type of
secreting epithelium in Wolffian duct,
Murray, 1925.

Scyphomedusae, Australian, geographical

relations of,

distribution, Lendenfeld, 1884—local
colour varieties; Lendenfeld, 1884—
Southern Hemisphere, Lendenfeld,
1884.

Sea, urchin, Australian, remarkable
shortened development, Mortensen,

1915—water, eastern coast of Australia,
temperature, Maclay, 1884.

Seaham, Main Glacial Beds at, Osborne,
1925.

Secotium, Australian and New Zealand,
Cunningham, 1924.

Section-cutting, method, Lendenfeld,
1885.
Seeds, Acacia, distribution of nitrogen,

Petrie, J. M., 1911—non-protein nitro-
gen in, Petrie, J. M., 1908—ripening,
nitrogen, Petrie, J. M., 1911.

Seirotrana, Carter, 1908.

Selaginella uliginosa, anatomical features
of mature sporophyte, Steel, J. K., 1923.

Sericesthis, n. sp., Blackburn, 1890.

Sericulus melinus, egg, Ramsay, 1886.

Serpentine Belt, N.S.W., Benson, 1913-
1920.

Serpulea, marine Annelides of the order,
Haswell, 1884.

Shale, kerosene, fracture, Ratte, 1887.

“Shark-hooks”’, method of suspending,
Etheridge, 1899.

Shark, n. sp., Port Jackson, Ramsay and
Ogilby, 1887—Saw-fish, young, Haswell,
1884—Tiger, brain, Haswell, 1882.

Sharks, and rays, distribution, Ogilby,
1885—rare, Port Jackson, Macleay,
1879—taken in Port Jackson, Ramsay,
1880.

Sheep, merino, improvements effected by
Australian climate, soil and culture on,
Trebeck, 1884.

Sheep’s teeth, dental incrustations and
so-called “gold-plating’’, Steel, T., 1920.

Shell, marine Australian, n. sp., Hedley,
1894—marine, n. sp., Hedley and
Musson, 1891—n. sp., Beddome, 1897.

Shells, Brazier, 1880—Australian, Woods,
1877—Fluviatile, N.S.W., Brazier, 1882
—freshwater, Australia, check-list, Tate
and Brazier, 1881—freshwater, New
Guinea, Woods, 1879—freshwater, New
Zealand, Hutton, 1882; Woods, 1878—
land and _ “freshwater, Queensland,
Hedley and Musson, 1891—Jland, n. sp.,
Woods, 1878—Maclay Coast, New
Guinea, Brazier, 1884—marine, Brazier,
1885—marine, n. sp., Woods, 1877,
1879—marine, n. sp., Moreton Bay,
Woods, 1879—Menke’s Australian, Tate,
1881—n. sp., Australia and New Guinea,
Brazier, 1877—n. sp., Australian and
Solomon Islands, Brazier, 1875-76—
Port Jackson, New Caledonian and
other, Brazier, 1879—Solomon Islands
and Australia, Brazier, 1880.

Shields, Northern Queensland, Htheridge,
1894.

Shipworms, Australasian, Hedley, 1898—
Australian, Hedley, 1894.

Siderite, remarkable crystals, Ratte, 1885.

Simulidae, Skuse, 1888.

Siphluridae, n. g. et n. sp., Tasmania,
Tillyard, 1921.

Sisyridae, characters and relationships

and new and little-known genera and
species, Tillyard, 1916.

Skink, Australian, n. sp., Ramsay and
Ogilby, 1889—lizard, Tasmania, Frost
and Lucas, 1893.

Skinks, n. sp., Ogilby, 1889.

Skull, marsupial, Broom, 1909.

Slime, bacterium, from peach, almond
and cedar, Smith, R. G., 1903—bac-
terium, pleomorphic, Smith, R. G.,
1905—of household bath-sponge, Smith,
IR, (Gh, Salo.

Slimes, bacterial, in soil, Smith, R. G., -
1911.

Smut, n. sp., in new genus of
McAlpine, 1911.

Snails, carnivorous, n. g., Hedley, 1892.

Snake, Australian black, poisonous con-
stituents of venom, Martin, 1892—
Australian, n. sp., Ogilby, 1894—n. sp.,
Barrier Ranges, Macleay, 1885—n. sp.,
Herbert River, Ogilby, 1890.

grass,

64 INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS.

Snakes, Australian, census and n. sp.,
Macleay, 1884—A ustralian, venom,
Katz, 1888—n. sp., Macleay, 1881—Port
Darwin, Macleay, 1877.

Society’s, earliest history, some new light
on, Dixson, 1904—heritage from the
Macleays, Fletcher, 1920.

Soil, and botanical survey of N.S.W., need
for, Cambage, 1925—fertility, Smith,
R. G., 1910-1918—organisms, destruction
of paraffin by, Smith, R. G., 1914—
Protozoa, action of Toluene upon,
Smith, R. G., 1914—Protozoa, inactiv-
ity, Smith, R. G., 1912.

Soils, toxicity, Smith, R. G., 1915.

Solanaceae, chemical investigation of
some poisonous plants in, Petrie, J. M.,
1916-1917.

Solandra longiflora, nor-hyoscyamine in,
Petrie, J. M., 1916.

Solandrine, Petrie, J. M., 1907.

Solanum nigrum, Cheel, 1917.

Solea, n. sp., Port Stephens, Ramsay, 1882.

Solomon Islands, bees, Cockerell, 1911.

Sound Basins, New Zealand, Andrews,

1906.
Spear-becket, New Caledonia, New Heb-
rides and other’ Pacific Islands,
Htheridge, 1899—tanna, Etheridge,
1899.

Species-making, Miskin, 1890.
Sphagna, Australia and Tasmania, Watts,
1912.

Sphecotheres mawillaris. nidification and
description of eggs, Fitzgerald, R. D.,
Junr., 1887.

Sphodrini, Sloane, 1910.

Spinifex resin, Maiden, 1889.

Sponge, Clarence River, destructive to
oyster culture, Lendenfeld, 1885—crabs,
development, Hale, 1925—n. sp., Port
Jackson, Lendenfeld, 1885—remains,
Lower Silurian, N.S.W., Dun, 1897—
Siliceous, alga forming a pseudomorph

of a, Lendenfeld, 1885—with remark-
able colouring power, lLendenfeld,
1885.

Sponges, Lendenfeld, 1885—Australian,

Lendenfeld, 1884-1885—Calcareous, his-
tology and nervous system, Lendenfeld,
1884—digestion, Lendenfeld, 1884—
flesh-spicules in, Lendenfeld, 1884—
freshwater, Haswell, 1882—horny, sen-
sitive and ganglia cells, Lendenfeld,
1885—Monaxonid, Hallmann, 1914—
Monaxonid, n. g., Hallmann, 1919—
two cases of mimicry, Lendenfeld, 1885.

Spores, double staining, Smith, R. G.,
1900.

Sporocysts, two remarkable, occurring in
Mytilus latus, on Coast of New Zealand,
Haswell, 19@2.

“Springing” of tins of preserved fruit,
L’Hstrange and Greig-Smith, 1918.
Springsure District, botany, O’Shanesy,
1881.

Squalus acanthias,
fin, Murray, 1924.

Squill, Moreton Bay, De Vis, 1882.

Staphylinidae, Australia, Olliff, 1886-1887.

Stenorhynchus, n. sp., Haswell, 1878.

Sterculia, laurida and ~°S. _ discolor,
Maiden and Betche, 1898—pararabin
gum, Smith, R. G., 1903.

Sternoxes, King’s Sound and vicinity,
Macleay, 1888.

Sternula sinensis, breeding in Australia,
North, 1889.

Stigmodera, n. sp., Carter, 1912—n. sp.,
Tropical Australia, Carter, 1917.

Stilbite, eruptive rocks, Jamberoo, N.S.W.,
Engelhardt, 1891.

Stomopneustes, n. sp., Woods, 1882.

Stone implements, Australia and South
Sea Islands, Cox, 1875-76.

Stools, rachitic, bacterial flora,
R. G., 1910.

Straits’ Settlements, eruption in, Lenden-
feld, 1884.

Stratiomyiidae, Hardy, 1924; Smith,
V. I., 1920-1923—Australia, White, A.,
1916—n. sp., Hill, G. F., 1919.

Streptococcus from wheat-ensilage, Katz,
1886.

Strongyliinae, n. g. et n. sp., Carter, 1915.

Stropheodonta, Mitchell, 1923.

Strophomenidae,, Bowning, N.S.W., Mit-
chell, 1923.

Strychnicine, Petrie, J. M., 1918.

Strychnine, behaviour of Hyla aurea to,
Chapman, H. G., 1908.

Styphelia longifolia, Brough,
embryo sac, Brough, 1923.

Submarine slope of N.S.W., Hedley, 1910.

Sugar-cane, an Ascobacterium from,
Smith, R. G., 1902—gummosis, Smith,
R. G., 1902—juice, gum fermentation,
Smith, R. G., 1901—red string, Smith,
R. G., 1904.

Sugar-canes, abnormal, Steel, T., 1923.

Sugar crystals, in bulk, deterioration of
raw and refined, Smith, R. G., 1901—
raw, acid fermentation, Smith, R. G.,
1901.

Sydney District, Hucalyptus, n. sp., Deane
and Maiden, 1897—geography, Andrews,
1903.

Syllidae, Australian, Haswell, 1920.

Symbiosis, Haswell, 1882; McLuckie,
1922-1923—new instance, Haswell, 1884.

Sympetes, Carter, 1910.

Symplocos, n. sp., Baker, 1902.

Synechocera, n. sp., Thery, 1923.

Syngnatus, parasitic, Ramsay, 1880.

muscles of pectoral

Smith,

1924—

INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS. 65

Synthemis, Tillyard, 1910.

Taal, voleano, Woods, 1887.

Tabanidae, Ferguson and Hill, 1920, 1922
—Australian, Taylor, F. H., 1915-1919
—n. sp. Camden Haven District,
N.S.W., Ferguson and Henry, 1919.

Tachardia, n. sp., Froggatt, W. W., 1911.

Tachinidae, Fissicorn, n. sp., Australia
and South America, Bezzi, 1923.

Tachyglossus, Port Moresby, New Guinea,
Ramsay, 1877.

Tachys. Sloane, 1896.

Talaurinus, Ferguson, 1912-1914.

Tamworth District, geology, Benson, 1915.

Tamworth, N.S.W., Devonian and Car-
boniferous formations, Cotton and
Walkom, 1912—mosses, Mueller, 1894.

Tan-bark, fermenting, high temperature
organism, Smith, R. G., 1921-1923.

Tannin, action of, on Infusoria, Gilliatt,
1883.

Tarrietia argyrodendron, Baker, 1892.

Tasmania, bees, Cockerell, 1912.

Taupo Zone, New Zealand, recent erup-
tions, Stephens, W. J., 1886.

Teara, bag-shelters of larvae, Froggatt,
W. W., 1896.

Teleost, larval, N.S.W., Ogilby, 1897.

Teleostei, Australian marine, Haema-
tozoa, Mackerras. and Mackerras, 1925.

Temnocephaleae, Haswell, 1892, 1900—
n. g., Haswell, 1892.

Temnocephaloidea, critical
well, 1924.
Temnopleurus,

1880.

Tenebrionidae, Blair, 1919;
—Cyphaleinae and Cnodaloninae,
Carter, 1913—Dorrigo, Carter, 1910—
in, 2 Ge m, 0. Cesare, Isha, so Se
n. sp., Barrington Tops, N.S.W., Carter,
1916—n. sp., Carter, 1909-1911, 1920.

Tenebrioninae, Carter, 1914—n._ sp.,
Carter, 1914.

Tenthredinidae, Froggatt, W. W., 1918—
n. g. et n. sp., Froggatt, W. W., 1890—
n. sp., Turner, G., 1900.

Termite, n. sp., Hill, G. F., 1922.

Termites, Diptera found in association
with, Hill, G. F., 1921—WMordellistena,
nN. sp., parasitic on, Hill, G. F., 1922—
n. sp., and notes on their biology, Hill,
G. F., 1921—n. sp., Central and South-
east Australia, Hill, G. F., 1923—North
Australian, descriptions and biology,
Ist, (Ge 1M, Ue.

Termitidae, Froggatt, W. W.. 1895-i897—
Northern Territory, Hill, G. F., 1915.

Terrestrial shells, n. sp., Brazier, 1878.

Tertiary formation at New Guinea,
Woods, 1877.

E

notes, Has-
young specimen, Woods,

Carter, 1914

Tetragonurus, Ramsay and Ogilby, 1888.

Therapon, found in dam near Warialda,
Macleay, 1878—n. sp., Macquarie River,
Ramsay, 1881.

Thrips galls, n. sp., and their inhabitants,
N.S.W., Van Leeuwen and Karny, 1924.

Throwing sticks, Papuan, Jennings, 1896.

Thylacine, earlier Nototherian period,
Queensland, De Vis, 1893.

Thylacoleo, Broom, 1898.

Thynnidae, Turner, R. E., 1907, 1908.

Thysanoptera, Froggatt, W. W., 1904.

Tick fever parasite, Smith, R. G.,, 1899.

Tin deposits, New England, N.S.W.,
Cotton, 1909.

Tineidae, Meyrick, 1892.

Tineina, Meyrick, 1880.

Tipulidae, brevipalpi, Skuse, 1889—longi-
palpi, Skuse, 1890—n. sp., Alexander,
1922.

Tisiphone, abeona, new variety, Water-
house, 1904—breeding experiments
with, Waterhouse, 1922, 1923.

Tmesipteris, Haswell, 1887.

Tortoise, freshwater, n. g. et n. sp., Fly
River, New Guinea, Ramsay, 1886—
freshwater, method adopted by female
in excavation of burrows, McCooey,
1887.

Tortricidae, n. sp., Durrant, 1891.

Tortricina, Meyrick, 1881—Australian,
Meyrick, 1910, 1911.

Toxin-producers, search for, Smith, R. G.,
1918.

Toxocidaris erythrogrammus, remarkable
shortened development, Mortensen,
1915.

Trachelomonas, Playfair, 1915.

Trachichthys, Port Jackson, Ogilby, 1885.

Trachypterus, N.S.W., Ogilby, 1897.

Trawl fishing, outside Port Jackson,
Macleay, 1883. ;

Tree, creeper, n. sp., De Vis, 1895—frog,
n. sp., Boulenger, 1892.

Trees and shrubs, exotic, affected by Aus-
tralian Loranths and Viscums, Turner,
He Le9Ae

Trematode, Avian, n. sp., Chase, 1920—
parasites of Australian frogs, Johnston,
S. J., 1912—parasites of marsupials
and a Monotreme, Johnston, S. J., 1912.

Trematodes, new Gyrodactyloid from
Australian fishes, Johnston and Tiegs,
1922.

Tribes, N.S.W., objects of unknown
significance used by, Harper, 1898.

Tribrachiocrinus corrugatus, Ratte, 1886
—Carboniferous sandstone, N.S.W.,
Ratte, 1884.

Trichoglossus, n. sp., Ramsay, 1875-76.

66 INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS.

Trichomatidae, characters and relation-
ships and new and little-known genera
and species, Tillyard, 1916.

Trichophysetis cretacea, labial
Philpott, 1925.

Trichoptera, Tillyard, 1917—Lord Howe
and Norfolk Islands, Tillyard, 1917.

Tricoma, Cobb, 1898.

Trigonia Lamarckii, a variety of, Woods,
1877.

Trigonotomini, Sloane, 1907.

Trilobite, Reefton, New Zealand, new to
Australasia, Hutton, 1887.

Trilobites, Carboniferous, Mitchell, 1918
—n. sp., Mitchell, 1922—n. sp., Bowning,
N.S.W., Mitchell, 1887, 1888, 1919, 1924
—N.S.W., Mitchell, 1919—new to Aus-
tralia, Ratte, 1886, 1887—Silurian,
N.S.W., and Australia, Etheridge and
Mitchell, 1891-1917.

Tripterygium, mn. sp., Port
Ramsay and Ogilby, 1888.

Trivia, occurrence of a sulcus, Kenyon,
1896.

Trixagidae, Masters, 1886.

Trochidae, Brazier, 1894.

Trochocochlea, some Australian species,
Woods, 1877.

Trochus adamsi, Port Jackson, Brazier,
1894.

Trogositidae, list with n. sp., Olliff, 1885.

Trout, food, Neuropteroid insects of Hot
Springs Region, New Zealand, in rela-
tion to problem of, Tillyard, 1920—

palpi,

Jackson,

rainbow, ulcer disease, Smith, R. G.,
1902.
Trygonorhina fasciata, with abnormal

pectoral fins, Hill, J. P., 1895.
Trypetidae, n. sp., Froggatt, W. W., 1910.
Tuff and lavas, fossiliferous, Cavan, Yass,

N.S.W., Shearsby, 1905.

Tuffs, Foraminiferal, Malekula, New Heb-
rides, Chapman, F., 1907.

Tulostoma, Cunningham, 1925.

Tumours, shoot-bearing, Hucalypts and
Angophoras, Fletcher and Musson, 1918.

Tunicata, Kesteven, 1909—power of loco-
motion, Macleay, 1878.

Turbellarian, Alloiocoele, inhabiting
underground water of Canterbury, New
Zealand, Haswell, 1892—Rhabdocoele,
inhabiting branchial cavities of New
Zealand crayfishes, Haswell, 1900.

Turtles, freshwater, “aquatic respiration”’,
Haswell, 1885.

Typhlocyba australis, Myers, 1921.

Typhlopidae, Australian, Waite, 1894.

Typhlops, nu. sp., Boulenger, 1894.

Ulladulla, N.S.W., glendonites and glacial
erratics, Brown, 1925.
Ulmite, Steel, T., 1921.

Uncinula, first record in Australia,
McAlpine, 1899.

Urolophus testaceus, Haswell, 1888.

Uromyces amygdali, McAlpine, 1895.

Vegetable structures, delicate, cutting
sections, Haswell, 1886.

Vegetation, Lord Howe Island, Maiden,
1898, 1899—Malaysia, Woods, 1889.

Venation of leaves and its value in deter-
mination of botanical affinities, Deane,
1900.

Venom, Australian snakes, Katz, 1888.

Vermilia, caespitosa, embryology, Has-

well, 1887—new Crustacean found in-
habiting tubes, Haswell, 1884.

Versuridae, development, Lendenfeld,
1884.

Vertebrata, solution for preserving large,
for anatomical examination, Maclay,
1881.

Vertebrates, n. sp., Herbert River, N.
Queensland, De Vis, 1886.
Vespidae, nests and habits,

W. W., 1894.

Vibris denitrificans, Smith, R. G., 1901.

Vitia, Fiji Islands, Ramsay, 1875-76.

Vivipara, n. sp., Brazier, 1878.

Voleanic activity, islands near N.E.
Coast of New Guinea, Maclay, 1884.

Voleano of Taal, Woods, 1887.

Froggatt,

Vomerine bones, mammalian and _ rep-
tilian, Broom, 1902.
Wallaby, rock, supposed hn. sp., Palm

Island, N.E. Coast, Australia, Ramsay,
1875-76.

Warrumbungle Mountains, diatomaceous
earth, David, 1895, 1896—geological
history, Jensen, 1906—geology, Jensen,
1907.

Water, bacteriotoxie action, Smith, R. G.,
1914—from Eucalyptus roots, Bennett,
1883—Sydney Supply, bacteriological
examination, Katz, 1886-1887.

Wattle, bark infusions, ropiness in,
Smith, R. G., 1920—Gidgee, calcium
oxalate in, Steel, T., 1921.

Wax, figures, aboriginal camp, Miriam
Vale near head of Baffle Creek, Rock-
hampton, Cox, 1888—scale, n. sp., New

CGutinen, IProgsain, Wa. We, I1gilg—
solvents, in soil, action, Smith, R. G.,
1910.

Weevils, blind, n. sp., W. Australia and
Tasmania, Lea, 1900.

Whale, Grey’s, brain, Haswell, 1883.
White ash, Southern N.S.W., Deane and
Maiden, 1898.
“Widow’s cap’,

Etheridge, 1899.
Wine, white, clouding, Smith, R. G., 1900.
Wines, red, loss of colour, Smith, R. G.,

1904.

Australian aborigines,

INDEX TO SUBJECTS OF PAPERS. 67

Wombat, ossification of vertebrae, Broom,
1900.

Wombeyan Caves, N.S.W., bone breccia
deposit, Broom, 1896.

Womerah, Billetta or Gnalealing, modi-
fications, Etheridge, 1892—Northern
Australia, undescribed form, Etheridge,
1892—or “Throwing-stick’’, presumed to
be undescribed, Etheridge, 1891—or
Throwing-stick, three additional types,
Etheridge, 1893.

Wood moths, Froggatt, W. W., 1894.

Worthenia, Devonian fossil allied to,
Ratte, 1885.

AXanthorrhoea, entomology, Froggatt,
W. W., 1896.

Xiphasia, Port Jackson, Ramsay and

Ogilby, 1886.

Yarrangobilly Caves District, N.S.W.,
mosses, Brotherus and Watts, 1912.
Yass Plains, geology, Jenkins, 1878-1879.
Yeast, single cell cultivation, Smith,

JR, Ca, aC

Zelotypia Stacyi, Olliff, 1887.

Zeuglodon, Murray River, near Welling-
ton, South Australia, molar tooth,
Sanger, 1880.

Zoogeographic
Hedley, 1899.

Zoogeographical regions, study, by means
of specific contours, Tillyard, 1914.

scheme for wmid-Pacific,

Zoological Collection, Norfolk Island,
Millington, 1887; Ogilby, 1887; Olliff,
1887.

Zoological station, Sydney, proposed,
Maclay, 1878, 1879.

Zoological novelties, Haswell, 1892.

Zoology, “Chevert’”, ornithology, Masters,
1875-76—Lord Howe’s Island, Ramsay,

1882—Maclay Coast, New Guinea,
Maclay, 1884-1885—_New Caledonia,
Ogilby, 1897—New Guinea, Ramsay,
1878-1883, 1885—Solomon Islands,
Ramsay, 1879-1882.

Zoophytes, N.S.W., record of localities,

Kirchenpauer, 1884.

iii INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

Arranged alphabetically under names of exhibitors.

ALKIN, Rev. See under Havitanp, EH.

ANDERSON, C. Crystals of rhodonite from
Broken Hill. 1908, 290—Portion of Jaw
of Diprotodon. 1922, xxv.

ANDERSON, J. See under STEPHENS, W. J.

ANDREWS, H. C. Red and yellow fruits of
the Quandong. 1914, 472.

ANONYMOUS. Dendritic stone from Rooty
Hill. 1875-76, 20.

ArcHER, W. H. Remarks based on letter
from Mr. Lloyd, concerning desira-
bility of establishing an aquarium on
the shores of Port Jackson. 1879, 106.

AsHER, —. “Holy dollar” and several
“dumps”. 1883, 281.

Baitty, FE. M. See under Fiercuemr, J. J.

BaiLtrty, J. F. Collection of shells and
Hehinodermata. 1884, 508—See also
under BRAZIER, J.

Baker, R. T. (For H. SmirxH) Barytes
in Hawkesbury Sandstone from Gos-
ford. 1892, 328—Fruiting specimens of
Acacia pubescens. 1893, 239—Note on
new variety of Acacia decurrens. 1896,
348—Morchella conica from Moonbi
Plains. 1896, 503—Fossil leaf and
fossil wood from Wyrallah, Richmond
River. 1896, 503—Note on Hucalypts
killed by drought. 1897, 254—(For C. E.
FINCKH) Rare fish (Monocentris
japonicus) from Newcastle. 1897, 441
—Camphor and camphor oil from
leaves of Cinnamomum oliveri. 1897,
685—(For Rev W. W. Watts) Six Aus-
tralian mosses, with notes by Mr. Watts.
1899, 186—Native yam from Angledool.
1899, 373—Casts of three fishes. 1899,
418—Section of trunk of Hakea lorea.
1899, 418—Note on vernacular name
(Cut-tail) of Hucalyptus fastigata.
1899, 547—Fungus (Hmpusa acridii)
from South Africa. 1899, 548—
Aboriginal fire stick. 1900, 114—Two
undescribed fungi from Katoomba.
1900, 114—Model of meteorite found at
Bugaldi. 1900, 476—Portion of old
pump made of white ironbark found in
excavations in Hlizabeth Street. 1900,
542—Phosphorescent fungus (Pleurotus
candescens). 1900, 612—Bottled fruits
of Quandong. 1900, 697—Aboriginal
stone axe from Tumberumba Creek.
1901, 146—(For H. Drxson) Vanilla
grown at Summer Hill. 1901, 632—
Flowering and fruiting Hucalyptus
viminalis. 1902, 238—Observations on

collecting data regarding effects of
drought on flora. 1902, 495—Section
showing fructification of Blackfellows’
Bread (Polyporus mylittae). 1902, 592
—Timber of fHuroschinus falcatus.
1902, 592—Flannel flower showing fas-
ciation of stem. 1902, 592—Woliage and
bark of probable new Acacia. 1902, 592
—‘“Box” seedling of Eucalyptus populi-
folia. 1902, 592—Pherosphera TFite-
geraldi from Blue Mountains. 1903, 312
—Aboriginal ceremonial stone. 1903,
362—Truffle (Mylitta lapidescens) from
India. 1903, 884—Olearia dentata from
Pambula. 1903, 884—Fungus (Battar-
rea tepperiana) from Nymagee. 1903,
884—Hdible tubers of species of Vitis
from Tamworth. 1905, 222—Puff ball
fungus (Podaron aegyptiacus). 1905,
259—Specimens of a “nut’’ scratched up
from below ground and eaten by rat
kangaroos. 1905, 351—Loranthus pen-
dulus on Hucalyptus hemiphloia. 1905,
491—Photographs showing various
stages of parasitism. 1905, 491—Vege-
table fibre from Tickera, S.A. 1906,
261—Branch of Hucalyptus Bridgesiana
with normal and abnormal leaves and
fruits. 1906, 674—Two plants, Raoulia
eximia ana Rk. mammillaris from New
Zealand. 1907, 630—Specimen and
drawing of Adenochilus from Went-
worth Falls. 1907, 838—Contribution
to discussion on welfare of indigenous
fauna and flora. 1908, 633—Sea balls
from South Australia. 1909, 591—
Timber of Hucalyptus globulus with
wide annual rings. 1909, 591—Grey
gum, Hucalyptus punctata, with varie-
gated leaves. 1909, 591—(For Dr. EK. C.
Hatt) Hucalypt seedling with three
cotyledons. 1910, 27—Tickera-fibre and
manufactured products. 1910, 804—
Specimens of a fungus (Fomes) grow-
ing on Forest Oak props in a coal-mine.
1911, 504—Rare species of Persoonia.
1911, 306—Remarkable bark of Mela-
leuca bracteata. 1911, 504—Sections of
buttress of a Fig-tree. 1912, 557—Red
Cedar damaged by fungi; entomo-
genous fungus. 1913, 526—Sections of
wood and leaves of Grey Mangrove.
1916, 492—Lantern slides of the
Mangrove-association. 1916, 493—Sec-
tion of trunk of California Redweod
showing annual rings; vegetable wax
from Beyeria. 1917, 246-247—Section

INDEX TO EXHIBITS. 69

1923, xxx—Exotic plants new for the
State. 19238, xxxiii—Solanum elaeagni-
folium. 1923, xxx—YXanthium spinosum
showing hypertrophy of fruits and
spines and prolification of spines. 1928,
Xxxi—Asparagus officinalis, terato-
logical specimen of, 1924, xxiv—
EHchium italicum, Myosotis versicolor,
Rapistrum hispanicus, R. rugosum var.
nervosum. 1924, xxxi—Silene nocturna.
1924, xxiv.

BLOOMFIELD, H. Report of statements that
half-caste natives had been seen on the

ot log of Bastard Honeysuckle (Banksia
latifolia). 1917, 6083—New species of
Hucalyptus. 1921, 157—See also under
JOHNSTON, S. J.; Maipen, J. H., and
BAKER, R. T.

Baker, R. T., and H. G. SmirH. Botan-
ical specimens and chemical products
from certain Hucalypts. 1899, 548.

Bancrorr, T. L. See under FLETCHER,
Ve dos WilAwaneny, di, Il

Betty, F. J. Note on Hchinaster decanus.
1887, 1074.

BennNeEDrT, K. H. Nest of three eggs of
ground graucalus. 1882, 348—Spinifex Herbert River, Queensland. 1880, 636.
or porcupine grass. 1883, 180—Mallee Brapuiry, B., and H. G. CHapmMan. Oven
hen with young and eggs. 1883, 180— for imbedding histological material.

Fungus from Mossgiel. 1886, 163—See 1914, 158.
also under Nortnu, A. J. Brazier, J. Native food from Marshall
Benson, W. N. Fossil ferns, sections, and Islands. 1875-76, 20—Fungus (Agari-

cus) from Loyalty Islands. 1875-76, 20
—Six rare species of Cypraea from
Darnley Island. 1875-76, 44—A new

microphotos. 1915, 414.
Betcue, EK. Series of interesting plants.

BickFoRD, H. I.

1900, 697—Five rare species of Hpacris.
1900, 698—See also under Maipen, J. H.;
MAIpEen, J. H., and HE. BEtcHeE.
Remarks on need of
increased efforts for protection and
preservation of native flora and fauna
of Western Australia. 1911, 505—
Flowering specimen ot Christmas-Tree
of West Australia (Nuytsia floribunda).
1911, 634—West Australian Pitcher-
plant. 1912, 654—West Australian
plants (Hucalyptus, and Black Kan-
garoo-Paw). 1913, 48, 661.

BLAKELY, W. F. Hupatorium glandulosum

and Crepis setosa. 1920, 318—Hybrid
form, Boronia serrulata « B. floribunda
and variety of B. serrulata. 1920, 404
—Amarantus deflexus. 1921, 209—
Calandrinia caulescens. 1921, 158—
Centaurea picris. 1921, 503—Cheno-
podium vulvaria. 1921, 5083—Drymaria
filiformis. 1921, 237—Huphorbia Drum-
mondii. 1921, 210—Helipterum uni-
florum. 1921, 268—Kochia Georgei.
1921, 237—Orthocarpus erianthus. 1921,
158—O. purpurascens. 1921, 158—
Saponaria Calabrica. 1921, 349—Silene
noctif“iora. 1921, 349—Sisymbrium
altissimum. 1921, 158—S. Sophio, 1921,
503—Species of Pterostylis. 1921, 408
—Xanthium commune. 1921, 210—
Acacia juncifolia. 1922, xxvi—Albinism
in Pultenaea daphnoides. 1922, xxvii—
Cenchrus pauciflorus. 1922, xxii—Hight
weeds from N.S.W. 1922, xxxi—
Hrucastrum incanum. 1922, xxiii—
Examples of homoplasy. 1922, xxiy—
Fruiting specimens of Acacia subtili-
nervis. 1922, xxix—Large flowering
variety of Lasiopetalum rufum. 1922,
xxkvlii—Painting of Loranthus alyai-
folius. 1922, xxviii—Oarthamus den-
tatus. 1923, xxx—Oirsium arvense.

Helix from Hall Sound, New Guinea.
1875-76, 44—Hggs of a Porphyrio from
the Loyalty Islands. 1875-76, 283—New
species of Murex from Port Darwin.
1875-76. 311—New species of Helix
from New Guinea. 1877, 74—Haliotis
canaliculata and Tellina perna from
Port Jackson. 1877, 142—Panopoea
australis. 1877, 378—Collection of
sternums of fowls. 1878, 21—Shells
from Port Moresby and a Holothuria
from Port Jackson. 1878, 122—Rare
shells from California. 1878, 160—
Series of Cylindrella and of Strophia.
1878, 305—New species of Conus and
Mitra. 1878, 406—Specimen of obsidian.
1878, 406—Fossil shell from Algiers.
1879, 107—Living specimen of Spon-
dylus from Port Jackson. 1879, 107—
Neoera latesulcata from Sydney Heads
and four corals from Port Jackson.
1879, 292—Note on Limnaea from fresh
water, near Parramatta. 1879, 292—
Centrostephanus rodgersii. 1879, 312—
Bulimus senilis, Cypraea bregariana
and a new Cardium. 1879, 3856—
Cardium fornicatus and Helix aibo-
labris. 1879, 398—Specimens of Maga-
sella cumingi, Megerlia pulchella, M.
sanguinea, Terebratulina cancellata,
Kraussia lamarckiana and Cypraea
spidacea. 1879, 409—Oniscia pon-
derosa and Helix thomsonti. 1879, 459
—Voluta angasi and two _ varieties.
1879, 463—Chione calophylla with a
small pearl. 1879, 471—Species of
Heliz, species of fossil Goniatites,
Ammonites, and Rhynchonella trom
France. 1880, 300—Voluta deliciosa
with operculum. 1880, 300—Notes on
Helix palmensis var. meridionalis.
1880, 458—Large tick (Ricinus) taken

70

from an Hchidna. 1880, 458—Phyllo-
theca trom Rookwood. 1880, 458—
Specimens of Voluta musica and
Amphiperas hordacea. 1880, 469—
Species of Lepralia. 1880, 495—Filaria
from imported herrings. 1880, 629—
Species of Heliz. 1880, 637—Three
species of Australian sea birds. 1880,
637—Ancylus cunninghami and sup-
posed new species of Gundalucina. 1881,
170—Young Voluta mammilla. 1881,
196—Helix from the Kent’s Group.
1881, 197—Tortoise with two heads.
1881, 408—Shells from New Caledonia
(for Mr. Rossiter) and Western Aus-
tralia (for Prof. Tatr). 1881, 408—
Specimens of Amplexa, Ancylus and
Limnaea. 1881, 539—Specimens of
Astreopora, Dolium and Melania. 1881,
581—Bulimus rossiteri. 1881, 626—
Note on Limopsis loringi. 1881, 789—
Culaxis layardi and Helix caffra. 1881,
790—Fine collection of specimens of
the genus Cypraea. 1881, 836—(For
Mr. Barttry, of Melbourne) Triton
quoyi and Bulimus loyaltyensis. 1882,
91—-Species of Cypraea, Corbula and
Clausilia. 1882, 134—Partula layard,
1882, 205—Cypraea citrina and Ovulum
depressum. 1882, 330—New shell from
New Guinea. 1883, 35—(For Mr.
BaiLteEy) Bulimus acutus. 1883, 388—
(For Mr. Barry) Voluta and Cypraea.
1883, 442—(For Mr. Batrey) Fossil
Bryozoa. 1883, 442—(For Mr. Batty)
Hocene Cypraea. 1883, 464—Fossil
land _ shell. 1884, 509—Species of
Helicidae. 1884, 866—Trigonia con-
taining a pearl. 1884, 1016—Specimens
of Sepia and of Chiton. 1885, 341—
Rare shells from New Zealand. 1885,
449_Astreopora from Port Jackson.
1885, 449—Minyas sp. 1885, 553—Shell
showing splintering effect of sun’s heat.
1885, 695—New species of Helix. 1886,
163—Photographs of four species of
Partula. 1886, 477—Specimens of
Ceratella. Hydractinea, Dehitella and
Chitena. 1886, 577—(For Mr. DEANE)
Shells from Parramatta River. 1886,
577—Species of Triton. 1886, 853—
Retepora phoenicea and Meretriz
lusoria. 1886, 974—Ceratella fusca
from Coogee. 1887, 198—Photographs
of Polyzoa from Green Point, Fort

Jackson. 1887, 250—Physa gibbosa
from Waterloo. 1888, 894—Spherical
stone from crop of pigeon. 1888, 1096

—Segmentina australiensis from Water-
loo swamps. 1888, 1096—Wax figures of
aboriginal women. 1888, 1255—Land
shell (Subulina octona) from New
Caledonia. 1888, 1507—Note on Murex
corneus. 1889, 117—Cuban land shell

INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

(Subulina octona). 1889, 118—(For
Mr. R. C. Rossiter) Hggs of Megapo-
dius layardi, from New Hebrides. 1889,
131—Mollusea trawled off Merimbula.
1889, 1029—Crassatella pulchra. 1889,
1029—Native pottery from Pelew
Islands. 1891, 8—Cypraea tigris. 1891,
8—Diplomorpha delatouri. 1892, 200—
Pupa fallax. 1892, 200—Copy of “Index
Testarum Conchiliorum” printed in
1742. 1892, 344—Cassis nana from
Ballina. 1892, 344—Murexr octogonus
and M. umbilicatus. 1892, 344—Note
on Cassis wyvillei from Solomon
Islands. 1893, 483—Astele subcarinatus
from Circular Head, Tasmania. 1893,
43—Murex polypleurus and fossil M.
octogonus. 1893, 181—Additional locali-
ties for Astele subcarinata. 18938, 303
—Specimens of Marginella pulchella
from Norfolk Island. 1893, 305—
Pumice collected at Norfolk Island.
1893, 305—Astele multigrana from
Spencer’s Gulf. 1893, 305—Supposed
voleanie rock from Watson’s Bay.
1893, 305—Wood from New Caledonia.
1893, 328—(For Mr. T. Sree.) Abor-
iginal stone axes. 1893, 438—Recluzia
hargravesi from near Port Stephens.
1893, 586—Patella pilsbryi. 1894, 187—
Conus pulcherrimus from New Hebrides.
1894, 187—Curved specimen of Kuphus
arenarius. 1894, 540—Pearls taken from
Tapes turgida, Ostrea cucullata and O.
subtrigona. 1894, 561—Sinistral variety
of Helix similaris and species of Mar-
ginella and Columbella. 1894, 561—
Stilifer tumida from Wollongong. 1894,
561—Trochus adamsi and T. poupineli
from New Caledonia. 1894, 5883—Three
species of Trochus from Loyalty
Islands. 1894, 708—Calyptraea radians
from Chili. 1894, 708—Zoological and
botanical specimens found at Nelson
Bay Beach (Bronte) during southerly
gales. 1895, 209—Ringed snake (Ver-
micella annulata) found at Waverley.
1895, 472—Cardium vertebratum trom
Keppel Bay, Queensland. 1895, 472—
Specimens of Cypraea showing calios-
ities and of Trivia with dorsal sulcus.
1896, 29—Specimens of Cypraea and
Pectunculus. 1896, 584—Note on shells
from kitchen middens at Bondi Bay.
1896, 817—Cypraea vitellus, unusually
coloured. 1896, 818—Clathurella water-
housae from Vaucluse. 1896, 818—
Hawk’s bill turtle obtained at Nelson
Bay, Waverley. 1897, 254—Specimen of
Planazis mollis. 1897, 254—Helix ver-
miculata from Waverley. 1897, 441—
(For Mrs. Kenyon) Mollusea from Vic-
torian coast. 1897, 810—New Volute
from Lakes Entrance, Victoria. 1897,

INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

810—Monstrosity of Placostylus fib-
ratus from New Caledonia. 1898, 76
—Variety of Risella plana from Port
Jackson. 1898, 76—Haliotis from Vic-
toria. 1898, 408—Placostylus payensis
var. gayettensis from New Caledonia.
1898, 408—Miscellaneous collection
from New Caledonia. 1904, 872.

BREAKWELL, EH. A. Sections of stem
of Apophyllum anomalum, showing
palisade tissue. 1915, 629.

Brewster, Miss A. A. Hriostemon lanceo-
latus showing double flowers and de-
terioration of stamens. 1920, 473.

Broom, R. Bone breccia from Taralga.

1895, 618—See also under FLETCHER,
do: as
BuRNELL, S. C. Spirifer disjunctus in

pebbles from Wallerawang. 1887, 982
—Living specimen of Pygopus lepido-

podus. 1888, 336—Rare moth (Byleora
sp.) with pupa case. 1888, 423—Living
Typhlops nigrescens. 1888, 1096—
Kitten with eight legs. 1888, 1559—
Ceylon fire-flies. 1889, 190.

Burns, A. N. Argynnina hobartia cyrila.
1921, 408—Larvae, pupae and perfect
insects of Paralucia aurifer, and Pro-
tialmenus lithochroa. 1921, 504.

BuRRELL, H. Photo of a marine mollusc
Ovipositing. 1910, 805—Observations on
Denisonia superba closing its hole after
entering. 1925, xlv.

CALDWELL We VEL Specimen showing
stages in development of monotremes.
1884, 1205.

CAMBAGE, R. H. Photograph of group of
Eucalyptus albens affected by snow
storm. 1900, 611—Hucalyptus eximia.
1902, 206—Fruiting branches of Pitto-
sporum undulatum, which bear flowers
with long stamens. 1902, 598—Photo-
graph of carved aboriginal grave tree.
1905, 222—Incrustations resembling ful-
gurites from Barrenjoey. 1905, 350—
Flowering branch of Hucalyptus leu-
coxzylon from Deniliquin. 1909, 117—A
Cowrie shell from the South Coast. 1916,
192—See also under Maipen, J. H., and
R. H. CAMBAGE.

CAMPBELL, A. J. Lantern slides of Aus-
tralian birds’ nests and eggs. 1900,
60—see also under Ramsay, H. P.

CARNE, J. E. Nepheline-aegirine rocks
from Mudgee district. 1903, 313—Tin-
and wolfram-ores from New England.
1910, 308—Lantern-views of New
Guinea and Java. 1913, 113—See also
under Davin, T. W. E.

CarNE, W. M. Branches of Aleppo pine,
Pinus halepensis, showing heterogamy.
1906, 497—Floral prolification in a
species of Teasel. 1910, 805—Specimen

Qa! UA ‘eit.
Svzor® ade) oN
Lad) i! Hus
\Z \ “Z

\e ia sh 71
NY po

of Bupleurum m. 1919, 820—
Wild oat, Avena sterilis. 1922, xxx.
CARNE, W. M., and C. T. Musson. A rare
phyllopod crustacean (Apus sp.) from

Richmond, N.S.W. 1911, 159.

Carson, D. Portion of lower jaw of ex-
tinct marsupial, Diprotodon australis.
UBD, aly).

Carter, Miss H. Plants from the Bar-
rington and Bean Bean Tableland.
1887, 982.

Carter, H. J. Entomological novelties.
1903, 685—Scaraphites macleayi from
Darling Point. 1903, 685—Vegetable
caterpillar from Peak Hill. 1903, 685—
Two beetles taken from ants’ nests in
N.W. Victoria. 1905, 352—-Report on
spreading of the English fox. 1909, 114
—Coleoptera representing a new
Family. 1910, 27—Coleoptera of the
genus Notonomus. 1913, 398—Six Aus-
tralian genera of Chalcophorinae. 1920,
521--Three closely-allied Cyphogastra.
1920, 531—Cyrioides sex-spilota. 1920,
531—New species of Stigmodera. 1920,
531—New genus from Port Macquarie.
1920, 531.

CHAPMAN, H. G.

Sample of pure pan-
creatic juice. 1904, 871—Dried blood
serum of rabbit. 1905, 392—Attention
called to variation in reaction between
Hyla awrea and strychnine. 1906, 362
—Hxperiments on curdling of milk by
action of pancreatic juice. 1906, 424—
Graphic record of blood pressure of
dog after intravenous injection of solan-
drine. 1906, 674—Note on precipitum
yielded by anti-sera interacting with
protein. 1907, 837—Slide illustrating
phagocytosis of tubercle bacilli. 1907,
838—A marine algal ball from Balmoral
Beach. 1911, 425—-Mosquito larvae in
sea-water. 1912, 237—A rare Cephalo-
pod, Spirula spirula. 1913, 170——Sec-
tions of small intestine, and fundus of
dog’s stomach. 1915, 119—Peptone pre-
pared from proteins of egg-white. 1917,
247—Extract of the pancreas of the
ox, and its coagulative action on milk;
synanthic flowers of Fuchsia. 1917, 512
—Samples of yeast. 1918, 612—Paint-
ings of variants of flowers of Clianthus
Dampieri. 1921, 503.

CHapmMAN, H. G., and B. Brapitey. Oven
for imbedding histological material.
1914, 158.

CHArpMAN, H. G, and J. M. Perrrie.
Demonstration of precipitin reaction
with extracts of seeds. 1909, 415.

CHEEL, EX. Form of Blechnum cartil-
agineum from Manning River. 1900,
60—Sterculia diversifolia and Juncus
caespititius. 1901, 145—Seedlings of
Juncus prismatocarpus and J. holo-

72

schaemus. 1902, 207—Collection of
foliaceous lichens from north island of
New Zealand. i902, 371—Collection of
lichens. 1903, 687—-Three plants raised
from seed of Callistemon lanceolatus.
1903, 884—Two apparently different
forms of Helichrysum bracteatum from
near Hden. 1904, 696—Probable un-
described species of Callistemon from
near Bullahdelah. 1905, 577—Fresh
specimens of Daviesia buxifolia, raised
from seed collected at Eden. 1906, 675
—Specimens of N.S.W. hepatics. 1906,
675—Collection of fungi. 1907, 159—
Coprinus comatus from lawns in
Botanic Gardens. 1907, 475—Curious
horse-hair fungus recorded as Maras-
mius equi-crinis. 1907, 475—Collection
of rare fungi from N.S.W. 1907, 839—
Specimens illustrating habits of leaf-
eutting bee and pollen-collecting bees.
1908, 287—Collection of fungi. 1908,
736—Series of fungi. 1908, 798—Fifteen
fungi, with notes thereon. 1909, 413—
Series of fungi. 1909, 500—Hyegro-
metric club moss (Selaginella lepido-
phylla). 1909, 591—Two Australian
lichens, Parmeliopsis semiviridis and
Heterodea Muelleri. 1909, 591—Speci-
mens of barley affected with powdery
mildew and a smut. 1909, 591—Potato
leaves affected with blight. 1909, 591—
Collection of lichens. 1909, 71i—
Remarkable or unrecorded fungi. 1910,
137, 433, 524, 689, 805—Timber-destroy-
ing fungi. 1910, 308, 309—Groundsel
infected directly from aecidiospores.
1910, 660; teleutospores produced. 1910,
805—Orobanche, a root-parasite. 1910,
660—Sleeping Disease of Tomato-fruits.
1910. 48—A flowering branch of a
hybrid Brachychiton; a small log of
Correa Lawrenciana. 1911, 635—(for
Mr. Maripen) Drawings of, and a Note
on two grasses. 1911, 634—A grass
(Digitaria) from Parsley Bay. 1911,
424--Hnglish primroses with phyllodic
sepals. 1911, 505—Fungi. 1911, 606—
Sucker branches of Peach affected with
“Peach Leaf Curl’. 1911, 607—Remark-
able plants; Solanaceous plants un-
affected by potato blight, though ex-
posed to infection. 1911, 158—Speci-
mens of Atylosia and Stizolobium, an
original specimen of Persoonia media.
1911, 347-348—Specimens of West Aus-
tralian species of Persoonia; a fresh
flowering specimen of the West Aus-
tralian Wax-plant; specimens of rare
species of Persoonia. 1911, 305-306—
Mistletoes from Burrinjuck, N.S.W.;
Rosa turbinata, and Grevillea aspleni-
folia var. Shepherdiana. 1912, 137—
Fungus on River She-oak. 1912, 236—

INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

Grasses (Hragrostis spp.), Kangazoo
Grass, Darwinia taxifolia var. grandi-
flora, pods of Stizolobium spp. 1912, 393
—Grasses, various. 1912, 494—Sweet-
briar infested with Rose-rust; Rust-
smitten Grasses; Viviparous Fescue
Grass; Kangaroo Grass showing two
distinct forms. 1912, 592—Grasses in-
fested with Smuts; Bulbous Meadow
Grass. 1912, 654—(For Mr. D. G.
STEAD) Bog-moss used for packing
Trout-ova. 1912, 288—Grasses (Hrag-
rostis spp.); fruit of Snake Gourd; a
creeping NXanthium; and a hybrid
Callistemon. 1913, 110—Fungi, includ-
ing Rusts and Smuts. 1913, 170—
Fungi, including Rusts. 1913, 254—
Lichens, and Fungi. 1913, 396—
Xerotes sp., and Tetratheca spp. 1918,
527—Various plants. 1913, 606—Grasses.
1913, 658—Lizard with anomalous tail.
1914, 20—Seventy cultivated Legumes.
1914, 160—Puff-ball. 1914, 255—Ground-
sel attacked by Rust. 1914, 397—
Species of Dillwynia; flowering speci-
mens of Callistemon viminalis and of a
hybrid. 1914, 471—Three species of
Clover, and drawing of Eucalypt, by W.
Swainson. 1914, 646--Leaves of Grape
vine, Hucalyptus. Dryandra, and
Banksia affected with a disease caused
by Mites. 1915, 117—Various grasses
from new localities. 1915, 207—Red
Clover infested with Rust; Hrechthites
from Twofold Bay; Dysphania littor-
alis, poisonous to stock; Centaury from
England and Australia. 1915, 290—
Geranium and 4cacia attacked by Rust;
Couch Grass with abnormal inflores-
cences. 1915, 416—Geranium Rust;
abnormal Orange. 1915, 420—Red
Clover Rust in all stages; fresh flower-
ing and herbarium specimens of Callis-
temon spp.; flowers of Helichrysum
varying in colour. 1915, 625, 626—
Seven species or vars. of Hardenbergia.
1915, 722—An abnormal fungus (Poly-
saccum); remarks on a white-flowered
Hardenbergia. 1916, 105—Seeds of
French bean. 1916, 192—Plants of
Callistemon raised from European seed,
and drawings. 1916, 219—Fresh flower-
ing specimens of two W.A. Kennedyas
(for Mr. H. Drxson). 1916, 267—Rhodo-
dendron Galls on Azalea. 1916, 492—
Naturalized Evening Primroses, Roses,
and a Composite (Hmilia). 1916, 633
—Abnormal inflorescences of Waratah.
1917, 440—Flowering Callistemon hy-
brids; examples of bracteoles, in
addition to bracts in Callistemon; an
introduced weed, Linaria Pellisseriana.
1917, 512—Peculiar roots of Hakea,
Banksia, and Grevillea; seedlings of

INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

Tephrosia; two forms of Oxzalis cornicu-
lata; cut-leaved or parsley-leaved
bramble; Rosa bracteata: flowers of
Styphelia tubiflora, varying in colour.
1918, 235-236—Two forms of “Cobblers’
Pegs”: seeds of Soy Beans. 1918, 610-
611—Callistemon pachyphyllus, show-
ing delayed dehiscence of the fruits.
1918, 712—Callistemon tlanceolatus,
white flowering form. 1919, 191—
Flowering specimens of giant Bamboo.
1919, 721—Flying fox skull impaled on
twig of Lombardy Poplar. 1919, 438
—Living seedling plants of Triphasia
trifoliata, Hremocitrus glauca. Poncirus
trifoliata and Microcitrus australasica.
1919, 356-357—Rust-fungus on common
broad bean. 1919, 525—Fresh specimens
of Oxalis corniculata. 1919, 525—
Ceratopetalum gummiferum with white
flowers. 1920, 473—Double-flowering
peach-tree (Prunus persica var. dianthi-
flora). 1920, 203—Erigeron Tinifolius,
living plants of. 1920, 404—Specimens
of wild strawberry, Fragraria indica.
1920, 404—Kennedya rubicunda with
greenish-white flowers. 1920, 473
Leaf and fruits of Pisonia Brunoniana.
1920, 180—Rare lichen from Mt.
Kosciusko. 1920, 265—Species of
Boronia with double flowers. 1920,
473—Species of Boronia with white
fiowers. 1920, 473—Two distinct forms
of Callistemon viminalis. 1920, 221—
Two forms of Callistemon pachyphyllus.
1920, 221—White flowering Hriostemon
lanceolatus and EH. Crowei. 1920, 473—
Black Mustard. 1921, 350—Caladenia
tesselata. 1921, 350—Collection of seeds
of species of Coral Tree, Hrythrina spp.
1921, 504—Colza Rape (Brassica cam-
pestris). 1921, 350—Field Rape, 1921,
350—Live plant of Cosmos caudatus.
1921, 237—Lyperanthus nigricans. 1921,
350—Pterostylis barbata. 1921, 350—
Rai or Indian Mustard (Brassica
junecea). 1921, 350—Rock Salad (Hruca
sativa). 1921, 350—Fresh flowering
specimen of Callistemon. 1922, xxviii—

Fyésh flowering specimens of Calliste-
tse OLY, (7 pallidus. 1922, xxix—Knot-grass

(Polygonum aviculare) infested with
rust fungus. 1922, xxx—Schizophyllum
commune from Perak. 1922, xxx—
Seedling plants of blackberry infested
with ‘rust disease’. 1922, xxvii—
Banksia Cunninghamii. 1923, xxxvili
—Bertya pomaderroides. 1923, xxxvili

—Fungus (Ganodermus lucidus var..

japonicus?). 1923. xxxii—Seedling
plants of lemon-scented ironbark. 1923,
xxxvi—Stages of development of hybrid
Acacia (A. dealbata ~ A. Baileyana).
1923, xxxiv—Two species of Huphorbia.

~]

co

1923, xxxiii—Adder’s tongue fern. 1924,
xxx—Fresh flowering specimens of
Microcitrus australis. 1924, xxix—
Myriangium montagnei. 1924, xxxi—
Port Jackson Fig (Ficus rubiginosa).
1924, xxvii—Sclerotium or _ so-called
Blackfellow’s bread. 1924, xxii—
Specimens of Mimulus moschatus. 1924,
xxiv—Californian Straw Flower (Col-
lomia grandifiora). 1924, xxiv—Flower-
ing specimen of Hicksbeachia pinnati-
folia. 1925, xlii—Seedling plants of
Hucalyptus ficifolia and E. calophylla
var. rosea. 1925, xl.

CHEEL, E., and J. B. CLELAND. Fungi from
the North Coast district. 1916, 104.

CHERRY, R. L. See under HeEptey, C.

CHISHOLM, E. C. Etiolated specimen of
Arum Lily. 1925, xl—Vegetable Cater-
jollewe, a2). sl.

CLELAND, J. B. Collection of botanical
specimens from Perth. 1906, 565—
Note on resistance of Australian vegeta-
tion to bush fires and antiquity of Aus-
tralian aboriginal. 1907, 554—(For

_ discussion on this note see 1907, p. 627)

Note on twists in bark of Jarrah,
Hucalyptus marginata. 1908, 291—
Specimens illustrating remarks on
Illawarra red water of cattle. 1909, 216
—Note on record of camels perspiring.
1909, 418—Abnormal flower of Can-
dollea, 1910, 522—Portion of a Sand-
pipe. 1910, 309—Mosquito-larvae from
Mount Kosciusko; and an aboriginal
stone axe-head from Cronulla. 1911,
424-425—Manna from Kunzea sp. 1912,
283—Hydatid Cysts, to show how they
are devoured by dogs without injury.
1912, 493—Acarids on a bull’s hide;
Lomatia leaves for export. 1912, 591—
Silver-fish from crop of a Turkey. 1914,
88—Pine-cones and twigs of Hucalypt
bitten off by White Cockatoos. 1914,
158—Manna on leaf of EHucalypt;
branchlet of Baeckea. 1914, 545—Root-
lets of a EHucalypt dependent from the
roof of a tunnel, 1915, 116—Seedling of
Hakea. 1916, 103—Webbing of gos-
samer-spiders. 1916, 191—Oyster-shells
from the bank of the Namoi R. 1917,
247—An introduced weed (Silene)
from Thirroul. 1917, 604—Four Parts
of Blanchard’s “Epigraphie Medicale”;
blowflies bred from an Agaric. 1918,
415—Ovo-testes from mullet (Mugil
grandis). 1919, 721—See also under
FLETCHER, J. J.

Chics, dio 18h, @inc! 1D, reso, — lbs
from the North Coast district. 1916,
104.

Cops, N. A. Simpte dissecting microscope.
1891, 167—Two fungi (Phallus sp. and
Cyathus sp.). 1891, 167.

4 TINDEX TO EXHIBITS.

CoLuic, R. Sponges from Wollongong.
1891, 8—Gorgonia from Thursday Is.
1891, 8.

CoLuins, Miss M. I. Crinum sp. 1921,
504—Specimens of Clianthus Dampieri.
1921, 504.

Corron, L. A. Diamonds from Copeton.
1909, 417.

Cox, J. C. New species of Leda. 1877,
122—Shells of Trigonia strangei. 1877,
122—Specimens of Aspergillum. 1877,
122—Wood carving from Solomon
Islands. 1878, 413—Young coco-nuts
and dates from Port Mackay, Queens-
land. 1879, 107—Turbinaria crater

‘attached to Pearl oyster shell. 1879,
116—Flower of Haemanthus tigrinus.
1879, 116—Vegetable caterpillars from
Kurrajong. 1879, 312—White Cypraea
umbilicata from Tasmania; Ovulum
gigas from Victoria. 1879, 387—Striated
fruit of Lisbon lemon; also malformed
navel orange. 1879, 387—Fossil teeth
of Diprotodon. 1879, 408—Maori mask.
1879, 409—Crustacean (Astacopsis) and
three fish (Galaxias) from Mount
Wilson. 1879, 471—Live specimens of
Astacopsis from Mount Wilson, 1880,
105—White ants’ nest with two eggs
of large Iguana. 1880, 192—Fungus
(Mylitta australis) used by blacks.
1880, 192—Stone axe heads and other
articles of aboriginal manufacture fiom
the Cloncurry River. 1880, 637—
Fossil seeds from Forest Diggings.
1881, 196—-Record of Leucosia splendida
from Tweed River. 1881, 197—Cypraea
yrinceps from Torres Strait. 1881, 539—
Ancient carving from Solomon Islands.
1881, 539—Albino variety of Platycercus
pallidiceps. 1881, 729—Account of
hairy balls believed to be shark’s or
ray’s castings. 1881, 790—Axes made
from Tvridacna shell from Caroline
Islands. 1881, 790—(¥For Mr. GILLiaTr)
Stone axes and fossils from the Dar-
ling. 1881, 790—EHthnological speci-
mens from the South Sea Islands.
1881, 836—Bowl from.San Christoval
Island. 1881, 846—Club from Solomon
Group. 1882, 65—Moth of family
Liphosidae. 1882, 91—Block of wood
from shaft at Penrith. 1882, 134
—Latirus strangei from Bulli. 1882,
328—Fossil nuts and seeds from Forest
Reefs, Orange. 1882, 328—Stone
hatchet. 1882, 329—Oysters from Swan
Bay near Cape Hawke. 1882, 560—
Native torch from Duke of York
Island. 1882, 560—Ironstone nodule
from Liverpool Plains. 1883, 417—
Remarkable blenny (Cristiceps) from
Broken Bay. 1883, 417—Conus nodu-

losus and C. abbas. 1883, 441—Rocks
with globules of water enclosed. 1583,
441—Cypraea lynz. 1883, 442—De-
formed hen-eggs. 1883, 442—Silk-
worm cocoons and gall of a Coccus.
1883, 442—Skull of rabbit with elon-
gate incisors. 1883, 464—Fossil En-
crinite stems. 1883, 464—Collection of
aboriginal implements ete., from New
Guinea. 1883, 534—Cluster of large
mud oysters. 1884, 508—Latiazxvis
mawae. 1884, 682—Letter with re-
marks on poison of Conus geographicus.
1884, 944—Collection of fibres. 1884,
946—Banded specimens of Helix. 1884,
946—New species of land shell. 1884,
946—Mushroom grown at Pott’s Point.
1884, 1206—Dried specimen of Hrioste-
mon . Coxii. 1884, 1206—Oysters (0.
edulis) from Port Jackson. 1885, 75—
Plant in which flowers had been
succeeded by bulbils. 1885, 76—
Femur of Dinornis robustus. 1885, 76
Iron-stained sandstone nodule. 1885,
189—A large Sepia. 1885, 189
Observations on the migrations of the
maray. 1885, 343—Cup made of coco-
nut. 1885, 448—Teeth and bones of
horses from deep alluvium. 1885, 853
—Fossils from near Maitland. 18&85,
853—Flower and fruit of Hucalyptus
ficifolia. 1885, 853--New Caledonia
sling stones. 1886, 127—Native cap
made from cobwebs. 1886, 854—
Cypraea decipiens. 1886, 881—Helix
koorongensis from South Australia.
1886, 974—Fruit of Hugenia jambosa.
1887, 144—Collection of Lepidoptera
from Perak. 1887, 144—Cast of Latris
hecateia. 1887, 979—Lepidoptera from
Victoria. 1887, 979—Living specimens
of Helix maconelli from Queensland,
H. falconari from Richmend River.
1887, 1075—Living specimen of Tri-
gonia strangei from Port Jackson.
1887, 1075—Ancylus irvinae from Tas-
mania. 1888, 894—Tertiary fossil
(Thylacodes decussatus). 1888, 894—
Land and freshwater mollusea from
near Narrabri. 1888, 1253—Carbon-
iferous fossils from the Goulburn
River. 1888, 1255—Record of regularity
of appearance of green cicada near Syd-
ney. 1888, 1508—Crustacean (Squilla
sp.). 1888, 1559—Millstone used by
natives near Cooper’s Creek. 1889, 188
—Photographs of Turbo jourdani show-
ing operculum. 1889, 189—Deformed
Cypraea vitellus. 1889, 189—Sea snake
(Pelamis bicolor) from Botany Bay.
1889, 633—New Limpet (Ancylus)
from Port Hacking. 1889, 633—Draw-
ings of new Cypraea. 1889, 633—
Albino specimen of Dacelo gigas. 1890,

CuRRAN, J. M.

INDEX TO EXHIBITS. 75

294—Fossil Hquisetum from North
Shore. 1890, 294—Remarks on plague
of mice at North Shore. 1890, 294—
Attention called to time of appearance
of the cicada near Sydney. 1890, 656
—Rock lily with remarkable bud. 1891,
125—British snail (Helix ericetorum)
naturalized in Australia. 1891, 577—
Specimen of Purpura textilosa from
Brewarrina. 1892, 20—Collection of
star-fishes, sponges and Gorgonias
from N.W. Australia, 1892, 41—Speci-
mens of the prawn, Palaemon ornatus,
in Hunter River. 1892, 41—Photo-
eraphs of angler fishes and a Siamese
twin shark from New Zealand. 1892,

41—Dendrobium speciosuin showing
budding. 1893, 43—Herring (Hlops

SQUTUS ) . 1893, 436—Voluta mazmilla
from Tasmania. 1893, 436—Species of
fungi infesting caterpillars and other
larvae. 1894, 362—Lamellibranch
(Mactra) from White Cliffs, partly
replaced by opal. 1894, 467—Orna-
mented boomerang club. 1894, 467—
Aboriginal shield from W.A. 1894, 708
—Specimens of Chiton sinclairi, with
a note on list of Australian Acantho-
chitidae. 1894, 709—Living specimens
of Terebratulina cancellata from off
Cape Hawke. 1896, 505—Myochama
woodsi from Derwent River, Tasmania.
1896, 505—Specimens of Cypraea and
Trivia. 1897, 578—Specimen of Voluta
jednalli from Port Darwin with notes.
1898, 648—Note on Thersites pachystila
var. subfusco-zonata. 1898, 650—Speci-
mens of varieties of Thersites bipartita.
1898, 651—See also under O«aiLtBy, J. D.
Taeniopteris associated
with fish from Ballimore Coal Series.
1889, 634—Dick Swift petrological
microscope. 1890, 491—Photographs of
geological interest from western and
central N.S.W. 1890, 491—Microphoto-
graphs of leucite basalt and cther
basalts. 1890, 491—Photographs show-
ing aboriginal carvings around grave
mounds. 1890, 491—Stone implements
from Western Districts. 1890, 491—
Aboriginal skull from Bogan River
Tribe. 1890, 491—Stalactite of metallic
copper from Cobar. 1891, 381—Knotted
schist from Bathurst. 1891, 703—
Auriferous lode-stuff from Pambula.
1891, 703—Lithographs of rock sections.
1892, 20—Note on fossil Buprestid from
Inverell. 1893, 181—Silurian coral
(Heliolites) from Molong. 1893, 181—
Trachyte from Coonabarrabran. 1894,
467—Blue sapphire in basalt from New
England. 1894, 467—Photographs and
specimens illustrating geology of Mt.
Kosciusko Plateau, with notes. 1896,

819—See also under Frercuer, J. J.;
Macreay, W.; STEPHENS, W. J.

DarieEy, C. W. Shells of mud oyster from

Rozelle Bay. 1891, 307—Voluta mag-
nifica exhibiting superficial borings.
1891, 307—Shells from sandspit off
Darling Point. 1891, 7083—Photographs
of, and remarks on, aboriginal kitchen-
middens on the Richmond River. 1892,
314—Rock bored by Pholas. 1896, 269
—Sheet lead perforated by termites.
1896, 269—Ancient boomerang from
Darling River. 1896, 818—Particulars
of reported occurrence of VYeredo and
rock oyster, Gippsland Lakes. 1896,
818. Timber of punt attacked by
Isopod. 1900, 115.

Davip, T. W. E. Fossils and bore cores

from near Wallsend. 1886, 127—Basalt-
glass (Tachylyte) from New England.
1887, 1078—Dacite from Moss Vale.
1887, 1083—Pitchstone from Port
Stephens. 1887, i084—Chiastolite in
stone hatchet, near Vegetable Creek.
1887, 1084—(For Mr. C. S. WiLkinson)
Intrusive basalt from Bulli. 1888, 423
—Gabbro from Canoblas. 1888, 424—
Remarks on occurrence of stilbite at
Kiama. 1891, 8—(For Mr. J. H.
Carner) Precious opal from White Cliffs.
1891, 166—Remarks on luminous organ-
isms in Illawarra district. 1891, 249
—Note on occurrence of sphene in
granite from Bathurst. 1893, 44, 126—
Lepidodendron from Back Creek. 1893,
126—Glossopteris leaves attached to
stem from western coalfield. 1893, 218
—Silurian coral (Mucophyllum) trom
Yass district. 1894, 467—Sections of
oolitic limestone from Manning River.
1895, 409—Fossil algae (?) from Yass
district. 1895, 410—Rocks from War-
rumbungle Mts. 1895, 549—Note on
radiolarian rock, Tamworth. 1896, 505
Minute organisms from Rolling Downs
formation. 1901, 311—Carboniferous
plant (Ulodendron) from Welshman’s
Creek, N.S.W. 1915, xx—Fossil wood
bored by Teredo. 1921, 504—Microzoal
limestone. 1921, 504—Paraffin wax
from Ruthven bore, Q@. 1921, 504—
Petrol from natural gas at Roma. 1921,
504—Chert containing spore cases.
1922, xxx—See also under ETHERIDGE, R.,
and D2 WwW. He DaAwap:

IDA, “We WY5 leo IR, leben eynGl Ie It

PirrmMaNn, Lantern views and specimens
illustrating geology of Kosciusko
Plateau. 1901, 74.

Deane, H. Sandstone penetrated by bur-

rows, probably insect. 1883, 298—Rocks
on railway between Gunnedah and
Narrabri. 1883, 386—Water from

mineral spring near Ryde. 1884, 179—
Gall. from Hucalyptus vresinifera ?.
1884, 386—Caterpillar fungus. 1884,
508—Two eggs, almost black, of com-
mon duck. 1886, 974—Spider of genus
Gastracantha. 1886, 1207—Melaleuca
Deanei from Lane Cove. 1886, 1207—
Fresh specimens of Prasophyllum
Deanianum, with a note. 1887, 142—
(For Mr. Percy WiLiiaAMs) Ferrugin-
ous concretions in pipe-clay, Lachlan

River. 1887, 142—Marine shells found
in mud below Hawkesbury River
bridge. 1888, 422—Excrescence on root
ot Monotoca elliptica. 1888, 1096—
Apodal lizard (Delma impar). 1888,
1096—Fossils from Bredbo. 1888, 1096,
1316—Kitten with double body. 1888,

1316—Attention called to means of dis-
tinguishing plant species by qualities
and products generally overlooked.
1889, 190—(For Mr. J. KF. FirzHarpince)
Fasciation in branch of Casuarina.
1890, 656—Ophideres saliminia from
Casino. 1891, 249—Remarks on lumin-
cus insects in Richmond River district.
1891, 249—Hucalypt timbers. 1891, 576
—Flowers of Pavonia hastata grown at
Hunter’s Hill. 1892, 174—Zinnia show-
ing transformation of florets into
shoots. 1892, 174—Specimens of Iron-
bark and Box groups of Hucalyptus.
1892, 404—Timber of Hucalyptus leu-
coxzylon and #. paniculata. 1892, 404—
Lizard (Mocoa sp.) with bifurcated
tail. 1892, 404—Plants from Broken

Hill and Tarrawingee. 1883, 329—
Attention drawn to introduced plant
(Lotus hispidus) at Prospect. 1898,

330—Botanical specimens from Tweed
River and Hawkesbury River. 1895,
537—Cotton-grass snake (Typhlops sp.)
from Menindie. 1896, 113—Rare spider
(Actinopus sp.) from Menindie. 1896,
269—Mounted specimens of W. A. wild
flowers. 1896, 351—Rock specimens
from Victoria Lakes. 1896, 818—Photo-
eraphs of fossil plants. 1897, 441—
Fossil fruits ascribed to genus Hakea
from New Zealand. 1898, 107—Old
EKucalypt stump unearthed in George
Street. 1898, 172—Plants from neigh-
bourhood of Byrock. 1899, 135—(For
P. HE. WititrtaAmMs) Quartzite stone axe
from near Wileannia. 1900, 612—Con-
tribution to discussion on welfare of
indigenous fauna and flora. 1908, 633
—Specimens from South Australia:
fruiting branches of dwarf Hucalyptus
pyriformis, seeds of three species of
Santalaceae, large scorpions, native
ornament. 1909, 413—Epidote from
South Australia. 1909, 4183—Abnormal
fruits of Cocos plumosa. 1909, 413—

INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

Notice of address. on the physiography,
geology and botany along the route of
the proposed Transcontinental Railway
Line between Port Augusta, S.A., and
Kalgoorlie, W.A. 1910, 912—Lantern-
slides illustrating the physiography and
botany of the country along the route
of the proposed Transcontinental Rail-
way Line. 1910, 912—A rare Grevillea
from the Blue Mountains. 1910, 483—
See also under Brazimr, J.

Dr Vis, C. W. See under Frercuer, J. J.

Discussion on welfare of indigenous
fauna and flora. 1908, 629.

Drxon, J. R. L. Sections of decalcified
lower jaw-bone of a dog prepared by the
pyridin-silver-nitrate method. iG),
119.

Dixson, H. Undetermined species of
Dendrobium from Solomon Islands.
1894, 708—Fresh flowering specimens of
two W. A. Kennedyas. 1916, 267—See
also under Bakrr, R. T.

Drxson, T. S. Preparations of bacillus
of typhoid fever and others similar to
it. 1882, 303—See also under FLETCHER,
Ve dls

Dopp, S. Remarks on the deaths of some
animals tethered near a garden plant
of the South African Acokanthera spec-

tabilis. 1913, 109.
D’OmpriAN, E. A. Chrysalides, and eggs
of insects. 1911, 425—Seeds eaten by

Great Black Palm Cockatoo. 1912, 493
—Portion of plank injured by a marine
Wood-borer. 1913, 110.

Dun, W. S. Trilobites from the Silurian
of England. 1896, 818—Specimen of
Receptaculites. USVA, 441—Tawites
medius from Bulyeroi Bore. 1897, 442
—Protospongia in Lower Silurian
slates. 1897, 442—Two fossil shells
from the Narrabeen Beds. 1898, 173—
Specimens of kerosene shale. 1900, 69.
——Carbonate of copper from Long Reef.
1900, 761—Plant-bearing shale from
Sydney Harbour Colliery shaft. 1901,
738—Species of Conularia from Ravens-
field and Harper’s Hill. 1902, 495—
Phialocrinus konincki from Mt. Vincent.
1903, 361—Conularia from Clarence-
town. 1905, 395—Lepidodendron from
Yalwal. 1905, 577—Graptolites from
near Tallong. 1908, 434—Glendonites
from Gerringong. 1908, 798—Specimen
of Lingula from Ravensfield. 1909, 216—
(For A. B. WaLkom) Glendonites from
the Lower Marine Series. 1912, 493
—Photograph of reptilian footprints in

shale. 1913, 399—Silurian Coral. 1913,
607—Fossil dicyelic Crinoid. 1914, 545
—Stalactite and calcified Myriapod.
1916, 191.

INDEX TO EXHIBITS. Uh

Duncan, W. S. Collection of land and
freshwater Mollusca from Inverell
district. 1891, 574—Collection of Cole-
optera from Inverell. 1893, 43.

EpvELFELt, —. Native bag of fibre from
Morus ? sp. 1885, 126.

ETHERIDGE, R. Pair of Kuditcha shoes
from Barrow Creek, Central Australia.
1894, 562—Fossil leaves from _ Cool-
gardie, W.A., and near Birdsville, Q.
1897, 685—Note on musical spear from
New ireland. 1899, 373—Wooden fish
hooks used in the Pacific. 1899, 477—
(For P. HE. Wirr1ams) Disc of slate
from near Bourke. 1900, 696—Contri-
bution to discussion on welfare of in-
digenous fauna and flora. 1908, 632.

PRHERIDGE, R., and TZ W. EH. Davin.
Portions of skeleton of aboriginal found
at Long Bay. 1888, 739—Aboriginal
skull, with a note. 1888, 1314—Seeds
of palm from Central Australia. 1892,
373—Seeds of Bean tree from Central
Australia used by aborigines for neck-
laces. 1892, 373.

Ewan, —. Nitrate of uranium and citrate
of caffeine. 1882, 328—Gum resin of
Hucalyptus globulus. 1882, 328.

FaIirHFUL, P. See under STEPHENS, W. J.

FARNELL, F. Contribution to discussion
on welfare of indigenous fauna and
flora. 1908, 630.

FrerGuson, HE. W. Destructive Longicorn,
Fleas, Ticks and Mosquitoes. 1914, 545
—Foreign biting-flies. 1915, 116—
Imago and larvae of muscid fly. 1920,
265—Species of Tabanidae. 1921, 210
—Head of fowl infested with fleas.
Gy, o-o-ahirle

FINCKH, C. EB. See under Baker, R. T.

Fincku, H. E. Report of importation of
Huropean newts and hatching of
Japanese newt. 1908, 798.

FITZGERALD, R. D. Drawings of fossil
bones from Lord Howe Island. 1884,
1206.

FITZHARDINGE, J. F. See under DEANE, H.

FLAVELLE, A. E. See under Hatrican,
Se Lal

FrLetcHer, J. J. Giant earthworm from

Burrawang. 1883, 218—Plates of

Dendrolagus. 1883, 218—Parasitic

worm (filaria) from kangaroo. 1883,

388—Giant earthworm. 1884, 681

Young of Pseudophryne australis. 1885,

342—Antechinus flavipes with nine

mammary foetuses. 1886, 164—Blasto-

dermic vesicles of kangaroos. 1886, 164

—Foetus of Ospranter robustus. 1886,

164—Mizophyes fasciolatus from Mt.

Wilson, 1886, 238—Segmenting ova of

Pseudophryne bibronii and tadpoles of

1886, 477—(For Rev. J.
M. Curran) Grevillea anethifolia in
fruit, with a note. 1886, 1208—(For
Dr. Drxson) Photographs of two fin-
back whales (Balaenoptera) captured
at Twotold Bay. 1886, 1208—(For Mr.
A. G. Hamirton) Remarkable frog, un-
determined. 1887, 175—Living speci-
mens of Bipalium kewense. 1887, 251
—Indigenous land planarians. 1887,
414—-Peripatus from Gippsland, with
note. 1887, 450—Plants from Derby,
N.W. Australia. 1887, 557—(For Baron
VON MUELLER) Drawing of Aldrovandra
vesiculosa. 1887, 621—(For Mr. Dr
Vis) Lower Jaw of Nototherium. 1887,
1078—Plants from Derby. 1888, 335
Flowering specimens of JVallisneria
spiralis and Symphyonema paludosum.
1888, 400—Collection of plants from
Derby. 1888, 425—Collection of plants
from Cobar. 1888, 425—Peripatus, with
a note. 1888, 892—List of plants col-
lected by Mr. Froggatt in N.W. Aus-
tralia. 1888, 1256—Two new species of
frogs. 1888, 1258—Frog previously ex-
hibited (March, 1887) apparently Helio-
porus albopunctatus. 1888, 1258—Letter
from Dr. Creed calling attention to mice
in country districts. 1888, 1508—
Young specimens of Peripatus leuckarti.
1888, 1508—Botanical specimens col-
lected on excursions. 1888, 1508—
Plants collected in Wagga _ district.
1883, 1560—Living specimens of Peri-
patus leuckarti from Burrawang. 1888,
1560—Letter from Baron von Mueclle>
re distribution of waratah. 1889, 139—
Collection of plants from near Hay.
1889, 1054—Collection of plants from
Nymagee. 1889, 1055—Silene cucubalus
and trefoil from Wagga Wagga. 1889,
1055—Collection of plants from near
Wagea Wagga. 1889, 1100—Collection
of plants from King George’s Sound.
1890, 295—Living and spirit specimens
of Notaden Bennettii. 1890, 414
Small worm living on Astacopsis
serratus. 1890, 510—Notaden Bennettii
from Trangie. 1890, 898—Land plan-
arian (Bipalium kewense). 1891, 44—
Prolification in the flannel flower.
1891, 44—Three species of frogs from
Goangra, near Walgett. 1891, 44—
Hyla gracilenta from the Richmond
River. 1891, 44—(For Mr. J. H. Roszr)
Inland species of frog (Chiroleptes
platycephalus) from near Walgett. 1891,
125—Terrestrial Nemertines (Geone-
mertes sp.) trom Richmond River and
Tasmania. 1891, 167—Male Peripatus
leuckartii. 1891, 167—Fruits of Sechium
edule from Queensland. 1891, 168
Living specimens of Chiroleptes aus-

same species.

INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

tralis. 1891, 168—Note on supposed ovi-
parity of Peripatus leuckartw. 1891, 577
—Fly (Phytomyzidae) whose larvae in-
fest Composites. 1891, 704—Crickets
(Gryllus servillei) from McIntyre
River district. 1891, 704—Collection of
plants from Blue Mountains. 1892, 40
—Living adult and young Peripatus.
1892, 40—Female galls of new species
of Brachyscelids. 1892, 667—Flannel
flower (Actinotus helianthi), with a
note by Dr. Woolls. 1893, 45—Flowers
of Rhyncospermun jasminoides with
trapped flies. 1893, 45—(For Mr. J. H.
Rose) Two frogs from Warialda. 1893,
126—Large undescribed frog from near
Sydney. 1893, 126—Collection of botan-
ical specimens obtained by Hider
Exploring Expedition. 1893, SQs——
Specimens of Ruppia maritima trom
Manly. 1893, 303—(For Mr. G. L.
PircHEeR) Undeseribed Longicorn. 1898,
438—Nests of wasp (Humenes latreillei)
with specimens of wasp and of
COhrysis sp. 1893, 438—Grevillea parvi-
flora from various localities. 1893, 535
—Isopogon sp. from Blue Mountains.
1893, 536—A new species of Isopogon
from Blue Mountains and specimens of
IT. anemonifolius. 1894, 188—Entomos-
traca (Lepidurus) from Tamworth and
Dandaloo. 1894, 362—Flowers of
Mandevilla suaveolens. 1894, 3862—
Land Nemertine from Mt. Kosciusko
Plateau and near Gosford. 1895, 342
—Eneglish humble bees. 1895, 537—
(For Mr. F. M. Battery) Collection of
medicinal plants from Queensland.
1896, 269—(For Dr. R. Broom) Fossil
marsupials from bone breccia near
Wombeyan Caves. 1896, 269—(For
Miss Georgina Kine) Letters and
sketches referring to Boronia jlori-
bunda. 1896, 584—Watercolour draw-
ings of Australian animals by Dr. J.
Stuart. 1896, 585—Moths from cater-
pillars resembling Hucalyptus shoots.
1897, 44—(For C. T. Musson) Day-
flying moth (Agarista macleayi). 1897,
44--Bossiaea rhombifolia infested with
fungus. 1897, 44—Beetle (Rhopaea
soror) from Richmond. 1897, 44—
Viscum articulatum, parasitic on San-
talum. 1897, 254—Hymenopterous in-
sects from vineyard fence near Wagga.
1897, 578—(For Mr. J. H. Rose) Longi-
corn (Rhytiphora rosei) from Warialda.
1898, 274—Little known frog from near
Warialda. 1898, 274—Specimens illus-
trating fauna of Mt. Kosciusko Plateau.
1899, 193—Specimens of Heleioporus
pictus from W.A. 1899, 194—F'resh-
water crab (Hymenosoma lacustris)
from Tasmania. 1900, 61—Peripatus

from New Zealand. 1900, 116—
Attencion called to two forms of ccom-
mon Pittosporum about Sydney. 1900,
543—Books and relics of J. W. Lewin.
1901, 540—Some original drawings
made during voyage of “Beagle”. 1902,
344-_-Ms. journal of Mr. Syms Coving-
ton. 1902, 344—Coins from collection
of Mr. Syms Covington. 1902, 370—
Record of stridulating Agarista (A.
nvacleayi). 1902. 657—Charles Darwin’s
pocket compass received from Mr.
Syms Covington. 19038, 363—Bursarvria
spinosa bearing species of Loranthus.
19038, 3863—Branchlets of Hucalyptus
punctata with noticeable quantities of
manna from near Ryde. 1903, 686—
Copy of “Voyages de Corneille de
Bruyn par la Moscovie, en Perse, et aux
Indes Orientales’” (1725). 1903, 686—
Fresh flowering specimens of Hpacris
impressa from Pambula. 1903, 832—
Collection of native plants from Pam-
bula_ district. 1903, 944—(For Mr.
Harpine) Proliferous rose from Eliza-
beth Bay House. 1904, 558—Male
amenta of Bunya Bunya (Araucaria
Bidwill) . 1904, 697—Remarks on
whereabouts of Dr. Solander’s journal.
1905, 223—-Remarks on Loranths. 1905,
397—List of host plants for three
species of Loranthus. 1905, 488—
Specimens of Loranthus celastroides
parasitic on various species and para-
sitised by other Loranths. 1905, 488—
(For Miss M. Lopper) Young of a
species of Galaxias. 1906, 430—Male
amenta of Bunya Bunya. 1906, 431—
Letter from Miss Lodder re occurrence
of small fishes (Galaxvias sp.) in damp
earth. 1906, 497—Flowers of Welichrus
rotatus, showing large amount of
nectar produced. 1906. 498—Communi-
cated opinion of Mr. Stead regarding
Tasmanian fishes (Galaxias sp.) found
in damp earth. 1906, 566—Typical
examples of Hyla ewingii. 1907, 159
—Germinating seeds and young seed-
lings of Cassytha pubescens. 1907, 556
—Flowers of Jasminum grandiflorum,
showing floral prolification. 1907, 744
—(For T. L. Bancrorr) Collection of
Queensland mosquitoes. 1908, 288—
Lantern slides of germinating seeds and
young seedlings of Loranthus. 1908,
288—Specimens of Loranthus Bidwilltt
from Warrumbungle Mts., and from
near Young. 1908, 291—Germinating
seeds of Nuytsia floribunda. 1908, 344
—Letter from J. B. Cleland re preserva-
tion of fauna and flora in W.A. 1908,
635—Photographs, specimens and seed-
lings illustrating germination and
growth stages of Atkinsonia ligustrina

INDEX TO EXHIBITS. 79

and Nuytsia floribunda. 1908, 736—
(For J. B. Crentanp) Sections of
branches, suckers and natural seedlings

of Nuytsia. 1908, 800—(For H.
W ASTENEYS ) Two pieces of wood
cemented to branches of shrubs. 1909,
219—Diptera bred from fruits of

Loranthus pendulus. 1909, 419—A rare
Grevillea from the Blue Mountains,
probably a natural Hybrid. 1910, 433-
434—-Angophora seedlings with anomal-
ous cotyledons. 1910, 661—(For Mr. T.
STEPHENS) Portion of plank destroyed
by “dry-rot”. 1910, 311—(For W. M.
CARNE and C. T. Musson) A rare phyllo-
pod crustacean. 1911, 159—Specimens
of rare species of Persoonia. 1911, 306
—Spine-tailed Swift struck by light-
ning. 1912, 138—Fruits of Tecoma
radicans. 1913, 113—Cohesion of
opposite leaves of Lantana. 1914, 89,
162—Abnormal racemes of Poke-weed.
1915, 421—Viscid fruits of Pisonia,
which catch Blue Wrens. 1915, 629—
Portrait of the late Sir R. Owen. 1916,
220—Abnormal flowers of Grevillea
buxifolia. 1917, 247—Reversion-shoots
and Acacia-seedlings. 1917, 303—Three
cerimson-flowered Callistemons. 1917,
343—Callistemon sp. 1917, 440—
Brachyscelid galls. 1918, 361—Plants,
other than Eucalypts and Angophoras,
with shoot-bearing tumours. 1918, 415
—Melaleuca Deanei and Petrophila
sessilis. 1918, 416—Water-storing
Mallee-roots, and water therefrom. 1918,
496—Grevillea buxifolia with bipistil-
late flowers. IGA). 527—Fasciated
phylloclades of Bossiaea scolopendria
bearing leaves. 1919, 528—Fasciated
fiowering branches of Phyllota phyli-
coides. 1919, 528—Leafy galls on
Cassinia sp., and teratological develop-
ments on Aster ramulosa and Kennedya
monophylla. 1919, 722—Leaf of Jaca-
randa ovalifolia. 1920, 204—Flowering
branches, reversion shoots and _ seed-
lings of Acacias. 1920, 204—Specimens
of Persoonia tlucida. 1920, 531—
Stunted branch of Hucalyptus saligna
with cluster of female galls. 1920, 319
—Pod and seeds of Hrythrina indica.
1921, 238, 269—Dwarf plant of Darwinia
taxifolia. 1922, xxiv—Lantern-slides
showing germination of Loranthus.
1922, xxvii—Remarks on Indian Bulbul
(Otocompsa emeria). 1922, xxy—
Reference to life of Charles Gould.
1925, xiv.

HEBROHER Je andaG.. ot. Musson:
Lantern-illustrations of modification of
plant-growth due to parasites. 1915,
xx—Plants collected near the boundary

between the Counties of Cumberland
and Cook. 1915, 489.

Frynn, T. T. Intracranial cast of whale,
Prosqualodon davidis. 1922, xxx
Photograph showing parturition in
Potorus tridactylus. 1922, xxviii.

ForsytH, W. (For Mr. J. H. MatpEn)
Flowering specimens of three rare
plants. 1897, 811—A rare Grevillea

from the Blue Mountains.

MOUCART; I. Leaf of poisonous New
Guinea tree. 1886, 506—“Meerschaum”
from the Nambucca River. 1887, 144.

Fox, F. Exhibition of handling venomous
snakes. 1909, 712.

Frignp, N. B. Fangs and venom from
Diamond Rattler Snake. 1921, 350—
Freshly prepared specimen of picramic

1910, 433.

acid. 1922, xxviii—Analysis of stalac-
tite. 1925, xxxix—Stalactites from
National Park. 1925, xxxviii.
Froaeatr, J. L. Fungus emitting iodo-
form-like odour. 1912, 557—Fossil-
bones from Cuddie Spring. 1914, 253
—An undescribed parasitic chalcid
wasp. 1916, 494—Parasitic wasp from

pupae of Blowflies. 1917, 302—House-

flies bred from rotten liver. 1918, 361
—Martynia lutea, a noxious weed in
parts of Queensland. 1920, 180.

Froeeatr, W. W. Native weapons and
implements from N.W. Australia. 1888,
422—Girella tricuspidata, illustrating
method of preparation for exhibition.
1889, 313—-Spinifex resin as prepared by
aborigines. 1889, 654—Hight kinds of
galls with insects bred from them, from
Rose Bay and Woollahra. 1889, 1053—
Case moth (Oiketicus elongatus). 1889,
1100—Parasitic Hymenoptera. 1889,
1100—Collection of species of Paropsis
from Mt. Dromedary. 1890, 11—Fig
leaves stripped of tissue by larvae. 1890,
141—Small moth obtained from tin of
cayenne pepper. 1890, 244—Orange
leaves from Thornleigh covered with
black mildew. 1890, 296—Specimens of
plague locust from Hay, Mulwala and
the Wimmera. 1890, 296—Two Coccid
galls on Hucalyptus sp. from King’s

Sound. 1890, 413—Larvae of undeter-
mained Saw-fly destroying Acacia
decurrens about Melbourne. 1890, 510

-—Note on life-history of Pterygophorus
cinctus. 1890, 654—Grasshopper fre-
quenting flowers to capture bees. 1891,
8—Hymenoptera from the Australian
Alps. 1891, 8—Collection of insects
from Ballarat district. 1891, 307—Rare
Saw-fly (Peiga affinis) from Ballarat.
1891, 307—Beetles (Aaxionichus insig-
nis) showing protective colouration.
1891, 381—Hymenoptera from Ballarat.
1891, 577—Tipula from Rose Bay. 1891,

80

INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

577—Homopterous galls from Wollon-
gong and parasitic Hymenoptera. 1891,
577—Seales and perfect insects of
species of Psylla. 1891, 682—Homop-
terous galls from Yass. 1891, 682—
Note on life-history of Dipterous insect
(Syrphus). 1891, 704—Leaf-boring fly
(Phytomyza sp.) bred from leaves of

sunflower. 1891, 704—Homopterous
galls found on Casuarina suberosa.
1891, 704—Series illustrating life-
history of Jalmenus evagoras. 1892,
40—An arboreal spiny grasshopper

from Ballina. 1892, 40—Collection of
rare beetles from Ballina and Hllalong.
1892, 40—Rare saw-fly (Philomastix
glaber) and its larvae from Mt.
Vincent. 1892, 201—Collection of Cole-
optera from Torren’s Creek, N.Q. 1892,
201—Male specimens of Thynnus
brenchieyi. 1892, 201—KFemale speci-
mens of undescribed Coelostoma. 1892,
278—Robber-fly with a bee. 1892, 278—
Living specimen of Gecko (Gymnodac-
tylus miliusii) from Bendigo. 1892,
314—Leaves of Hucalyptus obtusifolia
attacked by Coccid. 1892, 344—Brachy-
scelid Coccids and galls with parasites.
1892, 373—Twig of Hucalyptus robusta
attacked by Psyllae. 1892, 380—Spray
of Acacia undulifolia with aborted seed
pods, attacked by Hymenoptera. 1892,
404—Hucalyptus longifolia covered with

seale (Hriococcus sp.), together with
moth whose larva destroys coccus.
1892, 404—Small Coccinella (Rhizo-
bius ? sp.). 1892, 404—A common
Passalid (Aulacocyclus kawpi) from
Bathurst. 1893, 45—Female galls on
Hucalyptus capitellata from Sutherland.
1893, 45—Crane-fly (Tipulidae) and
bug (Reduviidae) showing mimetic

markings of latter. 1893, 126—Fungoid
growth on scales of Homopterous in-
sect. 18938, 218—Galls of Cecidomyia
nubitipennis on leaf stalks of Hucalyp-
tus siderophloia. 1893, 238—Thrips
galls on Callistemon salignus. 1893,
303—Note on Icerya aegyptiacum. 18938,
534—Icerya rosae from near Sydney,
with a note. 1894, 186—Acacia stem
attacked by Hudoxyla eucalypti. 1894,
467—Coleoptera from Coolgardie and
Fraser Range, W.A. 1894, 540—Fungus
growing from mouth of shell (Helix

poma). 1894, 740—Hoops from powder
kegs attacked by Gracilia pygmaea.
1895, 209—Larva of Australian silk-

worm moth destroyed by parasitic
Hymenoptera. 1895, 209—Pine resin
from stems of Frenella robusta, enclos-

ing insects. 1895, 341—Collection of
Australian ants. 1895, 519—Beetle
(Fam. Paussidae) from nest of ant.

1895, 519—Collection of Sydney Cicadas.
1895, 537—Two species of scale insects
and parasites, with a note. 1895, 549
—Insects frequenting four species of
Xanthorrhoea in County of Cumber-
land. 1896, 88—lLiving specimen of
Moloch horridus from Kalgoorlie. 1896,
88—Living specimens of Coelostoma
australe. 1896, 113—Larvae of Acacia
goat-moth attacked by fungus and
turned into vegetable caterpillars. 1896,
113—Larva, pupa, moth and _ bag-
shelters of Teara contraria from Pens-
hurst. 1896, 269—Silken-shelter of
species of Teara from Kalgoorlie. 1896,
269—Specimens of common species of
Teara in N.S.W. 1896, 269—Collection

of Australian Coccids. 1896, 382—
Arachnid from New Hebrides. 1896,
502—Bag-shelter of Teara from

Quirindi. 1896, 502—(For Mr. LyEr1)
Rare butterfly (Jalmenus myrsilus).
1896, 502—(For Mr. Matern) MHorn-
like galls on Eucalypt. 1896, 503—
Queensland fruit fly and apples attacked
by it. 1897, 124—Potatoes attacked by
white ants. 1897, 124—Adult female of
Monophiebus crawfordi. 1897, 161—
Stakes covered with scars cut by
Cicadas. 1897, 253—Scale insects and
eggs of scale-eating moth on Hucalyptus
twig. 1897, 810—Living specimen of
largest Australian white ant. 1897, 810
—Series of fruit flies from neighbour-
hood of Sydney. 1898, 75—Apple show-
ing discolouration from San José
seale. 1898, 75—Stone covered with
eggs of minute red mite. 1898, 172—
Undetermined fungoid growth on grass.
1898, 172—Acacia longifolia branches
covered with indigenous scale. 1898,
408—Collection of frog hoppers. 1898,
408—Twig of fruit with eggs of grass-
hopper. 1898, 437—Banksia leaves
covered with Homopterous larvae.
1898, 647—Collection of fruit flies of
subfamily Trypetinae. 1899, 190—
Cocoons of Lewin’s case moth. 1899,
283—Termites from Borneo, Sarawak
and Africa. 1899, 283—Plague cater-
pillars attacked by fungoid disease.
1899, 476—Oranges from Noumea
affected with scale. 1899, 476—Shoe-
horn destroyed by larvae of museum
beetle. 1899, 549—Cocoons of un-
described case moth. 1899, 549—New
plague locust. 1899, 698—Woody galls
of Brachyscelis fletcheri. 1899, 698—
Hucalypt from Mittagong showing
formation of manna. 1899, 698—Twelve
species of Australian ticks. 1900, 114—
Wheat stalks damaged by aphis. 1900,
697—Collection of J&cerya purchasi
from which lady-bird beetles had bred

INDEX TO EXHIBITS. 81

out. 1900, 697—Cherries from Armidale
district attacked by Rutherglen bug.
1900, 760—Carrot seed infested with

small beetle. 1900, 760—Galls on
Acacia pendula. 1901, 146—IJdolothrips
spectrum. 1901, 214—Collection of lac-

producing coccids of genus Zachardia.
1901, 515—Spiny Phasmid (Hatatosoma
tiaratum). 1901, 589—Samples of lac
from near Bundaberg. 1901, 631—Lady-
bird beetle, abundant on Norfolk
Island and Bunya Pines. 1901, 738—
Cultures of fungus used to destroy
Chinch bug. 1901, 738—Collection of
Coleoptera from southern Queensland
and northern rivers, N.S.W. 1902, 74
—Specimens and photographs of Aus-
tralian fleas. 1902, 205—W heat
damaged by grain weevil and grain
moth larva. 1902, 343—Apple wood
affected by San José scale. 1902, 343—
Coccid (Frenchia casuarinae) from
near Condobolin. 1902, 592—Larvae of
pine scrub beetle from dead or dying
Currawong bushes. 1902, 592—Lamelli-
corn beetle (Pentodon australis),
which had damaged maize crops. 1902,
656—Beetle (Chiroplatys), which had
devoured potatoes and tomatoes. 1902,
656—Species of grasshopper from Ben-
dithera Caves, near Moruya. 19038, 312
—Oedaleus marmoratus and O. senegal-
ensis. 1903, 312—Small beetle which
had caused serious damage to coconut
palms. 1903, 564—Nut grass (Cyperus
rotundus) infested by scale _ insect.
1903, 686—Parasites and hyper-parasites
of brown olive scale. 1903, 831—Larvae
of five species of Carabidae. 1904, 128
—Collection of undescribed scale in-
sects. 1904, 253—Collection of in-
digenous and introduced Diptera. 1904,
557—Larvae of sheep nasal or bot fly.
1904, 871—Two undetermined grass-
hoppers from W.A. 1904, 871—
Oligotoma gurneyi with webs. 1905,
175—Pupae of common bulldog ant.
1905, 175—Collection of Australian
Thysanura. 1905, 259—Italian forms of
_Japyx, Lepisma and Machilis. 1505,
259—Collection of Japanese Cicadas.
1905, 259—Paussid beetles, Arthropterus
darlingensis. 1905, 259—Deformed
branch of Eucalypt caused by fungoid
disease. 1905, 3807—-Two species of
Coleoptera which damaged coconut
palms in New Hebrides. 1905, 307
—Specimens of vine moth and
parasite. 1905, 3851—Wheat stalks
damaged by aphids. 1905, 487—
-Freshwater crustacean, Lepidurus sp.,
from Hay. 1905, 487—Specimens illus-
trating life-history of Pauropsalta
annulata. 1905, 576—Neuropterous in-
F

sect, Croce attenuata from North
Queensland. 1905, 576—Larvae of
African “‘bont” tick. 1906, 174—Collec-
tion of Australian fleas. 1906, 174—
Attention called to report of mortality
among marsupials caused by sand-flies.
1906, 175—Gregarious Phasmids show-
ing remarkable colouration. 1906, 261
—Leaves of Hugenia sp., coated with
tests of “Snow flies’’. 1906, 427—
Axionicus insignis from stem of damaged
Kurrajong tree. 1906, 496—Coccid galls

from Central Australia. 1906, 565—
Collection of Thynnidae. 1907, 158—
Grasshopper, Oedaleus senegalensis.

1907, 158—Dried land snails mixed with
seed of imported forage plants. 1907,
393—Neuropterous insect (Chasmop-
tera huttii) with modified hind wings.
1908, 434—Biting and _ blood-sucking
Diptera from the Sudan. 1908, 635—
Series of fruit flies (Dacus spp.). 1908,
736—Water bugs and eggs from Mexico.
1908, 798—Water bugs imported from
Africa into England. 1908, 798—
Largest Lecanid scale insect, Lopho-
coccus maximus. 1908, 798—Wingless
females of species of Mutilla, which
sting very sharply. 1908, 798—Life-
history of Mexican cotton boll weevil.
1909, 216—Larva of water beetle and
Nematode worm found in stomach of
trout. 1909, 216—Large land crab from
Solomon Islands. 1909, 416—Bright
red snail from Solomon Islands. 1909,
416—Pigment from Soiomon Islands
used for painting the face. 1909, 417
—Coleoptera from Solomon Islands.
1909, 498—Collection of MThynnidae.
1909, 710—Coconut-Palm Beetle and
pupae. 1910, 431—Fly injurious to
Apple twigs; Fly parasitic upon
Spiders; and a large Longicorn and
its Larvae, from the Solomon Islands.
1910, 688—Rust-galls associated with
Mites, and other Plant-galls. 1910, 523
—Shade-Midges, and Ants. 1910, 657
—A large, wingless grass-hopper. 1911,
159—Harthen egeg-cases of Scarabaeid
Beetles. 1911, 348—Living larval stages
of the Great Leaf-insect of Ceylon.
1911, 635—Named Australian Biting-
flies. 1911, 506—Specimens of the
Kurrajong Star-psylla, and of parasitic
Hymenoptera. 1911, 3805—Specimens
illustrating the life-history of a weevil
destructive to Pine-trees. 1911, 608—
Rare West Australian Mole-cricket; two
rare Cicadas from Bernier Island, and
Perth, W.A. 1912, 394—Mealy Bug from
South Australia; trapdoor nests of
spiders. 1912, 496—Dipterous larvae
from windpipes of Kangaroos. 1912, 560
—Australian and Tasmanian Bees. 1912,

82

592—Cicada destructive to fruit and
forest trees. 1912, 654—(For W. B.
GuRNEY) European Lecanid Scale on
Grape-vines. 1912, 592—Insects trapped
by flowers of Oleander. 19138, 108—In-
sects from the New Hebrides. 1913,
521—Cicadidae, and Chalcid parasites
of the Sheep Maggot-fly. 1913, 656—
Freshwater Crustacean from the in-
terior; Butterflies. 1914, 158—Plates
from Gould’s “Mammals”; lLoranths
from the interior. 1914, 395—Mountain-
grasshoppers; branchlets of Peppermint
Gums girdled by lLongicorn larvae.
1914, 470—Golden Stagbeetles from
Uralla; leaves of Waratah attacked by
a leaf-mining larva. 1915, 210—
Longicorn-beetle, whose larvae girdle
Hucalypt branchlets. Sls), 417—
Cocoons of the Blue Sawfly; Centipede
from Brewarrina, N.S.W.; Opuntia in-
fested with Coccus. 1915, 628—Insects
blown out to sea, and washed up on
Womberal beach; life-history of a
Longicorn-beetle, and its parasites;
Cordyceps on a beetle. 1915, 720—
Various entomological specimens. 1916,
191—Specimens illustrating the life-
history of the Ribbed Case-Moth
destructive to Sugar-Gums. 1916, 494—
Mosquitoes from Riverina; destructive
insects from wheat-stacks. 1917, 246
—Brachyscelid galls. 1917, 302—Grain-
weevils from Sydney and Melbourne.
1917, 343—Lepidopterous galls on
Eremophila. 1917, 439—New Wax-
Scale from New Guinea; perforated
nodule from an ants’ nest. 1917, 511—
Immature Spiny Stick-Insect; grass in-
fested with larvae of a Cecidomyid fly.
1918, 234—Three introduced beetles of
economic importance. 1918, 316—
Brachyscelid galls; a Californian
Cynipid gall; and an undetermined
living snake. 1918, 416—An Indian
wood-borer introduced in the wood of
boxes. 1918, 610—Green Tomato and
bean bug, Nozara viridula, infested
with eggs of Tactonid fly. 1919, 355—
Mounted specimens of Bugong moth,
Agrostis infusa. 1919, 819—Living
specimen of Ironbark Beetle, Zosperosis
george. 1919, 819—Five forms of
Apiomorpha wileata. 1919, 819—Bag
Shelter or Boree Moth (TVeara con-
traria). 1920, 531—Cup Moth (Apoda
zylomeli) on Waratah. 1920, 318—
Series of flies from India. 1920, 472—
Bibio imitator. 1920, 472—Tobacco
thrips from the Tamworth District.
1920, 180—Chalecid wasp, Dinoura
cyanea. 11921, 423—Dinoura auri-
ventris. 1921, 423—Foliage of satin-
wood covered with galls. 1921, 268—

GoppARD, HK. J.

INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

Frog Warble Fly. 1921, 423—Larvae
of saw-fly, Pterygophorus analis. 1921,
268—New aphid infesting native
cypress. 1921, 408—Painted Shield Bug,
with larvae and eggs. 1921, 209—Gall
(Sphaerococcus leaii) on Belah. 1922,
xxvi—Loranthus parasitic on Black
Cypress Pine. 1922, xxv—Cotton boll
moths found in Australia. 1923, xxxii
—Figtree longicorn. 1923, xxxviii—
Life-history of Penthea picta. 1923,
Xxxii—Great pine weevil. 1923, xxxviii
—Oryctes barbarosa and its larva.
1923, xxxii—Pittosporum stem longi-
corn. 1923, xxxviii—Puff ball fungus.
1923, xxxii—Bostrychid beetle (Xylo-
thrips flavipes). 1924, xxiii—Coleop-
terous parasites and braconid wasp
parasite. 1924, xxiii—Life-history of
green wood moth (Charagia eximia).
1924, xxviii—Life-history of Pin-
hole borer (Crossotarsus armipennis).
1924, xxix—tbLyctid beetle (Lycio-
pholus rugicollis). 1924, xxiii—Pho-
tograph of wasp tree, also wasps
and nests. 1924, xxix—Beetle galls on
Hucalyptus siderophloia. 1925, xliii—
Drawing of life-history of Acrocercops
plebeia. 1925, xli—Galls produced by
Trichilogaster on Acacia. 1925, xliv—
Insects from Pillaga Scrub. 1925,
xxxix—Large Click Beetle. 1925, xl—
Penthea picta. 1925, xxxviii—Scoleco-
brotus westwoodi. 1925, xxxviii—
Specimens damaged by Huropean Fur-
niture Beetle. 1925, xl.

GARLAND, J. R. Photographs of weathered

clay cliffs near Wagga Wagga, 1890,
898—Flowering specimens of Ricino-
carpus Bowmani from Adelong. 1893,
303—Miscellaneous fragments from
aboriginal kitchen-midden, Pittwater.
1895, 209—Hpacris purpurascens with
double flowers. 1899, 547—White
variety of Boronia ledifolia. 1900, 542.

GILL, Rev. J. W. See under MacieEay, W.
GinLiatT, H. A.

Stone axes and fossils
from Darling River. 1881, 790—Creta-
ceous fossils from Mount Brown. 1883,
218—Salt from Holy-Box Well. 1883,
443—Vegetable matter incrusted with
lime. 1884, 508—Stone implement.
1884, 946—See also under Cox, J. C.
Freshwater crustaceans
and freshwater leeches from Tasmania
and N.S.W. 1908, 287—Methods of
collecting Tardigrada and _ Rotifera.
1909, 219—Infusorian (Spirostoma sp.)
from freshwater aquarium. 1909, 411.
—Marine leech (Branchellion sp.)
from neck of turtle. 1909, 411—Minute
structures occurring on neck of
Pontobdella. 1909, 411.

INDEX TO EXHIBITS. 83

Grant, R. Apparatus for filling tubes
with calf-lymph. 1913, 518.

Grey, E. C. Fatty acids obtained from
human brain. 1909, 500.

GrirFin, J. G. Samples of gravel used as
ballast on Deniliquin and Moama rail-
way. 1883, 398—Native stone weapons.
1883, 442—Fossil oyster shells. 1884,
1015.

Gurney, W. B. Stridulating moth (Heco-
tesia fenestrata). 1902, 657—Living
specimens of EHztatosoma tiaratum.
1903, 361—Insects from Coolabah.
1905, 576—Specimens illustrating the
life-history of an indigenous parasite
of Fruit-flies. 1911, 304—EKuropean
Lecanid Scale on Grape-vines. 1912,
592.

Haut, E. C. Collection of flowering car-
nations. 1909, 712—Eucalypt seedling
with anomalous cotyledons. 1910, 27
—Seedlings with anomalous cotyledons.
1910, 138—Hybrid Acacia seedling.
1910, 310—Abnormal flower of Anemone
coronaria. 1912, 557—Hybrid Freesias.
1914, 472.

HALLIGAN, G. 4H. (ioe jie, AW Pade
FLAVELLE) Recently hatched Echidna.
1897, 577—Amphipods. 1914, 162.

Hamirton, A. A. Specimens of four in-
teresting plants: 1900, 213—Botanical
specimens of interest. 1901, 310—In-
teresting plants from new localities.
1901, 471—Persoonia angulata, Un-
cinia tenella and Carez gracilis. 1902,
73—Bipinnate form of Pteris falcata.
1905, 394—Two-flowered specimens of
Adenochilus Nortoni from Lawson.
1908, 286—Persoonia angulata from
Blue Mountains. 1908, 286—Waratah
with uncommon foliage. 1908, 286—
Pterostylis grandiflora from Katoomba.
1908, 4385—Baeckea crenulata from
Blue Mountains. 1908, 435—Pas-
palum brevifolium from Cook’s River.
1908, 435—Hibbertia sericea and
Cassinia quinquefaria from Port Jack-
son district. 1909, 118S—A rare Grevillea
from the Blue Mountains. 1910, 433—
Plants from unrecorded Localities. 1910,
688—Two grasses. 1911, 347—Unre-
corded plants collected at Douglas Park,
N.S.W. 1911, 88—A new grass from
the Hawkesbury River; three species
of Hrigeron. 1912, 495—Caltrops weed;
a variable grass (Panicuwin crusgalli) ;
drawing of the tubers of Hupomatia
Bennetti; specimens of two species of
Pimelea. 1912, 558—Three interesting
plants (Medicago hispida, var. inermis,
Acacia obtusata, Cotula reptans). 1912,
591—Two unrecorded introduced
plants; a rare Leucopogon. 1913, 110

—Two unrecorded introduced plants;
Boerhaavia diffusa. 1913, 170—Two
introduced plants; Chenopodium trian-
gulare. 1913, 254—“Hottentot Fig’;
variable leaves of Senecio. 1913, 396—
Plants exemplifying teratology. 1913,
605—Teratological and variable plants,
examples of leaf-variation, new hab-
itats. 1914, 88, 159, 254, 324, 396, 470,
543, 647—Dimorphic foliage of Acacias.
1914, 648—New records. 1914, 159, 649
—Teratological and xerophytic plants,
examples of leaf-variation. 1915, 117,
208, 288, 414, 417, 486, 627, 720—
Dimorphic foliage of Callitris. 1915,
118—Plants from Woronora River.
1915, 627—Remarks on the distribution
of Acacia trinervata and Persoonia
oblongata. 1915, 628—Teratological or
variable plants. 1916, 193, 218, 267,
492—Specimens of an introduced Tet-
ragonia. 1917, 247—Plants from Egypt
and Palestine, collected by Mr. W. M.
Carne. 1917, 512—Irregular phyllo-
taxy, petaloid heterotaxy and _ fron-
descent prolification in Rosa. 1919,
720—Potato showing adventitious
tubers in axils of stem leaves. 1919,
356—Increased bulb production in the
“Snow-flake’’. gOS 356—Specimens
showing synanthy and syncarpy. 1919,
820—Specimens of Synaphea. 1919,
257—Specimens showing fasciation and
spiral torsion. 1919, 526—Vivipary in
Cucurbita Pepo, Citrus medica var.

limonum, Tagetes patula, and Im-
patiens balsamina. 1919, 192—Aroids
illustrating Chromatism, Virescence

and Multiplication of spathes. 1920,
204—Seed of Butia yatay which had
produced twin seedlings. 1920, 319—
Seeds of Cladium jamaicense and
Carex pumila immersed for five years.
IO2R, SOSA

Hamitton, A. G. Large caterpillar in-

fested with parasitic mites. 1892, 41
—Photographs of fossil tree trunk at
Mt. Kembla. 1892, 344—Casyapa beata
and Heteronympha mirifica from Illa-
warra. 1894, 43—Note on Pittosporum
undulatum. 1894, 583—Specimen of
Phascologale’ minutissima from Mt.
Kembla. 1894, 740—West Australian
Pitcher plant, Cephalotus follicularis.
1904, 460—Calcareous concretion re-
sembling obsidianite. 1905, 175—
Thalloid hepatic. 1905, 395—Riccia
growing on damp soil. 1905, 395—
Phylloglossum Drummondii from W.A.
1905, 395—Boronia Barkeriana from
near Willoughby. 1905, 395—Host
plants of Loranthus at Mt. Kembla.
1905, 490—Lorarths and other hosts.
1905, 491—Vegetable fibre from beach

84 INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

near Albany, W.A. 1906, 362—Flowers
from waratah head showing abnormal-
ities. 1907, 630—Germinating seeds and
young seedlings of Loranthus exocarpt.
1908, 288—Worm cast from Willoughby.
1909, 118—Branchlet of Casuarina
growing on sand hill at Corrimal. 1909,
119—Photograph of the large Green

Hrog. 1912, 591—Teratological ex-
ample of Arum Lily. 1913, 606—
“Vegetable caterpillars”. 1916, 268—

Drawing of an undetermined Orchid.
1916, 493—See also under FLETCHER,
Io dle

Hamiyn-Harris, R. Remarks on fall of
voleanic dust at Barbados. 1903, 362.

Harpine, —. See under FiercHer, J. J.

Harpy, GH. Pair of flies, Chrysomyza
aenea. 1920, 472—Boreoides subulata.
1921, 269—Chiromyza australis. 1921,
269—Chiromyza fuscana. 1921, 269—
Metoponia rubriceps. 1921, 269—Pair
of Allognosta fuscitarsis. 1921, 269—
Species of Husthenia. 1921, 237—Tas-
manian ichneumon. 1921, 424—Three
ichneumon parasites. 1921, 424.

Harpy, N. Aboriginal shields from Vic-

toria and Queensland. 1894, 540—
Nerrum or strangulation cord of
Loddon River’ tribe. 1896, 820—

Feathered arrows from New Hebrides
and notes thereon. 1897, 442.

Harpy, N., and J. <A. DESPEISSIS.
Aboriginal cloak, womerah and knife
from Lake Muir, W.A. 1894, 741.

Harper, W. R. Native thumb guards and
arm guards from Malekula. 1901, 311
—Deformed Malekulan crania. 1901,
311—Australian ethnological specimens.
1901, 515—Supplementary note on wrist
euard of Malekula. 1901, 539.

Harrison, F. J. W. Contribution to dis-
cussion on welfare of indigenous fauna
and flora. 1908, 631.

Harrison, L. Egg of Pallid cuckoo taken

at Manly. 1905, 576—Skins of the
Oriental Cuckoo, from Broadwater,
N.S.W. 1910, 533—Photographs of

Yellow-breasted Robin and White-
shafted Fantail. 1911, 347—A skin of
the Cape Petrel, and Mallophagan
parasites therefrom. 1911, 633—Hippo-
boscid flies with Mallophaga, from
birds. 1913, 108—Pauropoda Scuti-
gerella, Land-Nemertean, Pontobdella,
and Myriothela. 1914, 256—Living
young of Ornithorhynchus anatinus.
1921, 407—Irregularly conical shaped
object. 1924, xxiii.
Harrison, L. M. Leg bone
which had been fractured.
HaAswetit, W. A. Specimens of Amphi-
oxus. 1881, 711—Female generative
organs of Platypus. 1882, 212—Draw-

of bullock
1884, 1016.

ings of earlier stages in development
of Phoronis australis. 1882, 611—
Announcement of arrangements made
for supply of spawn of Ceratodus. 1882,
674—Skeleton of Port Jackson shark.
1883, 442—Remarks on A. G. Bourne’s
observations on nephridia of Polynoe.
1884, 382—Foetuses of a wallaby. 1884,
681—Specimens of Alepas parasita.
1885, 279—Astacopsis serratus from
Mt. Wilson. 1886, 505—Cicada showing
song production apparatus. 1886, 505—
Preparations iilustrating embryology
of birds. 1887, 621—Adaptation of
microscope for use in museum cases.
1892, 313—See also under Herpiey, C.

HAVILAND, HH. (For Rev. Mr. ALKIN)
Sphaeria parasitic on caterpillar. 1886,
163—Hthulia conyzoides from Rich-
mond River district, with a note by
Baron von Mueller. 1887, 141—Maize
from Camden, destroyed by fungus.
1887, 196.

Havitanp, FE. EK. A Mulga-ball from the
intestine of a sheep; and an egg of the
Mallee-hen. 1911, 634.

Hay, J. Spike of flowers of Orchid
(Cymbidium Loweanum - eburneum).
1900, 697.

Haynes, A. J. Living Moloch horridus
from Coolgardie. 1897, 161.

Hector, J. Plates of fossil flora of New
Zealand. 1877, 266.

HepLtEy, C. Specimens of Vaginula
leydigi and V. hedleyi from Brisbane.
1890, 897—Nests of Trapdoor spider.
1891, 44—Note on ova of Helicarion
robustus. 1891, 248—(For Mr. WHItE-
LEGGE) Species of Glauwcus frequently
washed ashore. 1891, 576—Living
specimens of Panda atomata. 1892,
200—Living specimens of AHelicarion
from Scone. 1892, 200—Cystopelta
petterdi from Mt. Wilson. 1892, 200—
Helicarion thomsoni from Geographe
Bay. 1892, 200—(For Mr. RatnBow)
Spider of family Hpeiridae. 1892, 278
—Remarks on transference of Pupa
anodonta to genus Heterocyclus. 1892,
373—Nautilus pompilius found stranded
at Curl Curl. 1893, 239—Shell of
Unio angasi from stomach of cod. 1893,
536—Land shell (Flammulina rosacea)
from Blackheath. 1894, 43—Oysters
from Vaucluse destroyed by boring
molluse, with a note. 1894, 185—Note
on snail found in throat of Rallus
pectoralis. 1894, 361—Conchological
notes. 1894, 464—Remarks on species
of Calliostoma described by J. Brazier.
1894, 5883—Valve of Cardium flavum
from Port Jackson. 1895, 409—Atten-
tion called to specimens of Fiona
marina collected at Maroubra Bay.

INDEX TO EXHIBITS. 85

1896, 28—Specimens of Firoloides des-
maresti. 1896, 28—(For Mr. J.
JENNINGS) Living Strombus luhuanus
from Vaucluse. 1896, 88—Pleuro-
branchea luniceps from Maroubra Bay.
1896, 816—Monodonta zeus from W.A.
1896, 817—Cancellaria granosa from
stomach of schnapper. 1897, 442—
Fully developed specimen of Gund-
lachia. 1898, 75—Photographs of
gigantic fish-hook. 1898, 75—Note on
South Sea Island canoe cast up on
beach near Cape Byron. 1899, 192—
Freshwater shells from Lake Tan-
ganyika. 1899, 547—(For Dr. T. H.
May) Photographs of aboriginal stone
carvings. 1900, 322—French example
of use of three colour process. 1900,
476—Shel! known as Ranella leucos-
toma. 1901, 631—(For R. L. CHERRY)
Conus capitaneus and Vewilla vexillum.
1901, 6831—Molluseca dredged off Wollon-
gong. 1902, 495—Polyzoa and Foram-
inifera dredged off Cape Byron. 1902,
657—(For Miss PARKES) Molluse
(Strebloceras cynicollis) from Port
Jackson. 1904, 253—Copy of Catalogue
of Contents of Museum of James
Petiver (1695-1703). 1904, 479—(For
W. EF. Prerrerd) Collection of deep sea
Mollusca, corals and MHolothuria,
dredged east of Sydney Heads. 1905,
101—(For Mr. Basser Hovryi) Pearl
oyster spat found on beach pumice
near Sydney. 1905, 351—Pelagic crus-
tacean, Phronoma sedentaria, found at
Maroubra. 1905, 576—(For Professor
HASWELL) Collection of deep sea
animals, trawled east of Sydney. 1906,
°565—(For A. R. McCuntocH) Views
illustrating vegetation of Lord Howe

Island. 1908, 736—Mollusca dredged ~

off Cape Royds. 1909, 116—(For Mr.
B. JARDINE) Pearl adherent to valve of
pearl shell. 1909, 216—Rare Carrier-
Trochus (Xenophora) from New Zea-
land. 1909, 274—Native spoon from
Solomcen Islands. 1909, 411—(For Mr.
H. BurreEtL) Photo of a marine Molluse
Ovipositing. 1910, 805—Japanese post-
cards, and bonbons resembling shells.
1913, 255—A copy of Waterhouse and
Lyell’s “Australian Rhopalocera’”’. 1914,
323—Japanese conchological illustra-
tions. 1915, 207—Photograph of the
cenotaph in memory of Major and Mrs.
Innes, in the old church at Port Mac-
quarie. 1918, 236—Photographs of
pearl shells. 1923, xxxiv.

Hetms, R. Reference to discovery of

Peripatus at high altitudes. 1889, 598—
Remarks on evidence of glacier action
at Mt. Kosciusko. 1893, 327—Glacier
polished rock from Snowy Mountains.

1893, 328—Spider (Dicrostichus gp.)
with nest and egg-bags. 1901, 476—See
also under Davin, T.. W. E., R. Hetmus
and H. EF. Pirrman.

HENDERSON, P. E. Collection of minerals.
1884, 443.

Henn, A. U. (For Mrs. G. J. Water-
HOUSE) Collection of Cypraeidae from
Port Jackson. 1895, 520—Cypraea
vitellus and Micromelo guamensis from
Botany Heads. 1895, 520—Collection
of Mollusca (Fam. Rissoidae) from Port
Jackson. 1896, 500—Mollusca from
Long Bay and Middle Harbour. 1896,
500.

Hitt, J. P. Balanoglossus. 1893, 329—
Undetermined species of Cristiceps with
developing young. 1900, 761—Drawings
illustrating development of marsupials.
1900, 761—Egg shells of eggs of Echidna
and Platypus. 1900, 761—Land Nemer-
tean from Barrington River scrubs.
1905, 487.

Hinpe, B. H. Letter respecting poisonous
effects of bite inflicted by Conus geo-
graphicus. 1884, 944.

Hirst, G. D. Centipede (Heterostoma)
from Herbert River. 1885, 76.

Hogsson, J. Entomological specimens from
Solomon Islands. 1879, 463—Butter-
flies taken at considerable distance
from the coast. 1880, 286—Mineral
specimens from Solomon Islands. 1880,
495—New species of Bulimus. 1881,
790.

Hutu, A. F. B. Eggs of silver gull (Larus
novae-hollandiae ) from Montague
Island. 1908, 286—Hegg of white tern
laid on branch of white wood tree,
Norfolk Island. 1908, 800—Skin and
egg of white-faced storm petrel and eggs
of little penguin from Tom Thumb
Island. 1909, 589—Bird-skins and eggs
from Lord Howe and the Kermadec
Islands. 1910, 522—Bird-skins and
eggs from the islands off Port Stephens.
1910, 687—Bird-skins from Lord Howe
Island. 1910, 804—Littler’s “Handbook
of the Birds of Tasmania’’, etc., 1910,
138—Hegg and nestlings of the White-
winged Petrel, from Cabbage Tree
Island. 1911, 82—(For Mr. L.
Harrison) Skin of the Cape Petrel, and
Mallophagan parasites therefrom. 1911,
633—Skin and HEgg of Allied Petrel;
eggs of Fleshy-footed Petrel. 1912, 48
—Nest and eggs of two Lord Howe
Island birds. 1918, 657—Wilson’s
Storm-Petrel caught at sea; section of
stem of Callicoma bored by a beetle.
1915, 116—Fluttering Petrel. 1916, 103
—Collection of Land and Freshwater
Mollusks collected in France. 1918, 235
—Note on mortality amongst Puffinus

86 INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

tenuirostris. 1919, 721—Chitons and
land shells from coast of Great Aus-
tralian Bight and Recherche Archi-
pelago. 1922, xxiv—Handbook No. 1 of
Royal Zoological Society of N.S.W.,
1922, xxiii—Abnormal Loricates. 1925,
xxxix, xliii—Series of colour variations
of Rhyssoplax discolor. 1925, xliii—
See also under Hepiey, C.

Hunter, J. G. An enormous Antarctic
Pyenogonid. 1913, 113.

Hurst, G. Egg of Scythrops
hollandiae. 1884, 1169—EHEggs from
swamp at Newington. 1886, 882—
Sphenaeacus gramineus with nest and
eggs from Newington. 1886, 1061—
Egg of cuckoo from nest of Malurus
cyaneus with note. 1888, 421.

Hurton, F. W. Postscript to “Notes on
the Mueller Glacier, N.Z.’’, 1888, 1259.

Hynes, Miss S. Motion urging more
adequate protection of the native flora.
1914, 90—Botanical diagrams for use
in schools; and a badge for field-
botanists. 1911, 156—Fruits and a draw-
ing of Hernandia bivalvis; coloured
illustrations of native plants. 1913, 48
—Coccoloba platyclada showing xero-
phytic characters. 1913, 520—Double
flowers of Wahlenbergia gracilis, and
painting. 1915, 629—White-flowered
var. of Hpacris longifiora; fasciated
Antirrhinum; synanthic flowers of
Digitalis; spikes of Callistemon linearis
var., with flowers of different colours.
1917, 512—Water colour drawing of
undetermined Phalloid fungus. 1919,
40—Water colour paintings of Dictyo-
phora (Phalloideae). 1919, 192—Con-

nOvae-

eretion. 1920, 404—Monstera deliciosa.
1921, 158.
Jacoss, HE. G. Epacris purpurascens

showing double flowers. 1920, 404.
JARDINE, B. See under Hepiey, C.
JENKINS, C. Drawings of Trilobites.

1878, 40—Palaeozoic fossils from

between Cobar and Wilcannia. 1882,

674. :
JENKINS, R. J. H. Flaked aboriginal stone-

axe, from Woy Woy. 1913, 525.
JENNINGS, J. See under HeEpiey, C.
JENSEN, H. I. Microscope section of coal

from Neweastle. ‘1903, 832—Slides of

Foraminifera and glauconite from Den-

mark. 1903, 832—Glaucophane schist

from Mt. Mee, Q. 1905, 396—Raised

beach shells from Point Arkwright, Q.

1905, 3897—Water from sulphuretted

hydrogen spring at Point Arkwright.

1905, 397—Lava from Samoa and

Tonga. 1906, 676—Shells from raised

beach at Lautoka. 1906, 676—

Lantern slides of active volcano in

Savaii. 1906, 676—Kava root (Piper
methysticum) from South Sea Islands.
1907, 188—Photographs and petrological
specimens from Warrumbungle Mts.
1907, 556—See also under TaAytor, T. G.
JoHNsStToN, S. J. Marine Annelid (Palalo
viridis). 1899, 477—Collection of
lizards from Lizard Island. 1901, 214—
(For R. T. Baker) Supposed new
species of Actinotus. 1904, 460.
JoHnston, T. H. Record of occurrence
of nine species of Hntozoa in N.S.W.
1909, 117—New records of Entozoa
from N.S.W. 1909, 217—Series of
Entozoa from N.S.W. 1909, 412—
Potatoes showing various diseased con-
ditions. 1909, 417—Galls due _ to
Nematode worms. 1909, 417—Series of
Entozoa mainly from rats and mice.
1909, 417—Note on reported occurrence
of Sarcosporidia in Australian animals.
1909, 418—Series of EHEntozoa from
N.S.W. 1909, 590—Series of Entozoa
from the Barracouta. 1909, 710—
Entozoa, remarkable or unrecorded.
1910, 28, 309, 432, 523, 659, 804—Plants
injuriously affected by Gall-Mites. 1910,
136—Potato-tubers destroyed by an
Agaric. 1910, 310—Tomato-fruit affected
by Irish Blight. 1910, 48—Australian

Entozoa. 1911, 157—Fungus-smitten
plants. 1911, 83.

KanGaroo. ~ Discussion of meaning of
name. 1890, 510.

Katz, O. Bacteria in sterilized nutrient
gelatin. 1886, 854—Bacteria from
Sydney water. 1886, 1207—Bacillus
(Micrococcus prodigiosus). 1886, 1207
—Cultures of pathogenic and sapro-
phytic bacteria. 1887, 143—Bacillus cf
typhoid fever. 1887, 197—Bacillus of
leprosy. 1887, 198—Cultures of phos-
phorescent bacteria. 1887, 414—Ham
with nodules of carbonate of lime. 1887,
556—Cultures of pigment-producing
micrococcus. 1887, 621—Cultures of
phosphorescent bacteria. 1887, 680—
Note on lung of cow suffering from
pleuro-pneumonia. 1887, 979—Bacillus
of fowl cholera. 1888, 336—Note on

venom of Australian snakes. 1888, 400
—New thermostat. 1888, 1315—Draw-
ings of leprosy bacilli. 1889, 390—

Pamphlet illustrating gas-making appa-
ratus. 1889, 390—Drawings and cul-
tures of chicken cholera microbe. 1889,
598.

Kenyon, Mrs. Varietal forms of Cypraea.

1896, 269—Note on Cypraea caput-
anguis. 1896, 584—Specimens of Conus
rutilus and _ varieties. 1896, 818—

Conus anemone showing small pearl.
1897, 161—Species of Cypraea exhibiting

INDEX TO EXHIBITS. 87

peculiarities. 1897, 161—See also under
BRAZIER, J.

KersHaw, W. Remarks on the abundance
of a Noctuid moth, Agrotis spina. 1889,
1053.

KESTEVEN, H. L. Specimens of Rissoidae
from Sandgate, Q. 1902, 206—Record
of Asaphis contraria in Sydney Har-
bour. 1903, 98—(For W. J. RArInsow)
Ogyris idino and O. barnardi. 1903,
314—Notes on some N.S.W. Rissoidae.
1906, 426—Curious fungus (Aseroe
rubra) from Mullumbimby. 1907, 159
—Preparations of eyes of tadpole of
species of Hyla. 1907, 839—Dissected
specimen of Ayla aurea, containing
smaller specimen in stomach. 1908, 286
—Cervical cord of dog and sections of
brain of Hyla aurea treated in various
ways. 1909, 412.

KING, Miss GEORGINA.
FLETCHER, J. J.

Kine, P. G. Specimens of Pieris teutonia.
1882, 674.

KinenHorn, J. R. Drawing of Pletholax

See under

gracilis. 1925, xxxviii.
KLAATSCHE, —. Lantern views illustrat-
ing travels amongst aborigines in

North Australia.

Kynepon, E. B. Marsh plants from
Waterloo. 1883, 197—Fossil fruit from
near Bathurst. .1885, 760—Plant re-
mains from Mt. Piddington. 1887, 144
—Concretion from stomach of whale.
1887, 144.

1906, 676.

Lamont, Rev. J. Presentation of old
prints of Australian plants to the
Society. 1914, 157.

Laseron, C. F. Graptolites from near
Cooma. 1909, 118—Probable new genus
of fossil Pelecypod from Shoalhaven
River. 1909, 118—Conularia laevigata
showing aperture. 1909, 590—Permo-
Carboniferous fossils. 1910, 308.

Layarp, H. L. See under Mactray, W.

Lesa, A. M. Insects which inhabit ant
and Termite nests. 1893, 438—Cole-
optera from Forest Reefs. 1893, 534—
Tick unusually abundant at Manly.
1894, 708—Cypraea mauritiana trom
Long Bay. 1894, 708—Coconut moth
(Levuana iridescens). 1924, xxvii.

LENDENFELD, R. von. New species of
Haliphysema. 1884, 866—Bolina chuni
at different stages and Neis cordigera.
1884, 1016—Granite from Australian
Alps. 1885, 124—Cypress pine (fFrenela
robusta) affected by larva of Diadozus.
1885, 124—Dipnyes found at Bondi.
1885, 187—Remarks on discovery of
sensitive ganglia cells in horny
sponges. 1885, 246—Photographs of
glacier-polished rocks. 1885, 553.

Le Sourr, A. S. Photographs of a
gelded Wallaroo, and of Carpet Snakes.
1910, 524—The skin of a very dark

specimen of the Vulpine Phalanger
from West Australia. 1911, 425—
Abnormal elephant’s tusk. 1916, 632—

Live specimen of Moloch horridus.
1921, 210—lLive specimen of Conilurus

conditor. 1922, xxv—Two new rock

wallabies. 1924, xxviii. ;
LITTLEJOHN, —. Gastrotokeus biaculeatus

from Torres Strait. 1883, 417.
LocKYER, —. See under WILKINSON, C. S.

Lopprr, Miss M. See under Fietcuer, J. J.

Lucas, A. H. S. Tasmanian lizard. 1893,
238—Pseudophryne semi - marmorata
from Victoria. 1893, 238—Fossil piants
from Joadja Creek. 1893, 238—Two
small fishes from Central Australia.
1894, 361—Typhlops from Victoria and
Queensland. 1894, 540—Honey ants
and lizards from Central Australia.
1895, 472—Specimens of Hgernia from
Coolgardie. 1895, 472—Fossil fish in
Wianamatta shale from Marrickville.
1896, 88—HExtreme fasciation in Flannel
Flower and Calycothrix tetragona.
1897, 810—Casuarina glauca infested
with Hriococcus turgipes. 1897, 810—
Remarks on Brachylophus. 1899, 285
—(For Mr. G. THorntTon) Collection of
New Zealand Cordyceps. 1899, 285—
Wattles flowering at Gordon. 1908,
629—Sea balls from Port Stephens.
1909, 498—Mounted marine algae. 1913,
109.

LYELL, G. See under Frocearr, W. W.

MacDonaLp, J. See under Macrimay, W.

MACDONNELL, S. Diatomaceous earth from
Beechworth, Victoria. 1886, 577—Saw

of species of Pristis. 1887, 412—
Rotifers (Megalotrocha sp.). 1888,
1096—Letter asking for Australian
Oribatidae. 1888, 1560—Mounted speci-
mens of Baetis from Adelong. 1890,
140.

Portion of a cobra (Calo-
1880,

Mackay, P.
bates) from Parramatta River.
285.

MACKELLAR, —. Portions of liver and
lungs of sheep with hydatid cysts.
1883, 280.

Mackinnon, H. Six parasitic Fungi.
1912, 592—Micro-fungi; Plantago lance-
olata in a teratological condition. 1913,
657.

MacLaurin, C. Vegetable caterpillar
from New Zealand. 1900, 213.

Maclaurin, N. Remarks on occasion of
his unveiling portrait of Prof. W. J.
Stephens, painted and presented by
Miss Stephens. 1913, 256.

88

Macray, N. dE MikLouHo.
Melanesian natives illustrating lacro-
dontism. 1878, 305—Anthropological
drawings and photographs. 1881, 196-—
Drawings of brain of Hchidna and mar-
supials. 1881, 196—Photographs and
drawings of brain of dingo. 1881, 626
—Sketches showing deformation of
heads of children and drawings of
natives in New Guinea. 1881, 711—
Specimens of marine life. 1883, 296—
Sketch of new species of Heterodontus.
1883, 416—Shells and dried clay. 1884,
1016—Remarks on low blood tempera-
ture in Hchidna. 1885, 248—Fragment
of jet from New Guinea. 1885, 853.

Macieay, W. Two species of Tiaris. 1877,

122—Lithographs of fishes. 1878, 40—
Painting of Monacanthus granulosus.
1878, 40—Drawing of a Medusa abun-
dant in Port Jackson. 1878, 76—
Argonauta argv from Port Jackson.
1878, 76—Drawings of Trilobites
from Yass. 1878, 76—Coloured draw-
ings of an Aplysia and of Mona-
canthus from Fort Jackson. 1878, 76
—Am~phisile komis and Vivipara
allisoni. 1878, 305—Coral from Green’s
Point, Watson’s Bay. 1878, 340—
Heterodontus galeatus. 1879, 292—
Note on Heterodontus galeatus. 1879,
311—Notes on Fijian fossils, contained
in letter from A. Boyd. 1879, 397—
Silurian and Devonian fossils from
Yass district. 1879, 409—Notes on three
sharks from Port Jackson. 1879, 458—
Note on Scomber antarcticus. 1879, 463
—Note on fluid for preservation of
animal and vegetable tissues. 1880,
284—Gorgonias and rare shells from
the Torres Straits. 1881, 196—Large
specimen of fungus (Mylitta australis).
1881, 749—Novel native implements
from Batavia River. 1881, 790—(For
Mr. Patmer) Large Gall of a manna-
producing Cocecus and a rare heteromer-
ous beetle (Zopherosis georgii). 1881,
837—(For Mr. H. L. Layarp) Samples
of a bark used by the natives of New
Caledonia and New Hebrides to pro-
eure abortion. 1881, 837—Mass of
gutta-percha from a New Caledonian
tree. 1881, 837—Note on insects in-
jurious to gum trees. 1881, 845—
Peculiar fungus. 1882, 91—Chersydrus
annulatus from Cairns. 1882, 302—
Grape vine cuttings eaten by larva of
weevil. 1882, 329—Orthorhinus klugti.
1882, 348—Borer (Family Scolytidae).
1882, 348—Horny growth from ear of
sheep. 1883, 34—Dendrolagus dorianus.
1883, 197—Moth and fungus upon
which the larvae fed. 1883, 197—
Specimen of fire opal from Queensland.

Drawings of

INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

1883, 197—Tineid moth whose larva
was damaging vegetable gardens. 1883,
218, 281—Foetus of Halmaturus rufi-
collis. 18838, 218—Cast of right man-
dible of Palorchestes azgael. 1883, 280
-—Living Trachydosaurus asper. 1883,
387—Strophura spinigera. 1883, 388—
Casts of humerus of Diprotodon and ?
Nototherium. 18838, 416—Letter from
J. HE. Tenison-Woods. 18838, 464—
Remarks on shark captured at Port-
land, Victoria. 1883, 464—Remarks on
cases of commensalism. 1883, 533—
Siphonognathus argyrophanes. 1883, 433
—Fossil plant from near Hunter’s Hill.
1883, 534—(For Mr. J. MacDonatp)
New species of Salarias. 1884, 119—
Letter from J. EH. Tenison-Woods at
Perak. 1884, 38883—Remarks on Chlamy-
doselachus anguineus. 1884, 442—
—Omissions in his Catalogue of Aus-
tralian Fishes. 1884, 443—(For Rev.
J. W. Gitt) Small beetle (“‘Fire-fly’’)
from New Guinea. 1884, 443—(For Mr.
C. S. WILKINSON) Conical stone imple-
ment. 1884, 507—(For Mr. C. S.
WILKINSON) Heliz-like shells. 1884,
508—New species of Furina. 1884, 682
—(For Rev. J. M. Curran) Lizard
(Grallatophorus) from Dubbo. 1884,
865—Ophiophagus elaps. 1884, 1205—
Notes on habits of aborigines by Dr.
Turner. 1885, 188—Freshwater fishes
from Little and Yass Rivers. 1885, 246
—Immature specimens of Holostoma
alatum. 1885, 342—Aviculopecten. 1885,
448—Branch of orange tree perforated
by larva of longicorn beetle. 1885, 448
—Necrodes osculans. 1885, 553—Petri-
fied wood. 1885, 558—Species of
Monacanthus. 1885, 761—(For Mr.
WILKINSON) Fossil Crustacean from
Forrest River. 1885, 761—Specimen of
Hunice sp. 1885, 854—Caranz ciliaris.
1886, 505—Tragoceras lepidopterus
from Mt. Victoria. 1886, 578—Reptiles
and fishes from Cairns district. 1886,
882—Tertiary fossil leaves from near
Inverell. 1886, 1123—Australian Scari-
tidae. 1887, 1483—Hoplocephalus nigres-
cens and HA. collaris from Mt. Wilson
and elsewhere. 1887, 196—Grass in-
fested by grub probably belonging
to Cecidomyidae. 1887, 251—(For Pro-
fessor W. J. STEPHENS) Abnormal
lemons grown at Ryde. 1887, 251—
Leptocephalus taenia from the China

Sea. 1887, 414—(For Rev. J. HE.
TENISON-Woops) Edible bird’s nests
from the Philippines. 1887, 451—
Stibnite from Borneo. 1887, 451—In-

sects from Malay Peninsula. 1887, 451
—Ascaris from. stomach of kangaroo.
1887, 451—Brachysoma simile and

MACPHERSON, —.

INDEX TO EXHIBITS. 89

Furina teaxtilis from Port Darwin.
1887, 556—Hoplocephalus from Cooma.
1887, 556—Hrythrichthys nitidus from
Tasmania. 1887, 621—Oligorus from
Richmond River. 1887, 981—(For Rev.
J. E. Tentson-Woops) Coal fossils from
Borneo. 1887, 982—Fossils from near
King’s Sound. 1888, 422—Species of
carp from Wingecarribee River, with
note. 1888, 1507—Two species. of
Cyprinidae. 1888, 1559—Two new
snakes from Queensland. 1889, 190.

Aboriginal stone chisel
from near Glen Innes. 1902, 74—Stone
axe from Inverell district. 1902, 74.

Mamwen, J. H. Shell conglomerate from

Manly Beach. 1886, 974—Collection of
Leguminosae from N.S.W. 1887, 175—
Specimens of 35 rarer species of
natural orders in Vol. i of “Australian
Flora”. 1887, 196—Nicotiana suavo-
lens. 1887, 556—Plants from Wilcannia
district. 1887, 681, 978, 1075—Seeds of
Eremophila sturtii and Clianthus
dampierii. 1887, 1075—Graphite from

N.S.W. 1887, 1075—Fungus (Xylos-
troma gigantea). 1888, 335—Rare
plants from Milparinka. 1888, 335—

Seed capsuies of Hucalyptus pilularis.
1888, 739—Note on synonymy of Ficus
scabra. 1888, 1314—Stem of Alyzia
buxifolia, supposed to have medicinal
properties. 1888, 1315—EHnormous
leaves of Eucalypt from Bombala.
1889, 633—Collection of Huropean
plants. 1889, 1054—Samples of wheat
showing effects of rust. 1890, 243—
Fruit of palm from New Hebrides
which yields a pink dye stuff. 1890,
243—Lake cotton from Lake Coran-
gamite. 1890, 243—Capsule of Bombaz
malabaricum. 1890, 243—Nuts of
Omphalea Queenslandii. 1890, 243—
Fruit of undetermined Loranthus.
1890, 243—Seeds of the “Coy-you’’.
1890, 243—-Fruit of quinine (Petalo-
stigma quadriloculare). 1890, 243—
Three new plants from Mt. Bellenden
Ker. 1890, 267—Seeds of Seseli
Harveyanum from Snowy Mountains.
1890, 267—Artificial flowers made in
Germany. 1890, 267—Native Truffle
(Mylitta australis) from Victoria. 1890,
294—Stem of Xanthorrhoea arborea.
1890, 294—Core of the caudex of
Xanthorrhoea arborea. 1890, 413—
Collection of mosses from Upper
Gloucester district. 1890, 492—Manna
of Hucalyptus Gunnii. 1890, 492—
Gum from Panax dendroides var.
angusta. 1890, 510—Fresh fruit of
Citrullus colocynthis and bulb of
Urginea indica grown at Bombay. 1890,
680—Hymenopterous galls found on

Acacias. 1890, 680—Collection of in-
digenous plants. 1891, 166—Ripe fruits
of Monstera deticiosa. 1891, 248—
Vegetable sponge (Lujffa aegyptiaca).
1891, 248—Abnormal maize cobs. 1891,
248—Seeds of sugar cane from Bar-
bados. 1891, 381—Boronia barkeriana
from Little Sirius Cove. 1891, 682—
Psilotum complanatum from Ballina.
1891, 682—Micromelum pubescens from
near Lismore. 1891, 682—Kibara
longipes. 1891, 682—Series of Capparis

‘nobilis from Richmond River. 1892, 41

Billardieri. 1892, 41—
longifolia with unusually
long leaf. 1892, 41—Collection of
plants of Richmond River. 1892, 200
—(For Baron von MUELLER) Flower-
ing and fruiting specimens of new
Acacia. 1892, 314—Fruits and seeds
from Bellenden Ker Range and Her-
bert River. 1892, 344—Flowering and
fruiting specimens of new Hakea from
Wallsend. 1892, 373—Flowering speci-
mens of Grevillea Barkleyiana from
Jervis Bay. 1892, 404—New Zealand
Composite (Raoulia mammillaris ) .
1892, 404—Hssential oil from flowers
of Cananga odorata. 1892, 404—Fruit-
ing specimens of Acacia vestita. 1892,
667—(For Dr. Bancrorr) Photograph
of Marsilea Drummondii grown by Dr.
Bancroft. 1893, 218. Flowering and
fruiting specimens of Acronychia
acidula. 1893, 238—Sections and photo-
graphs of native bread (Mylitta aus-
tralis). 1893, 328—(For Mr. A. J.
SacH) Aboriginal stone implement
shaped like dagger. 1893, 328—
Blechnum serrulatum and stones used
by aboriginals for pounding. 1894, 43
—Litsaea reticulata from Lismore.
1894, 5883—Fruits of Hicksbeachia pin-
natifolia from Tweed River. 1894, 740
—Native fire sticks from near Card-
well. 1895, 209—Pearl-shell fish-hooks
used by natives cf Hinchinbrook Island.
1895, 209—Native shell forehead orna-
ment. 1895, 209—Young coconut plant
from New Hebrides. 1895, 409—Native
drill. 1895, 409—Parasitic fungi (Phy-
sarum cinereum and Cerebrella andro-
pogonis). 1898, 106—Series of South
African Proteaceae. 1898, 106—Speci-
men of Brabejum stellatifolium from
Cape Colony. 1898, 106—Fresh fruits
of Cerbera odollam from New Cale-
donia. 1898, 106—Species of Opuntia.
1898, 273—Juice of cultivated tress of
Cerbera manghas. 1898, 273—Note on
New Zealand Coprosma _ cultivated
around Sydney. 1898, 647—Pot plants
in flower from Botanic Gardens. 1899,

Phebalium
Notelaea

- 135—Photographs of inflorescence of

91) INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

Hedyscepe canterburiana. 1899, 135—
Four species of plants in flower. 1899,
190—Photographs illustrating botanical
features of Mt. Kosciusko Plateau.
1899, 193—Pot plant of Indian Cero-
pegia elegans. 1899, 286—Gum resin
and fruits of Gardenia Aubreyi. 1900,
60—Fig (?Ficus Henneana) trom
National Park. 1900, 60—Pot plants
of Selaginella involvens and Oncidium
Carthaginense. 1900, 3898—Massonia
pustulata and Tillandsia lindeni. 1900,
476—Pot plants (Aechmea maride-
reginae and Cypripedium hirsutissi-
mum). 1900, 548—Pot plants (Dendro-
bium gracilicaule var. howeanum and
Anthurium scherzgerianum var. album).
1900, 611—Flowering specimens of
interesting plants. 1900, 761—Botanical
relics of historical interest. 1901, 476
—Photograph of obelisk in Botanic
Gardens, to memory of Allan Cunning-
ham. 1901, 514—Collection of plants
from the Sahara. 1901, 514—Double
flowered spathe of Arum Lily. 1901,
540—EHucalyptus tereticornis from New
Guinea. 1901, 540—(For H. BrrcuHe)
Balanophora fungosa from Northern
Queensland. 1901, 540—Fruiting and
flowering Cocos yatayi. 1902, 239—
Watercolour drawing of fruits of Ficus
Bennettii. 1902, 239—Report of occur-
rence of manna from Dalgety. 1902, 239
—New species of plants from Bismarck
Archipelago. 1902, 344—Leafless dead
stems of Lepidium ruderale from Bre-
warrina. 1902, 344—Dipsacus sylvestris
torsus. 1902, 344—Antarctic plants
collected by Hooker. 1902, 370—Type
specimen of Hucalyptus bicolor. 1902,
593—Drawing of type specimen oi #.
polyanthenvos. 1902, 593—Distegia
Ledebourti from California. 1902, 593
—Photograph of tablet to memory of
Richard Cunningham. 1903, 686—
Fruits of Hucalyptus longifolia from
Gosford. 1903, 944—Specimen of
calvary clover. 1903, 944—Portrait
and letter from Sir Joseph Banks.
1903, 944—Grass (Cenchrus calycu-
latus) from Norfolk Island. 1904, 479
—Additional vernacular names _ for
Norfolk Is. plants. 1904, 479—Flower-
ing specimens of Dracophyllum secun-
- dum from National Park. 1904, 557—
Loranthus on Melaleuca sp. from
Kangaroo Is. 1904, 696—Northern
Territory Cypress Pine (Frenela intra-
tropica). 1904, 805—Flower of Helico-
diceros muscivorus. 1904, 805—Collec-
tion of Javanese plants. 1905, 222—
Coloured drawings of Port Jackson
plants by J. W. Lewin. 1905, 307—
New genus of Compositae. 1905, 307—

Acacia leptocilada, showing stem fascia-
tion. 1905, 350—Coloured drawings of
Hucalyptus seedlings. 1905, 350—
Loranths of County of Cumberland.
1905, 491—Remarks on vegetable fibre
exhibited by Messrs. Baker and Hamil-
ton. 1906, 425—Fruits of Davidson’s
plum. 1906, 426—Number of plants
usually called leafless. 1906, 426—Fibre
of marine plant, Posidonia australis.
1906, 497—Living plant of Myrmecodia
beccarii. 1906, 566—(For T. Sreex)
Boronia from French’s Forest. 1906,
566—Two species of N.S.W. MHalor-
rhagis. 1906, 675—Contribution to dis-
cussion on welfare of indigenous fauna
and flora. 1908, 632—Roots of native
cherry showing haustoria. 1909, 216—
A “cushion-plant” from Bolivia; Hoff-
mann’s litho-portrait of Robert Brown.
1910, 136—Drawing of a seedling of
Bloodwood, with three cotyledons; A
West Australian Hucalypt with ternate
juvenile leaves. 1910, 523—Fruits of
Jarrah; seedlings of Cassytha. 1910,
431—Drawing and specimens of a
Tasmanian saprophyte (N.O. Burman-
niaceae). 1911, 607—Drawing of two
Couch grasses, one previously un-
recorded. 1911, 634—-Photographs of
fruits of Macrozamia: a hybrid Acacia.
1913, 109—Fruits and flowers of a rare
EKucalypt from West Australia. 1913,
170—Tubers of Mirabilis longiflora;
flowering specimen of JHucalyptus
torquata. 1915, 117—Hybrid Boronia.
1915, 419—Crimson-flowered Kurrajong,
and hybrid Hucalypt. 1916, 192—
Flowering twig of Hucalyptus erythro-
corys. 1917, 201—Linnea borealis var.
americana. 1922, xxx—See also under
ForsytH, W.; FRrocGarr, W. W.

Maren, J. H., and R. T. Baker. Ptero-
stylis barbata from near Bathurst, 1894,
708.

Maen, J. H., and EK. Bercue. Nephelium
distyle and N. divaricatum. 1898, 273.

Maen, J. H., and R. H. CamsBace. Series
of Hucalypts of Blue Mountains. 1905,
DIOR

Mannine, J. N. Fossil fish from St.
Peters. 1885, 553.

Masters, G. Batocera wallacei from Hall
Sound, New Guinea. 1875-76, 40—
Geobasileus reguloides and G. chrysor-
rhous with nests and eggs of each.
1875-76, 361—Nest of Gerygone albogu-
laris with eggs of its own and of a
bronze cuckoo. 1875-76, 362—Skull of
an aboriginal female. 1877, 30—
Gigantic petrel captured at Sydney
Heads. 1877, 122—Collection of spiders.
1877, 142—Voluta turneri and V. flavi-

INDEX TO EXHIBITS. 91

cans. 1877, 288—Two crabs (Maia).
1877, 288—Albino specimens of birds.
1878, 14—New Zealand petrel shot near
Sydney Heads. 1878, 21—Phyllosoma
from Port Jackson and MJZ'rachurus
trachurus. 1878, 413—Species of Sawl-
oprocto meliornis and Rhipidura. 1879,
107—Specimens of shells from Manly.
1879, 116—New species of Serranus
and Percis from Fiji Islands. 1879,
244—Two heads of Malicolo chiefs
showing lengthened skulls. 1879, 244—
A Cirripede, Paradolepas neptuni. 1879,
398—Note on effect of heat in the
development of insects. 1879, 408—
Preserved specimen of Doris. 1879, 409
—Heterodontus philippii and H. galea-
tus. 1879, 471—Puffinus gavius and
Arses telescopthalmus. 1880, 49—
Monkey from Borneo. 1880, 49—
Phaenorhina goliath. 1880, 105—Large
wooden fish hook used by natives of
Fiji. 1880, 184—Antechinus fuiiginosus
with young. 1880, 192—EHgg of Para-
disea raggiana. 1884, 681—Ibacus
antarcticus from Newcastle. 1884, 865
—Rare Australian beetles. 1884, 946—
Native swords and club. 1885, 76—
Xenica kershawi and Heteronympha
digglesi. 1885, 187—Ornithoptera
brookeana. 1885, 342—Moths from the
eaterpillars feeding on Coccus. 1885,
853—Chick with four legs. 1886, 127—
Hive of bees destroyed by Achraea
grisella. 1886, 164—Seed vessel of
Trapa bicornis. 1886, 164—Land shells
from Cairns. 1886, 477—Collection of
insects from Cairns. 1886, 578—
Phyllurus inermis. 1886, 853—Papilio
androgeus. 1886, 853—Nyctalemon
orontes from Cairns. 1886, 882—Heges
of painted snipe. 1886, 882—Butter-
flies from Cairns. 1886, 1062—Cole-
optera from Port Douglas. 1886, 1123
—Nest of Dicaewm hirundinaceum.
1886, 1123—Ornithoptera victoriae from
Solomon Islands. 1886, 1207—Collec-
tion of entomogenous fungi with an
explanatory note. 1887, 109—Common
opossum (Phalangista vulpina) and
other species. 1887, 142—Living speci-
men of Cyclodus nigro-luteus from Mt.
Wilson. 1887, 174—(For Mr. PrRINcE)
Undescribed Pielus from Lawson. 1887,
415—Platycercus eximius and IB
pennantii, and a hybrid. 1887, 450—
Insects from Derby. 1887, 557—Species
of Hoplocephalus in Macleay Museum.
1887, 978—Mammals from Derby. 1887,
981—Danais petilia and D. chrysippus
with a note. 1887, 1076—Collection of
Coleoptera from Blackheath. 1895, 341
—Collection of Coleoptera from West-
ern Australia, 1895, 409.

MatruHrew, G. F. Two species of Papilio
at various stages. 1884, 946—Lepidop-
terous insects from New Guinea. 1884,
1206.

May, T. H. See under HeEptry, C.

McALPINE, OD. New species of rust,
Puccinia loranthicola. 1905, 577.

McCoory, —. Two notes on the burrow-
ing habits of Chelodina longicollis.
1887, 109—See also under STEPHENS,
No de

McCuttocu, A. R. Fishes, remarkable or
unrecorded, from West Australia and
Victoria. 1910, 307—from the Great
Barrier Reef. 1910, 431—Port Darwin
and West Australia. 1910, 688—
Lantern-slides illustrating the experi-
ences of a Naturalist during a visit to
the New Hebrides. 1910, 887—Fishes,
rare or unrecorded, from Manilla and
Clifton, N.S.W., and a drawing of an
overlooked Port Jackson fish (Schuwet-
tea scalaripinnis Steindachner). 1911,
82—Fishes, rare or unrecorded, from
Murray Island. 1911, 305, 347, 423, 606
—Fishes, rare or unrecorded, from
Dunk and Masthead Islands. 1911, 606
—Land-crab from Murray Island. 1912,
136—Water Rat killed in the Botanic
Gardens. 1912, 493—Freshwater turtle
taken in salt water. 1913, 110—Draw-
ings of fishes on special paper. 1913,
396—A new publication, “The -Aus-
tralian Zoologist”; an interesting fish,
Jordanidia. 1914, 324—Lantern-slides
of the Mangrove-fauna. 1916, 493—
Collection of fishes. 1920, 203—Young
Frost Fish, Lepidopus caudatus. 1921,
238—See also under HepieEy, C.

McDonnovuenH, T. Large fruits of Hndi-
andra. 1910, 136.

McManon, P. Section of pine log with
stone embedded. 1881, 408—Rock
erystal. 1884, 443—Fossil wood and
also wood resembling cedar. 1884, 865
—Micaceous sandstone from North
Shore. 1885, 448.

Meyrick, H. Potato-destroying moth.
US'79, WG,

Miskin, W. H. Note on Danais chry-
sippus and D. petilia. 1889, 119—Note
on Danais petilia. 1890, 142.

MitcHett, J. Silurian fossils from Bow-
ning. 1884, 1205—Silurian fossils
from Bowning. 1886, 577—Fossil mar-
supial teeth and bones. 1886, 577—
Remarks referring to fossils from
Bowning previously exhibited by him.
1886, 1059—Note on Acidaspis. 1887,
196—Fossils from Bowning, with notes.
1887, 412—Remarkable concretion from
near Bungonia. 1887, 1077—Photo-
graphs of Trilobites from Bowning.
1887, 1077—New species of Acidaspis.

92 INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

1888, 150—Species of graptolites from
Bowning beds. 1888, 150—Note record-
ing occurrence of new Entomostraca in
Bowning shales. 1890, 656—Note on
fossils and remarks on correlation of
beds in Newcastle and Illawarra dis-

tricts. 1892, 345—Fossil plants from
Glenlee and Bellambi. 1892, 405—
Species of Hstheria trom Glenlee. 1892,

405—Note on discovery of bone deposit
near Kentucky Railway Station. 1893,
127—Note on Hstheria in Upper Coal
Measures of N.S.W. 18938, 239—Note on
Lepidodendroid fossils from Stockyard
Mt. 1893, 487—Occurrence of Ptero-
phyllum near Campbelltown. 1893, 438—
Note on aboriginal kitchen-midden at
Bellambi. 1893, 536—Fossil insects
and plants from Wianamatta Series
near Narellan. 1895, 410—Glossopteris
from near Lambton. 1895, 519—Fossil
Lycopod from South Bulli. 1895, 519
—Prints of leaves on sensitised paper.
1897, 292—Announcement of discovery
of fossil insect wing at Newcastle.
1898, 437—Some rare fossil shells from
N.S.W. 1906, 262—Fossil Hstheria with

notes. 1909, 411—Palaeoniscid fish
from the Newcastle Coal-Measures.
1914, 324—Silurian and Devonian
brachiopods from N.S.W. 1920, 473—
Fossil insect wing. 1924, xxix—
Hurydesma cordatum var. sacculum.
1925, xlvi—Fossil fish. 1925, xlvi—

Pebbles showing kernel, faulting, fold-
ing, glacial striae, ete. 1925, xlii—
Timber showing aboriginal toe-hold.
1925, xlii—Valve of pelecypod (?). 1925,
xlvi— Wing of fossil scorpion fly. 1925,
xlvi.

Mso6perc, E. Zoological specimens from

North Queensland. 1913, 606.
Mort, H. S. Unusually large emu egg.
1899, 631—Cerithiuwm dubium and

Typhis philippensis from Port Jackson.
1902, 343—Hulima articulata and Pendi-
cularia stylasteris from Long Bay.
1903, 312—Dimya corrugata from Long
Bay. 19038, 564—Vivipara stelomphora
var. malleata from Japan. 1906, 674.

Morton, A. Birds from Solomon Islands.
1882, 65—(For Mr. Ramsay) New
species of Solea and Coris. 1882, 212
—(For Mr. Ramsay) Aboriginal toma-
hawk, knives, spear head, and brushes.
1882, 212—(For. Mr. Ramsay) Speci-
mens of Pinna from Rarotonga. 1882,
212—Native implements, etc., from
New Guinea. 1883, 180—Native
weapons, etc. 1883, 464—Native crna-
ments from Solomon Group. 1883, 534.

MosELEY, —.. See under Musson, C. T.

MUELLER, Baron F. von. Note on ortho-
graphy of name Linnaeus. 1883, 532—

Hypoestes moschata from North Aus-
tralia. 1891, 578—Attention called to
restoration of genus Osteocarpum and
merging of Babbagio as subgenus.
1891, 682—List of mosses collected at
Tamworth. 1894, 361—Notes on
Boronia floribunda. 1896, 5083—See also
under FLercHEer, J. J.; Mammen, J. H.

MuscrRaAvE, A. Slides of Lord Howe
Island. 1924, xxvii. :

Musson, C. T. Note on Top-knot pigeon
(Lopholaimus antarctica). 1889, 388—
Note on Coleopterous insect carrying
land snail. 1889, 388—Note on effect
of eating pigeons which have fed on
seeds of Huphorbia. 1889, 389—General
zoological collection from Narrabri and
Tamworth. 1890, 898—Permo-Carbon-
iferous fossils from Narrabri and Tam-
worth. 1890, 898—Specimens of Cysto-
pelta from Ballarat. 1890, 898—
Locusts (Pachytylus australis) from
Inverell. 1890, 898—Pieris teutonia.
1890, 898—(For Mr. Mosrtny) Freckled
duck (Stietonetta naevosa). 1891, 8—
New Zealand mosses. 1891, 44—New
Zealand land and freshwater Mollusea.
1891, 125—Huropean slug (Arion hor- .

tensis) introduced from New Zealand.
1893, 181—Peculiar slug (Cystopelta
petterdi) from Kurrajong. 1893, 181—

Note on trimorphie character of An-
guillaria dioica. 1897, 578—Woody galls
on Casuarina from Richmond. 1899,
194—Indigenous grasses affected with
parasitic fungi from Richmond. 1899,
194—Flowering stalks of Acacia
Baileyana. 1900, 762—Garden plants
exhibiting prolification, from Rich-
mond.. 1902, 30—Host plants of species
of Loranthus in Richmond district.
1905, 489—Specimen from Coolabah
showing Loranthus exocarpi on dif-
ferent hosts. 1905, 490—Two forms
of common Black-thorn (Bursaria
spinosa). 1907, 630—Loranthus lino-
phyllus on two unusual hosts. 1908,
434—See also under FretrcHer, J. J.

Musson, C. T., and W. M. Carne. A
rare phyllopod crustacean from Rich-

mond, N.S.W. 1911, 159—An endo-
phytic green alga in the root of
Macrozamia. 1914, 326.

IMtoSsom, ©, Ith, aingl di, di, IMeomcssioim,

Lantern-illustrations of modification of
plant-growth due to parasites. 1915,
xx— Plants collected near the boundary
between the Counties of Cumberland
and Cook. 1915, 489.

Ner~tt, W. Small fishes (Galazias sp.),
taken from bales of wool. 1889, 633.
NicHotson, A. J. Photographs showing
wasp-like attitudes assumed by Mic-

INDEX TO EXHIBITS. 93

rodon sp. 1925, xliv—Specimen of
Humenid. 1925, xlv.

Nortu, A. J. Eggs of birds. 1887, 412,

1077—Series of birds’ eggs from
Nepean, Philip and Norfolk Islands.
1888, 402—Heggs of three species of
Menura and six Bower Birds. 1888,
1258—Note on breeding of Gouldian
finches. 1889, 188—Attention drawn to
number of Australian finches in Sydney
Market. 1889, 1029—Note on hatching
of emu egg. 1889, 1029—Skins, nest
and eggs of birds. 1889, 1297—(For
Mr. K. H. Bennett) EHggs of glossy
Ibis (fl. falcinellus). 1890, 142—
Platycercus pennantii from Norfolk
Island. 1893, 238—Graucalus melanops
and Ardea novae-hollandiae from Nor-
folk Island. 1893, 238—Hges of species
of cuckoos. 1893, 327—Egegs of Colly-
riocincla harmonica and Cacomantis
pallida, with a note. 18938, 4386—
Clutches of eggs each containing egg
of a cuckoo. 1894, 43—Attention drawn
to rare birds in George Street Markets.
1894, 43—Egegs of New Holland honey-
eater (Meliornis novae-hollandiae) .
1894, 186—Male and female of common
shoveller (Spatula clypeata) and of
long-tailed cuckoo (Urodynamis_tait-
ensis), with a note. 1894, 584—Head,
crop and gizzard of Wonga Wonga
pigeon. 1894, 585—Series of specimens
of Zosterops caerulescens. 1895, 472—
Set of eggs of Turnix leucogaster from
Central Australia. 1895, 519—Attention
called to numerous dead specimens of
mutton birds on beaches near Sydney.
1895, 550—Types of new birds from
Central Australia obtained by the
Horn Expedition. 1896, 88—Heggs
of Menura victoriae and Geronticus
spinicollis. 1886, 1061—Remarks on the
progress in Papuan ornithology. 1897,
444—Skin of freckled duck. 1897, 444
—Egegs of black-shouldered kite. 1897,
445—Young black-fronted dotterel from
Cook’s River. 1897, 577—-Nest of black-
capped honeyeater from Belmore. 1897,
577—Rare white-vented wood swallow,
with nests and eggs. 1897, 686—Speci-
mens from bower of spotted Bower-
bird. 1897, 687—Eggs of pied honey-
eater. 1897, 687—Attention called to
presence of Platycercus browni from
Darwin in Sydney bird shops. 1898,
408—Skin of fledgling fan-tailed cuckoo
caught at Chatswood. 1898, 647—-Type
of Hremiornis carteri from North-west
Australia. 1900, 610—Type of Platy-
cercus macgillivrayi from North Queens-
land. 1900, 610—Heegs of five species
of Cockatoo. 1900, 610—Note on
Motacilla cyanea. 1901, 632—Attention

drawn to abundance of species of
cuckoo near Sydney. 1901, 632—

Report of migratory species of birds.

breeding at Roseville. 1901, 739—Note
of eggs of cuckoos, taken from nests of
other species. 1901, 739—Record of
Monarcha gouldi and Donacicola cas-
taneothoraxz at Ourimbah. 1901, 739—
Hopsaltria pulverulenta and #H. gularis
from N. W. Australia, with notes.
1902, 74—Skins and eggs of Sisura
nana and Rhipidura dryas. 1902, 207
—Note on grass finches from North
and North-western Australia, 1902, 207
—Chlamydodera maculata and Phile-
mon citriogularis. 1902, 237—Nest,
eggs and skin of Buff-sided Robin
(Poecilodryas cerviniventris). 1902,
343—Skins, nests and eggs of Acanthiza
ewingi and Acanthornis magna from
Tasmania. 1904, 58—Specimen . of
Munia flaviprymna. 1904, 130—Grass
finch (Poephila aurantiirostris) from
Northern Territory. 1905, 101—Adult
female (Cuculus intermedius). 1905,
260—Adult male (Ptilotis plumuia).
1905, 260—Hees of some honeyeaters
and cuckoos. 1905, 260—Skin and eggs
of Melithreptus albigularis. 1905, 395
—Record of albatross at Lavender Bay.
1905, 395—Note on nesting sites of rock
warbler. 1905, 396—Specimen of
Motacilla from Dawson River, Q. 1905,
o78—Skin of adult male of Cracticus
leucopterus. 1906, 429—Attention
called to early breeding of several
species of birds around Sydney. 1906,
430—Hegs of plumed egret (Jfesophoyxr
plumifera). 1907, 629—Bird protection
and bird destruction in N.S.W. 1908,
630—Hegegs of great bower bird showing
variations in colour and markings.
1908, 636—Hybrid adult male, Artamus
superciliosus x A. personatus. 1908,
735—Nest and eggs of Newton’s bower
bird and tooth-billed bower bird, to-
gether with skins. 1908, 799—Skins
of yellow-collared parrakeet and For-
ster’s shearwater. 1909, 418—Birds:
Stone Runner from Leigh’s Creek.
1911, 44—Petrels from Lord Howe and
South Solitary Islands. 1911, 84—A
small race of the Laughing Jackass
from the Jardine River. 1911, 159—
Plumed MBronze-wing Pigeons from
various localities, and a Fan-tailed
Cuckoo from Lord Howe Island. 1911,
305—Birds and eggs from Fanning
Island. 1913, 171, 660—Skin and eggs
of the Antarctic and Silvery-grey
Petrels. 1913, 255—Black-banded Fruit-
Pigeon from the Northern Territory.
1913, 398—Skins of Yellow-breasted
Robin and Superb Warbler, exemplify-

94

(Oyenitiny, di, 1D)

ing climatic and individual variation.
1913, 607—Eges of sea-birds, collected
by the Australasian Antarctic Ex-
pedition, 1911-14. 1915, 291—Type-sets
of Australian birds’ eggs, and Cuckoo
type-sets. 1915, 420, 421—Skin of
Extinct Phillip Island Parrot, and a
New Zealand Parrot; remarks on prob-

able extinction of the Chestnut-
shouldered Grass-Parrakeet. 1915, 488
—White Nutmeg or Torres Strait

Pigeon. 1916, 103—Australian Finches.
1916, 195—Regent Bower-bird. 1916, 219
—Superb Fruit Pigeon. 1916, 493—See
also under Ocinpy, J. D.

Norton, J. Fungoid growth from Christ-

mas Tree. 1881, 170. Cones of Bunya
tree. 1881, 729—Nest of Origma rubri-
cata. 1883, 443—Tasmanite from
Tamar River. 1884, 178—Sandstone
perforated by Hymenopterous insect.
1884, 681—Cones of Araucaria Cooki.
1884, 1169—Weeping Hucalyptus with
rose-coloured flowers. 1885, 554—
Fossils from Black Head. 1886, 476
—Porphyritic rock from Shoalhaven.
1886, 476—Flowering specimens of
Cassia Brewsteri, Hernandia bivalvis
and Kreysigia multiflora. 1886, 1122—
Acrophyllum venosum in flower and
seed. 1886, 1207—Seeds of Acacia
oxycedrus. 1886, 1207—Styphelia from
Faulconbridge. 1886, 1207—A fungus,
Hydnum imbricatum. 1886, 1207—
Stemonitis fusca or ferruginea from
Springwood. 1887, 174—Pieces of wood
carved by black Cockatoo and by white
ants. 1887, 412—Fungus growing on
Syncarpia. 1887, 621—Flowering speci-
mens of bamboo. 1887, 621—Larva of
Melolontha infested with fungus. 1890,
140—Remarks on letter concerning
Pavonia hastata growing in Hyde Park.
1890, 267—Nuts of Helicia Whelani.
1890, 898—Root of Stenocarpus Cun-
ninghamii with fibrous rootlets. 1892,
328—Remarks on horse’s antipathy to
smell of fish. 1892, 328—Note record-
ing spider attacking ants. 1896, 819—
Western Australian plants. 1897, 577
—Sydney bush rat from Double Bay.
1899, 286—Remarks on black Cock-
atoos ringbarking Hucalypts. 1899, 286
—Sandstone partly covered with an
organic structure. 1900, 116—-Prolifica-
tion of inflorescence of Nicotiana sp.
1902, 74—See also under STEPHENS,
Wis Je

New Species of Platy-
cephalus. 1885, 189—New genus of
Blenny. 1885, 248—Branchiostoma
bassanum. 1885, 695—Ooris rex. 1885,
858—Specimens of Hemipimalodus

OLIvER, W. R. B.

Oxriirr, A. S.

INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

dayi. 1886, 127—Tongue of Lates cal-
carifer partially covered with teeth.
1886, 853—Monacanthus Maculosus.
1886, 975—Parasitic HEntomostracon
from the Mackerel. 1886, 975—New
species of Apogon. 1886, 1061—
—Coloured drawing of Girella cyanea.
1887, 109—Rare toad, Notaden ben-
nettii, from Cobar. 1887, 174—Brachyu-
ropis australis from unknown locality.
1887, 174—Solenognathus spinosissimus

and Macquaria australasica. 1887, 196
—Hoplocephalus ornatus (?) and
Pseudechis australis. 1887, 1078—

Snake from South Solitary Island.
1888, 337—Rare fish (Anthias cichlops)
from Lord Howe Island. 1888, 741—
(For Mr. NorruH) Eggs of Aplonis
fuscus from Lord Howe Island. 1888,
890. Note on cause of death in fishes.
1888, 890—Deep sea fish (Chloreph-
thalmus nigripinnis). 1888, 1096—
Photograph of Acanthias blainvillii
and Acanthoclinus littoreus. 1888,
1096—Larval form of Trachypterus.
1888, 1258—Apogon guntheri with
mouth crammed with ova. 1888, 1559
—Ambassis from Parramatta River.
1888, 1559—South Australian snake
(Vermicella bertholdii). 1888, 1559—
Anomalops palpebratus. 1889, 312—
Living specimen of Phrynosoma from ,
United States. 1889, 632—Species of
Calotes from New Guinea. 1889, 632—
Jaws of species of Myliobatis. 1889, 632
—Lygosoma casuarinae from Went-
worth Falls. 1889, 1028—Young Hop-
locephalus ornatus. 1889, 1028—Fish
(Holocanthus tibicen) from Lord Howe
Island. 1889, 1028—Two snakes from
New Guinea (Brachysoma triste and
Acanthophis sp.). 1890, 413—Note
that there are two genera of rough-
backed Herrings in Australian waters.
1896, 504—Specimens of two small
Clupeids. 1896, 584—(For Dr. Cox)
Small sole from freshwater, Richmond
River. 1896, 817—Young conger in
Helmictus stage. 1897, 253—Type of
Aethoprora perspicillata from Lord
Howe Island. 1898, 76:

Mollusca from the
Kermadec Islands. 1913, 605.

Collection of Coleoptera
from Hcuador. 1885, 342—Cryptom-
matus jansoni. 1885, 449—Specimens
of Tettix australis. 1886, 163—Male
and female of Halobates wullerstoff.
1886, 1683—Pulex echidnae. 1887, 109
—Alectoria superba from Mossgiel.
1887, 250—Insects from Norfolk Island.
1887, 412—Hpidesmia tricolor, a rare
moth from Double Bay. 1887, 452—
Peripatus from Cassilis, with a note.

OSBORNE, G. D.

PaLMeER, EH. G. W.

INDEX TO EXHIBITS. 95

1887, 981—Note on abundance of
Belostoma indicum. 1888, 150—
Schizorrhina emilea from Cairns. 1888,
401—Palaeotoma styphelana. 1888, 424
—Coccus gall probably new. 1888, 425
—Nest of social caterpillar. 1888, 741
—Harthen cocoons of Cephalodesmius
armiger. 1888, 1507—Phyllodes mey-
ricki. 1888, 1780—Zopherosis georgii
from Mt. Wilson. 1889, 120—(For
Mr. C. S. Wiztkinson) Wasps (Polistes
sp.). 1889, 598—Collection of insects
from Mt. Kosciusko. 1889, 598—Collec-
tion of Diptera from Mt. Kosciusko.
1889, 598—Male Pielus imperidlis.
1889, 654—Attention drawn to abund-
ance of large Noctuid moth. 1889,
1052—Three specimens of Atyphella
lychmus. 1889, 1297—Epicrocis tere-
brans from Gosford. 1890, 140—New
species of Adela from Kangaroo Mt.
1890, 140—Species of Synemon from

Benalla, Victoria. 1890, 140—Scale
insects from introduced Australian
trees in Natal. 1890, 243—Supple-

mentary index to Whymper’s “Travels
amongst the Great Andes’. 1890, 267—
Cottony-cushion or fluted scale (Icerya

purchasi). 1891, 126—Larvae and in-
sects of Vedalia cardinalis. 1891, 126
—Remarks on Vedalia cardinalis
collected at Mosman’s Bay. 1891, 166

Larvae and females of Phylloxera
vastatrixz. 1891, 166—Fly bred from
larvae feeding on rust. 1891, 249—
Dipteron parasitic on plague locust.
1891, 249—Photographs of native gods
at Banks Is., New Hebrides. 1892, 345
—Collection of Brachyscelid galls. 1892,
373—Large ear-wig (Anisolabris colos-
sea) from Richmond and Tweed
Rivers. 1892, 380—Sugar-cane weevil
(Sphenophorus obscurus) from Nor-
thern Queensland. 1893, 327—Parasitic
fly from adult beetles (Monolepta
rosea). 18938, 328—Species of Psylla
from Jarrahdale, W.A. 1894, 740.

Zygopterid stem from
Kuttung Series in N.S.W. 1925, xl.

OwEN, R. Letter from, containing observ-

ations on fossil marsupials and on the
generation of Monotremes. 1885, 125.

Plants from Lord
Howe’s Island: 1880, 49—Fungi col-
lected at Burwood. 1880, 192— Abor-
iginal stone axe head. 1880, 286—
Aboriginal weapons and implements
from Broad Sound. 1881, 170—
Potatoes and potato moth. 1881, 170
—Chinese pear with fruits from both
autumn and spring flowering. 1881,
170—Photographs of blacks. 1881, 197
—Aboriginal skull. 1881, 626—Plants

affected by a fungoid and insect pests.
1885, 189—Two Bombycid moths. 1885,
248—Coccinella species and Anoplog-
nathus inustus. 1885, 695—Stone axes.
1885, 696—Mylitta sp. from Burwood.
1886, 505—Seed vessels of Martynia
proboscidea. 1886, 505—Silk egg-bags
made by spider. 1887, 174—Specimens
of spider which made egg-bags pre-
viously exhibited. 1887, 251—Abor-
iginal letter sticks. 1887, 621—Carbon-
iferous fossil from Connor’s Range, Q.
1887, 982—Aboriginal weapons from
Port Mackay, Q. 1887, 982—Young fish
from Burwood. 1888, 401—Viviparous |
lizard (Lygosoma casuarinae). 1888,
40i1—Stone axe from Campbelltown.
1888, 401—Native ornaments and manu-
factures from Queensland. 1888, 423—
Fossil shells from near St. Lawrence.
1888, 423—Wasp’s nest. 1888, 423—
Note on sympathy and foster parentage
among birds. 1888, 740—Roots of
apple tree infested with American
blight. 1890, 296—Loranthus parasitic
on pear tree. 1890, 510—Cultivated
Hugenia infested with Homopterous
insects. 1890, 510—Living insect larvae.
1890, 680—Coccinellid and Galerucid in-
festing Cucurbitaceae and Solanaceae.
1890, 680—Snake (Hoplocephalus
nigrescens) and lizard (Tiliqua gigas)
from the Blue Mts. 1892, 20—Abor-
iginal stone axe from Lawson. 1892,
277—Galls on Acacia decurrens and on
a Hucalypt. 1892, 404—Fossils from
Mt. Wellington, Tasmania. 1892, 404—
Specimen illustrating root grafting.
1897, 686—Galls of Brachyscelis duplex.
1897, 686—Aboriginal sacred _ stone.
1897, 686—Living Hchidna from Lawson.
1898, 107—Spider (Celaenia excavata)
with egg-bags. 1898, 107—Abnormal
specimens of maize. 1898, 107—
Branches of Ulnus ringbarked by longi-
corn larvae. 1898, 173—Undetermined
fungus growing round EHEucalypt roots.
1898, 173—Living Gecko and large
snake from Blue Mts. 1898, 437—Two
species of Xerotes, eaten down by stock.
1898, 4837—Curiously carved boomerangs
from Queensland. 1899, 192—Abnormal
flowering and fruiting specimens of
Cosmos and Zea. 1899, 192—An un-
determined fungus. 1899, 192—Coccus
(Pulvinaria tecta). 1899, 192—Chips
torn from Eucalypt trunk by black
Cockatoos. 1899, 286—Aboriginal skin-
ning knives. 1899, 477—Seedling apple
tree with woolly aphis on roots. 1899,
477—Underground fungus (Mylitta
australis). 1899, 477—Spider (Amau-
robius). 1899, 477—Bunch of dates
from palm growing in Bourke Street.

96

1899, 631—Gall of Brachyscelis duplex.
1899, 631—Note on being bitten by
black snake. 1900, 61—Cast skin of
snake. 1900, 115—Hydatids in black-
tailed wallaby. 1900, 321—Remarkable
stone axe from Lawson. 1900, 543—
Aboriginal grinding stone and stone
knives from Lawson. 1900, 612—Abor-
iginal stone axe from Lawson. 1900,
698—Spider (Theridion bicolor). 1900,
698—Huecalypt sapling stem eaten by
borers. 1900, 762—Aboriginal scarf
and head dresses. 1900, 762—Peculiar
vine from Lawson. 1901, 515—Atten-
tion drawn to report of shower of small
fish. 1901, 515—Mineral specimens
from Gladstone. 1903, 313—Aboriginal
stone axe from Helidon, @. 1904, 253
—Statement re laying of chestnut-eared
finches in his aviary. 1904, 805—Par-
ticulars of breeding habits of chestnut-
eared finch. 1905, 352—-Young speci-
mens of Ceratodus forsteri. 1906, 60—
Shoots of peach tree affected by Micro-
lepidoptera. 1906, 60—Examples of
aboriginal chipping from North-west
Australia. 1908, 434—F lowers of
Crotalaria Ouwnninghamii. 1908, 434—
Coccid galls and Coleoptera from Law-
son. 1908, 434—See also under
Macrtesy, W.; RAInBow, W. J.; RAMSAY,
H. P.

Parkes, Miss. See under HEDLEY, C.
Preptey, P. R. Hmbryo of Hippocampus.

1881, 626—Copper minerals from Mount
Hope and Great Central Copper Mines.
1883, 180—Copper' grass (possibly
Xerotes) from Cobar. 1883, 386—
Centriscus gracilis. 1884, 119—Fungus
on leaves of peach trees. 1885, 126—
Two Australian aboriginal skulls. 1886,
577—Saw of Pristis zysron. 1892, 277
—Aboriginal weapons from north-west
of N.S.W. 1894, 466—Aboriginal shield
from Narran River. 1895, 472—Living
specimen of Moloch horridus from W.A.
1896, 88.

Prerriz, J. M. Samples of kerosene shale and

oil therefrom. 1904, 872—Preparations
of stinging hairs of giant nettle tree.
1906, 426—Remarks on strychnine in
bark and wood of species of Strychnos.
1906, 497—Announcement of identifica-
tion of new alkaloid in Solandra laevis.
1906, 673—(For Dr. H. G. CHAPMAN)
A marine algal ball from Balmoral
Beach. 1911, 425—Demonstration | of
Guignard’s new method of detecting
hydrocyanic acid compounds in plants.
1911, 635—An African plant (Acokan-
thera), the milky juice of which affects
a photographic plate. 1914, 88—See
also under CHAPMAN, H. G., and J.
M. PETRIE.

INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

Perrin, J. M., and H. G. CHapman, Photo-
graphic plate exposed to emanation of
dried juice of Huphorbia peplus. 1909,
500.

PrTrEerD, W. F. See under Hepiey, C.

PuHituies, C. Address on rabbit exterm-
ination. 1901, 146—Remarks on rabbit
extermination in New Zealand. 1906,
677.

PincHEr, G. L. See under FLeTcHER, J. J.

Pittman, H. F. See under Davin, T. W.
H., R. Herms and H. F. PrrrM an.

PRINCE, H. Argonauta nodosa and
Cypraea aurantia. 1885, 448—Number
of Volutes. 1885, 853—Collection of
weod moths. 1887, 681—See also under
MAstTERrS, G. ,

Rarnpow, W. J. New spider from Bun-
gendore. 1892, 201—Undescribed spider
(Nephila sp.). 1892, 328—Undescribed
spider (Arcyina sp.) from Manly. 1892,
405—Undetermined spider from Water-
fall and Clarence River. 1893, 218—
Living trap door spiders (Idiops sp.).
1894, 362—Spider (Celaeria excavata)
and its egg-bags. 1896, 88—Silver
wattle (Acacia dealbata) with Hymen-
opterous galls. 1896, 382—Spider
(Actinopus formosus) from near Gren-
fell. 1897, 253—Note on Argyrodes
antipodiana. 1898, 172-—-Two_ spiders
(Ariamnes flagellum and Leptorchestes
striatipes). 1898, 652—(For Mr. H. G.
W. PatmerR) Living spider (Lycosa
godeffroyi). 1899, 1385—Silk spun by
spiders of genus Nephala. 1899, 283—
Living specimen of spider (Dicrostichus
magnificus). 1899, 549—Spider (Desis
marina) from Port Jackson. 1901, 539
—Aquatic spider, Dolomedes facetus,
from Duck Creek. 1909, 274—Arach-
nida from Solomon Islands. 1909, 589
—See also under HEDLEY, C.; KESTEVEN,
Jel, It

Ramsay, EH. P. Notes on Hntomostracous
Crustacean (Lepidurus viridis). 1875-

_ 76, 32—Specimens of parrots (Lorius
chlorocercus, Donvicella cardinalis,
Nasiterna pusio) from New Britain and
adjacent islands. 1875-76, 67—Skin of
supposed new species of Poephila from
near Rockingham Bay. 1875-76, 197—
Male and female specimens of Zylo-
psyche staceyi from near Newcastle.
1875-76, 199—Skins of birds from Auck-
land Islands, ete. 1877, 19—New and
rare fish from Port Jackson. 1877, 54
—New species of Huryscaphus. 1877,
73—Burrowing frog. 1877, 73—Species
of Antennarius. 1877, 73—Poephila
mirabilis. 1877, 73—Death adder (Acan-
thophis praelongus). 1877, 73—Speci-
mens of Poephila and of Brachysoma

INDEX 10 EXHIBITS. 97

triste. 1877, 122—Rare species of birds.
1877, 377—Two species of pigeon from
Fiji. 1878, 6—Crotons and specimens
of Coleus, Euphorbia and Aralia filici-
folia from Duke of York Island. 1878,
6—Osteoglossum leichhardtii from the
Dawson River. 1878, 11—Specimens of
Anas gibberifrons. 1878, 40—Birds
from New Guinea. 1878, 76—Four
species of rifle birds. 1878, 340—
Perameles broadbentii from Port
Moresby and white ants (Termes) from
near Sydney. 1878, 406—New birds
from New Guinea. 1879, 107—Photo-
graphs of natives of Port Darwin and
Port Hssington. 1879, 292—New species
of Sphaeria. 1879, 292—New species of
Lepidurus from Hunter River. 1579,
387—Fossil fish (Ctenodon ctenodus?).
1879, 3887—Series of new and rare
birds. 1879, 471—Note on Malurus
leuconotus. 1880, 191—Note on egg of
Eclectus polychlyrus. 1880, 191—Tooth
of marsupial allied to Diprotodon.
1880, 495—Specimens of Fierasfer and
of Syngnathidae and EHleotris. 1880,
495—Birds from Solomon Islands and
New Guinea. 1881, 196—New species
of Lygopus. 1881, 626—Skins of birds

from the Solomon Islands. 1881, 837
—Drawings of a new rat. 1882, 65—
Egg of Victorian Lyre Bird. 1882, 65

—Drawing of new bat. 1882, 65—
Sketch of jaw of Thylacoleo. 1882, 65
—Tertiary leaves and granite from
Richmond River. 1882, 91—Fishes
from New Hebrides, Broken Bay and
Mount Wilson. 1882, 134—Native skull
from Dawson River. 1882, 134—Collec-
tion illustrating fauna of Lord Howe’s
Island. 1882, 206—Native headdress
from New Guinea. 1882, 206—Fruit of
small species of coconut from Ugi,
Solomon Group. 1882, 304—Birds from
Solomon Islands. 1882, 304—Flint
nodule from Solomon Islands. 1882,
330—Seeds of supposed new species of
Cocos. 1882, 330—EHucaiyptus said to
be punctured by ovipositor of Cicada.
1882, 330—Photograph of large Zeus
australis. 1882, 330—Bracelets cut
from large shells. 1882, 347—Horned
lizard from America. 1882, 347—Cole-
optera from the Dawson River. 1882,
348—Note on seaweeds from Port Jack-
son and adjacent coast. 1882, 402—
Rocks from coal mines between Dubbo
and Wellington. 1882, 560—Stone im-
plements from Samoa. 1882, 560—
Three species of Oligorus, new species
of Amphisile, three species of Mus,
shells from Queensland, Dugong oil and
aboriginal photographs. 1882, 674—
Birds from Solomon Islands. 1882, 674
G

—Native ornaments, etc., from Admir-
alty Islands. 18838, 35—Collection of
marine animals illustrating methods
of mounting, ete. 1884, 254—(For Mr.
A. CAMPBELL) Pachycephala rufogu-
laris. 1884, 509—Halcyon diops and
Coriphilus kuhlii. 1884, 866—Native
throwing stone. 1884, 1015—(For Mr.
EK. G. PAtMER) Native bees’ nest. 1884,
1206—Fossil phalanx of Palaeorchestes
from Wellington Caves. 1885, 75—
Devonian fossils from Wellington.
1885, 75—Rare birds from Queensland
and New Guinea. 1885, 124—Portion
of skull of new extinct marsupial.
1885, 124—Letter from Sir Richard
Owen. 1885, 125—New birds from New
Guinea and some rare eggs. 1885, 188
—New species of Retaster. 1885, 189
—A new bat from Dawson River.
1885, 189—Some rare semi-fossil shells
from Muddy Creek. 1885, 189—New
Ostracod. . 1885, 247—Fungi from Moss-
giel. 1885, 247—Dise-shaped native
club. 1885, 248—Large sea urchin.
1885, 342—Albino Tui or Parson-bird
from New Zealand. 1885, 342—Albino
ground parrot from Warren. 1885, 342—
Letter from Sir R. Owen re new species
of Thylacoleo. 1885, 342—Mentura
victoriae with nest and egg. 1885, 449
—Boltenia australis. 1885, 553—Fossil
bones from Wellington Caves. 1885,
761—Albino bat from Jamaica. 1886,
127—Seed vessel of Adansonia digitata.
1886, 505—Photographs of skeleton,
Megaceros hibernicus. 1886, 853—
Stone axes. 1886, 853—Rare birds from
Derby, N. W. Australia. 1886, 881—
New species of Monacanthus. 1886,
1059—Notes on eggs of Ptilinorhyncus
violaceus and Rhynchaea australis.
1886, 1059—Supposed new species of
birds from Derby. 1886, 1122—New
species of Hapalotis. 1886, 1122—
Matured fruits of Ficus stipulata.
1886, 1122—Fossil remains of gigantic
Echidna. 1886, 1122—Remarks on fer-
tilization of Ficus macrophylla. 1886,
1122—Higegs of birds illustrating paper
by Mr. North. 1886, 1207—Kegegs of
Puffinus brevicaudis. 1886, 1207—
Heliz-shaped case of insect from Japan.
1886, 1207—Collection of rare birds.
1887, 110—Collection of insects from
New England. 1887, 141—Ege of top-
knot pigeon. 1887, 174—Stone hatchets
of aborigines of Lachlan district. 1887,
174—F lint flakes used by aborigines of
Tasmania. 1887, 174—Shale with
Rhacopteris from Stroud. 1887, 174—
Aspidiotes ramsayi, Dendrophis sp.,
and Hoplocephalus from Louth. i887,
196—Bird of Paradise and Paradi-

98 INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

sornis rudolphi. 1887, 250—Amblyor-
nis subalaris and Charmosyna jose-
phinae from New Guinea. 1887, 250—

Birds from New Guinea and near
Sydney. 1887, 451—Dendritic gold
from Lucknow Mine. 1887, 979—

Echinaster decanus from Port Jackson.
1887, 1075—Four species of Phalangista
from Bellenden Ker. 1887, .1075—
Birds from Bellenden Ker. 1887, 1075
—Live specimen of Nardoa gilberti.
1889, 188—Peripatus from Mt. Kos-
ciusko. 1889, 632—Three species of
white Cockatoo. 1889, 632—Skin of
small Phalanger (Pseudochirus). 1889,
632—New species of Belideus. 1889,
1030—New species of Pseudochirus.
1889, 1030—Dendrolagus lumholtzt
from North Queensland. 1889, 1052—
Rare Bird of Paradise from New
Guinea. 1889, 1052—Bower Bird and
young. 1889, 1052—Sericornis guwttu-
ralis and young. 1889, 1052—See also
under Morton, A.; STEPHENS, W. J.

RatTE, F. Notes on the Tuena Gold
Reefs. 18838, 179—Fossils from New
Caledonia. 1884, 681—Calcareous shells
of insects. 1884, 682—Devonian fish
and other fossils. 1885, 123—Drawings
of Crioceras and Sanguinolites. 1885,
124—Explanatory note on references to
figures omitted from his paper on
Worthenia. 1885, 3483—Gold specimens
from New Caledonia and Ballarat.
1886, 1123—Diabase porphyry polished.
1886, 1123—Kerosene shale showing
mode of fracture. 1887, 142.

ReaD, R. B. Particulars in reference to
aquaria. 1879, 116—Proboscis of
Macrosilia cluentius. 1879, 398—Note
on use of Australian coal by foreign
ships. 1889, 389—Frigate or Boatswain
Bird from Lord Howe Island. 1889,
654.

Ronwu, H. 8S. Serranus cylindricus from
New Hebrides. 1888, 1316—Carved
shield probably from Fiji. 1888, 1316
—Carved wooden club from New
Zealand. 1888, 1507—Four embryos
of Crocodilus porosus from Queensland.

1889, 131—Stem of undetermined
creeper from Clarence River. 1889, 131
—Hegyptian mummy hand. 1889, 390

—Mounted specimens of English plants.
1889, 598—Jaw of death adder with
supplementary tooth. 1889, 1297.
Rost, J. H. See under Frercuer, J. J.
RossitTER, R. C. See under Brazinr, J.
RorHery, F. M. Contribution to discus-
sion on welfare of indigenous fauna
and flora. 1908, 631.
RorTHscHiLp, N. C. Letter from (as rep-
resentative of the Society for the Pro-
motion of Nature-Reserves) calling

attention to the aims and objects of
the Society. 1914, 157.

Sacu, A. J. See under Maipen, J. H.

SCHUETTE, —. Plaster cast of vertebrate
fossil. 18838, 298.

SECRETARY, the. Photograph of Aus-
tralian native from near the Balonne.
1877, 217—Gall from an Acacia. 1880,
300—Nidus of large spider. 1880, 300.

SELKIRK, H. Fossil shells from Harpur’s
Hill. 1881, 789—Fossil leaf from Bega.
1881, 790—Tibia of Diprotodon. 1881,
790—Dried ferns of New South Wales.
1881, 790—Stone axe from Kurrajong.
1882, 134.

Srnciair, S. Watch found in stomach of
shark. 1888, 739—Diamond drill cores
from New York. 1888, 894—Native
dresses, weapons and implements from
Hrromanga. 1894, 708.

Sxussg, F. A. A. Diptera from Berowra.
1887, 978—Pupa and imago of Ortho-
prosopa nigra. 1888, 423—Tineid bred

from seed capsules of Phyllanthus.
1889, 131—Minute Hymenopterous
parasite. 1889, 131—Grass kept dry
twelve months and still containing

living larva, Lasioptera vastatriz. 1889,
189—Tineid bred from staghorn fern.
1889, 312—Plant from Samoa. 1889,
312—Brachyscelis duplex from Blue
Mountains. 1889, 3812—Drawing of
imago and wing of Dipterous fly, phos-
phorescent in iarval condition. 1889,
312—New species of Cecidomyia with
galls and insects bred from them.
1889, 654—Minute Dipterous fly (Phyto-

myza). 1889, 1030—Adults and pupa-
eases of Tachina sp. 1889, 1052—
Specimens of Icerya purchasi. 1889,
1052—Galls of Cecidomyidae. 1889,
1052—Specimens of Diptera. 1889,
1100—Semnotes imperatoria and S.
ducalis from near Sydney. 1890, 11—

Leptotarsus sp., from Blue Mountains.
1890, 11—Specimens of plant bug
(Family Capsidae) from vineyards and
orchards in N.S.W. and Victoria. 1890,
141—Diptera from Dunoon. 1890, 267
—Hristalis tenax and Gastrophilus equi
from New Zealand. 1890, 268—Gall of

Brachyscelis munita on Eucalyptus
robusta. 1890, 268—Specimens of
Mylitaspis pomorum from Goulburn.

1890, 294—Coelostoma. australe and
parasitic flies. 1890, 294—Batrachomyia
of which the larval state is parasitic
on frogs. 1890, 655—Galls of Oéeci-
domyia frauenfeldi. 1890, 680—Atten-
tion drawn to article on _ insects
injurious to drugs. 1891, 125—
Remarks on habitat of Phalacrognathus
muelleri. 1892, 20—See also under
Waits, H. R.

INDEX TO EXHIBITS. 99

SLoane, T. G. Collection of Carenides.
1889, 654—Summary of views on geo- 1925, xli.
graphical range of Cicindelidae. 1909, SmirHers, W. H. Native copper from
275. near Townsville. 1886, 505.

SmitH, H. G. Crude Hudesmol from §mirHurst, H. Betelnut and implements
Hucalyptus camphora. 1902, 238— and weapons from New Guinea. 1886,

Mydaid fly larva, Diochlistus gracilis.

SmitH, Miss V. I.

Section of trunk of Orites excelsa, with
cavity coated with aluminium suc-
cinate. 1903, 885—See also under
BAKER, R. T.; Baker, R. T., and H. G.
SMITH.

SmirH, R. Greic. Two samples of butter

prepared under different conditions.
1899, 418—Attention called to experi-
ments on Bacillus pyocyaneus. 1899,
477—Samples of cloudy wine and cul-
tures of acetic acid forming bacterium.
1900, 698—Bacteriological apparatus
and appliances. 1901, 516—Life history
and characteristics of Bacterium vascu-
larum. 1902, 74—Culture of Penicil-
lium glaucum. 1902, 207—Cultures of
Bacterium eucalypti. 1902, 238—Note
on prevalence of gummosis in sugar
cane. 1902, 238—Microscopic prepara-
tions of diseased rainbow trout. 1902,
370—Salmon affected with Saprolegnia
ferax. 1902, 495—Slime produced by
Bacterium sacchari. 1903, 362—Cul-
tures and products obtained while in-
vestigating Sterculia gum. 1903, 564
—Cork from wine bottle damaged by
insect larvae. 1903, 564—Record of
occurrence of Bacterium eucalypti in
manna of Hucalyptus punctata. 1903,
831—Ginger beer plant consisting of a
microbe and a _ yeast. 1904, 253—
Preparations of blood smears of tick
and other fevers. 1904, 479—Three bush
mice with skin disease. 1904, 805—
Undetermined Bacterium on saccharose-
bean-agar. 1906, 175—Dry gum of
Rhizobium leguminosarum. 1906, 361
—Résumé of bacteriological institutions
visited abroad. 1907, 744—Schizosac-
. charomyces isolated from molasses.
1908, 286—Culture of slime-forming
Bacterium, forming on _ household
sponge. 1908, 290—Condensed milk
which had become jellified. 1908, 629
—Cultures of two bacteria related to
Colon bacillus. 1909, 591—Household
sponges infected with slime-forming
bacteria. 1909, 592—Apples affected
with Bitter Pit. 1911, 158—Painted
wood sown with conidia of Dematia
and Cladosporium. 1923, xxxiv.

Common bag moth
(Metura elongata); its method of pro-
gression on vertical pane of glass.
1920, 318—Parasitic nematodes from a
chicken and a goat. 1922, xxx—Species
of Diptera bred in captivity or reared
from larvae or pupae. 1923, xxx—

577—Shale with fossil ferns from Walls-
end. 1886, 974—Ironstone nodule.
1886, 974—Fossil Polyzoa. 1886, 974—
Antique green porphyry. 1886, 1207—
Bones of gigantic kangaroo from Gul-
gong. 1887, 109—Two corals -(Favo-
sites gothlandica and Isastraea) from
Gulgong. 1887, 109—Crystalline petri-
faction formed in four years. 1887,
1075.

STEAD, D. G. Hydatina physis and spiral

ribbon of eggs. 1898, 274—--Crustacean
(Philyra pisum) from Japan. 1898,
408—Hawkesbury sandstone tunnelled
by insects. 1899, 285—Basalt from
Kiama and silicified wood from Wollon-
gong. 1899, 374—Hawkesbury sand-
stone tunnelled by termites. 1899, 418
—Remarks on finding common bronze-
wing pigeon 500 miles from land.
1899, 418—Carpenter bee (Lestis
aeratus), boring in young Hucalypt.
1899, 476—Port Jackson Crustaceans.
1899, 549—Phasmid from New Heb-
rides. 1899, 631—Crustacean (Ibacus
peronii) from Port Jackson. 1899, 631
—Crustacean (Pilumnopeus serrati-
frons) and undetermined Nematode
from stomach of Jew fish. 1899, 697—
Ant and piece of quartz which it had
lifted. 1900, 115—Pelagic Crustacean
(Galathea sp.). 1900, 321—Living
specimen of Murrumbidgee crayfish.
1900, 321—Photograph showing atmos-
pheric erosion at Bondi. 1900, 321—
Mounted preparations of Crustaceans.
1900, 3898—Specimen of Stink Fish
(Callionymus curvicornis). 1900, 476
—Undetermined snake. 1900, 476—
Preparation of fruit of Barringtonia
cupania. 1900, 542—Land crab (Cardi-
soma sp.) from New Hebrides. 1900,
610—Remains of freshwater crayfishes
from stomach of Murray Cod. 1900,
610—Attention called to large numbers
of Palinurus Edwardsii for sale in
Sydney. 1900, 610—Preparation of
coral collected at Shark Island. 1901,
213—Aboriginal relics from Port Hack-
ing. 1901, 2183—Hardwood pile bored
by Teredo. 1901, 514—Ova of large
Australian crayfish. 1901, 514—Speci-
men of Octopus pictus. 1901, 515—
Two deformed Malekulan skulls. 1901,
631—Wood showing junction of host
and mistletoe. 1901, 631—Crab from
New Hebrides. 1901, 631—Two species
of Orthoptera from Sydney. 1901, 631

100

—Megalops stage of a crab. 1901, 631
—Crustacean (Rhynchocinetes typus).
1901, 631—Sand eel from Cowan Bay.
1901, 738—Two species of locusts and
two geckos from New Hebrides. 1901,
738—Specimens of Ceratothoa, a Crus-
tacean parasite. 1901, 738—Larvae of
Agarista glycine. 1901, 738—“Doctor”
or “Surgeon” fish from Port Jackson.
1902, 205—Flute mouth (fistularia
serrata) from Port Jackson. 1902, 205
—Photographs of large biack bream
(Chrysophrys australis). 1902, 370—
English lobster (Homarus vulgaris)
which reached Australia alive. 1902,
495—Remarks on large shoal of
“salmon” (Arripis salar) i «IEE
Hacking. 1902, 656—Glass rope sponge
(Hyalomena mirabilis) from Japan.
1903, 831—Copepod (Sphyrion laevi-
gatunm). 1903, 884—Barnacle attached
to skin of whale. 1903, 944—Crus-
tacean (Cyamus ceti) from a whale,
with notes. 1903, 944—Octopus pictus
with batch of eggs. 1904, -128—Fish
preserved in formalin with exposed
surface covered with mould. 1904, 128
Cocoon of Antheraea eucalypti, with
parasitic flies. 1904, 557—Mention of
variations in Australian fishes. 1904,
805—Scorpaenoid fish (Glyptauchen
panduratus) from Port Jackson. 1905,
486—Centropercis nudivittis from Ter-
rigal. 1905, 486—Amia _ roseigaster,
with ova. 1905, 486—Two species of
mullet, Mugil waigiensis and M. dus-
sumieri. 1906, 60—Fishes recorded for
first time from N.S.W. 1906, 174—
Common freshwater perch of eastern
N.S.W. 1906, 261—Mature intra-
uterine foetus cof Little Saw-shark.
1906, 425—Chela-. of mangrove crab,
malformed. 1906, 425—Species of
Syngnathid pive-fishes. 1906, 428—
Species of fish new to fauna of N.S.W.
1906, 496—Cheilodactylus spectabilis
from N.S.W. 1906, 565—Immature
specimen of Trachinotus sp. 1906, 565
—Embryos of little “gummy” shark.
1906, 565—Record of occurrence at
Port Hacking of Ceratium furca. 1906,
565—Record of occurrence of “Govern-
ment bream” at Coff’s Harbour. 1906,
673—Rare Syngnathid pipe-fish from
Bellinger River. 1906, 673—Young
example of skipper garfish. 1906, 673
—Record of large shoal of great
tunnies. 1907, 392—Record of Chlamy-
doselachus in N.S.W. 1907, 554—Beaked
salmon (Gonorhynchus gonorhynchus).
1907, 744—Deformed claw of mangrove
crab. 1907, 88388—Record of occurrence
of sword fish (Xiphias gladius) in
N.S.W. waters. 1908, 797—Photographs

INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

of sun fish (Mola mola). 1908, 797—
Living example of Osphromenus tri-
chopterus. 1908, 797—Particulars of
unidentified marine animal near
Manning River. 1909, 114—Small
freshwater perch from artesian well at
Corella. 1909, 116—‘“‘Moorish idol’,
Zanclus cornutus, from Botany Bay.
1909, 274—Common drill or boring
whelk. 1909, 411—Tests of South
American Hchinoderm, Hncope emar-
ginata. 1909, 411—Living specimen of
striated serpent-head fish from Singa-
pore, 1909, 416—Brittle star from
Coogee Beach. 1909, 416—Undeter-
mined marine worms from aquarium.
1909, 416—Fan-tailed variety of com-
mon golden carp from Japan. 1909,
498—Amphibious fish, Anabas scandens,
from Singapore. 1909, 498—Amphib-
ious, imported Freshwater Hels. 1910,
27—Hstuary and Freshwater Perches.
1910, 657—Jaws of large Sunfish. 1910,
304—Records of additions to the Fish-
fauna; blood-red Conglomerate from
the Barwon River. 1910, 307—Water-
beetle from the Dry Bogan. 1910, 659
—Photograph of a Sail-Fish caught at
Port Stephens, and a living Butter-
Fish. 1911, 44—Blue-Hyes, living in
both fresh and salt water, from
Wamberal Lagoon. 1911, 156—Oyster-
Blennies from Broken Bay. 1911, 605
—An ovigerous Pycnogonid, from off
Nobbys. 1911, 504—An aboriginal
nulla-nulla; and examples of a seaweed
known as Balloon-weed, Bubble-weed or
Bladder-weed, detrimental to oysters.
1911, 632—Embryos and fry of the
Salmon Catfish. 1912, 48—Aboriginal
remains from a Shell-deposit, Macleay
River; Oyster-shells from a deposit at
Nambucca River. 1912, 236—Bog-moss
used for packing Trout-ova. 1912, 283
—Photographs of a Southern Ribbon-
Fish. 1912, 492—Oyster and Cockle
Shells from a deposit at Macleay River.
1912, 556—Tail-barb of a Sting-ray ex-
tracted from another individual of the
same species. 1913, 169—Photograph of
a Leopard-Seal captured in Brisbane
Water. 19138, 525—Californian Rain-
bow-trout of the same age, differing in
size. 1913, 603—Frog from the Kos-
ciusko Tableland. 1913, 656—Nema-
todes from the ovaries of a Jewfish.
1914, 20—Amphiozus (Branchiostoma
sp.). 1924, xxiii—Leaf of Moreton
Bay fig from Cobar. 1925, xlv—Photo-
graphs showing Kealakekua Bay and
Captain Cook’s Monument. 1925, xl—
Remarks on prevalence of camels in
wild state north-west of Bourke. 1925,
xlv—Remarks on widespread occur-

INDEX TO EXHIBITS. 101

rence of common pie melon. 1925, xlv
—Seven distinct types of common
golden carp. 1925, xlvi—Skull of green
turtle. 1925, xxxviii.

STEEL, T. Bombyx from Fiji overgrown

by fungus. 1887, 174—Pond snail,
Physa gibbosa. 1887, 196—Attention
called to paper on immunity of some
low forms of life from lead poisoning.
1895, 472—Very large ship worm
(Teredo) from piles in freshwater,
Fiji. 1895, 519—Gecko (Gehyra voraz)
from Fiji. 1895, 537—Nodule from Mac-
donnell Ranges. 1895, 550, 618—Crusta-
cean (Ibacus peronii) from Pyrmont.
1895, 550—Growing sugar cane attacked
by Termites. 1895, 550—Peripatus born
in captivity. 1895, 618—Peripatus
from Australia, Tasmania and New
Zealand. 1896, 113—Fungus from Bun-
danoon. 1892, 269—Note on Peripatus.
1897, 124—Large specimen of Poly-
porus mylittae from Bundanoon. 1897,
253—Type of Dendrelaphis schlenckeri
and series of lizards from New Guinea.
1898, 408—Needles made of human
bones from Fiji. 1899, 374—Cigar from
Fiji. 1899, 697—Volcanic bombs from
Auckland. 1900, 398—Living specimens
of land planarians. 1900, 610—Large
example of earthworm (Didymogaster
sylvatica). 1900, 610—Part of humerus
of Diprotodon australis. 1900, T60—
Collection of interesting specimens
from New Zealand. 1901, 514—Species
of Peripatus. 1901, 738—Résumé of
visit abroad. 1903, 314—Prehistoric
so-called “vitrified fort’ from Scotland.
1903, 564—Greenockite from Scotland.
1903, 685—Sigillaria from Scottish Coal
Measures. 1903, 685—Common pine
case-moth (Vhyridopteryxr hubneri).
1904, 129—Series of galls of Apiomorpha
pedunculata. 1904, 460—Note on Zea
mays. 1905, 175—Living examples of
four land’ planarians from Victoria.
1905, 223—Living specimens of land
planarians. 1905, 350—String of copra.
1905, 392—Stage in germination of seed
of Loranthus. 1905, 487—Series of
N.S.W. whitings. with notes. 1905, 574
——Specimens of Ooperipatus oviparus
and land planarians. 1906, 428—
Specimens of volcanic dust. 1906, 495
—Attention called to working model of
ocean currents. 1906, 495—Large speci-
men of Saunders’ case-moth. 1907, 838
—Small clay nest-building wasps from
Brisbane. 1909, 117—Ants, dead in
quantity. 1910, 310—Bacterial growth
from a distillery pipe. 1910, 687—
Specimens of a freshwater ship-worm,
and of a piece of red-gum pile riddled
with burrows, from Ba River, Fiji.

STEPHEN, —.

STEPHENS, T.

1911, 504—Fleshy corolla-tubes of the
Mohwa. 1912, 235—An abnormally
coloured egg of a Muscovy Duck. 1912,
390—Acorn with four cotyledons. 1912,
492—-Snail-shells after manipulation
by the common brown rat. 1913,
107—Reunited, fractured femur of an
ox. 1916, 217—An abnormal gizzard of
a Muscovy duck. 1918, 361, 415—Pin
embedded in liver of fowl. 1920, 318
—Young Hyla coerulea with two bots,
one on each shoulder. 1922, xxii—See
also under Brazier, J.; MAIDEN, J. H.
Fossil Tertiary leaves from
Newstead. 1881, 581—Ethnological
collection from Pleasant Island. 1902,
343.

Portion of aé_e plank
destroyed by “dry-rot’. 1910, 311.

STEPHENS, W. J. Trilobites from the Yass

district. 1879, 409—Note on shale from
the Hawkesbury sandstone. 1880, 182
—Note on Japanese drawing of Octopus.
1880, 183—Fossils from the Namoi and
from Campbelltown. 1880, 300—
Reference to quarry at Rushcutter’s
Bay. 1881, 408—Fossil land shells.
1882, 91—Specimens of Hucalyptus
cordata from near Hobart. 1882, 303
—Notes on rocks and fossils from
Western Coalfield. 1882, 402, 560—
Photograph and sketch of Devonian
fossil from near Yass. 1883, 217—
Pebble containing drop of water. 1883,
219—Chrysalis of Danais secured to
leaf. 1883, 219—Fossils from Sturt’s
Stony Desert. 1883, 281—Petrified
wood, Dendrites, gypsum, and _ shell
breccia from north-western N.S.W. 18838,
281—Fungus from Springwood. 1883,
281—Opal from Paroo District. 1883,
281—(For Rev. J. M. Curran) Fossil
plants from Ballinore. 1883, 297—
Coccus infesting Casuarina. 1883, 297
—(For Mr. J. AnpEerson) Fossil leaves
and freshwater Molluscs (Unio) from
Inverell. 1883, 297—Rocks found at
Lake Macquarie. 1883, 388—Siliceous
sinter from Cataract River. 1883, 388
—Conglomerate and pebbles from
Narran_ district. 1883, 389—Living
example and photographs of Hatteria
punctata from New Zealand. 1883, 396
—Specimens of Pennatulidae from
British Columbia. 1883, 397—Walchia
milneana and Spirifer. 1884, 864—
Pug or mixed clay and wash-dirt from
Gulgong. 1885, 62—Germination of
orange seeds within uninjured fruit.
1885, 761—Geological specimens from
Dubbo. 1885, 247—Glossopteris Brown-
iana. 1885, 279—Boletus bovinus. 1886,
477—Species of Lamprey. 1886, 506—
Engraving of Ichthyodorulite. 1886,

102 INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

506—(For Mr. Percy FairHruL) Abor-
iginal grinding stones. 1886, 883—
(For Mr. J. Srirrtinc) Volcanic ejecta
from Taupo, N.Z. 1886, 1062—Drawing
of Platyceps wilkinsonii, 1886, 1208—
(For Dr. Ramsay) Shale from Gosford
cutting, with fossils. 1887, 145—Note
by Baron von Mueller re_ botanical
discoveries on Mt. Bellenden-Ker. 1887,
175—Archaeocyathus sp. from near

Yass. 1887, 198—Siderite concretion.
1887, 557—Stone axe from Lower
Namoi. 1887, 557—(For Dr. Woo..s)

Plants from Mt. Wilson, Cobar, Mudgee
and the Lachlan. 1887, 1077—Fossils
from County Bathurst. 1888, 336—
Pleistocene bone breccia. 1888, 336
—(For Mr. Norton) Internal cast of
crinoid. 1888, 337—(For Dr. Woo.ts)
Jussiaea repens, with note. 1888, 337
—(For Dr. Wootits) Plants from the
Lachlan, with notes. 1888, 338—Pouch
of Dasyurus viverrinus containing
young. 1888, 1259—(For Dr. Woo ts)
Two species of Hucalyptus from Blue
Mountains. 1888, 1316—Devonian
fossils from Cudgegong. 1888, 1316—
Fossil Crustacean from Lake Bathurst.
1888, 1316—Voluta magnifica, obtained
70 feet below sea level at Stockton pit.
1889, 313—Determination of plant ex-
hibited by Mr. Rohu (1889, p. 131) as
Mezoneurum brachycarpum. 1889, 313
—(For Mr. McCoorty) Albino variety of
Dacelo gigas. 1889, 1052—(For Mr.
McCoory) Head of Diemenia super-
ciliosa with two poison fangs in right
jaw. 1889, 1052—Parasitic Nematodes
(Ascaris sp.) from brown snake. 1889,
1100—See also under Macieay, W.

STEPHENSON, L. Orchid (Drakea hunt-
iana) from near Blackheath. 18938,
45.

STIRLING, J. See under STEPHENS, W. J.

STOCKDALE, H. Paintings illustrating
disposal of dead by aborigines, Alligator
River. 1892, 344.

Stokes, EH. S. Drawings and preparations
of Fredericella sultana, Anabaena sp.,
and Peridinium sp. 1906, 362—Fila-
mentous Alga from filter beds at West
Maitland. 1907, 159—-Diatomaceous
deposit (Amphora sp.). 1907, 159—
Dried thalli of Chroococcus. 1907, 159
—Caddis worms and their cases from
water channels. 1909, 275.

SULMAN, Miss F. Leaves of Waratah
attacked by a leaf-mining larva. 1915,
210.

Sussmincu, C. A. Lepidodendron from

Bermagui. 1905, 577—Eurydesma
cordata from Hunter River district.
WOOO, IW,

TATE, R. Note calling attention to new
marsupial from Alice Springs. 1888,
1255—Note on nomenclature of Port
Jackson Molluse (Cingulina brazieri).
1901, 214—See also under Braziger, J.

TAyLor, F. H. Photographs of Brazilian
disease “Rabbit Myxoma”’ or blepharo-
conjunctivitis. 1919, 820—Sheep mag-
got-flies and fruit fly pests. 1920, 203.

AvAsaroe, “I, Gr Fossil Blastoid from
Clarencetown. 1905, 487—Stereogram
of N.S.W. 1905, 577—Gastropods from
Miocene beds of S.A. 1906, 61—
Aegirine trachyte from near Goulburn.
1906, 175—Archeocyathinae from S.
Aust. 1906, 361—(For H. I. JensEN)
Diatomaceous earth from Warrum-
bungle Mts. 1906, 362—Photographs
made by use of express enlarger from
microsections. 1907, 393.

TEITKINS, W. Extract from letter to Rev.
J. Tenison-Woods in reference to his
exploration of the Bunda Plateau, north
of the Australian Bight. 1880, 280.

Tuomas, H. C. Remarks on origin of
kerosene shale. 1889, 634-—Petroleum
shale coated with iron pyrites from
Joadja Creek. 1890, 140.

THORNTON, G. See under Lucas, A. H. S.

TIDSWELL, F. Summary of knowledge of
tick or Texas fever in cattle. 1899, 190.

TILLYARD, R. J. Water colour drawings
of Australian dragon-flies. 1904, 460—
Set specimens of Lestes leda, illustrat-
ing oviposition. 1905, 487—Statistics
on numerical relations of the sexes in
species of dragon-flies. 1905, 487—Two
proliferous roses. 1906, 676—Dragon-
flies of genera Rhyothemis and Neuro-
themis. 1908, 629—Cast skin of dragon-
fly, Hemicordulia australiae, with cast
skin of a smaller species on its back.

1908, 798—Four adults of Camacinia
othello from Cooktown. 1909, 118—
Dragonfly larva, after exposure to

starvation and desiccation. 1910, 48
—Photographs of a seedling of the W.A.
Christmas-Tree. 1912, 137—A rare
dragon-fly and its larval skin. 1912,
590—An Ascalaphid, with the eggs, and
a Panorpid. 1914, 88—Larvae of two
rare Zygopterid Dragonflies. 1915, 416
—Neuropterous larva (Psychopsis sp.).
1915, 625—Larvae of rare ant-lions;
hybrid Sweet-pea. 1916, 194—New
Perlidae reared from larvae; larva of
a new Buffalo-gnat. 1916, 632—Collec-
tion of insects from, and lantern-slides
illustrating the natural history of,
Cradle Mt., N.W. Tasmania. - 1917, 201
—Collection of Mecopterous insects
(Panorpatae). 1917, 302—Wing of
fossil insect from Coal-seam. 1918, 361
—Sections of the Saccoid Caudal Gills

INDEX TO EXHIBITS. 103

of the larva of a Javanese Dragonfly.
1918, 495—Canadian Lacewings and
Caddisflies; a large Dragonfly picked up
on the pavement. 1918, 612—Larvae and
cocoons of Ithone fusca. 1919, 526-527
—Cocoons of Thynnus variabilis. 1919,
527—Pupae of Dipterous flies (Bomby-
liidae). 1919, 527—Larvae of Apoda
zylomeli. 1919, 527—Larva, sub-pupa
and pupa of Hzeirus lateritius. 1919,
720—Five fossil insect wings. 1921,
423—Larvae, pupae and imagines of

two new Blepharoceridae. 1921, 508.
TREBECK, P. N. Large crab (Pseudo-
Carcinus gigas). 1883, 297—Two

samples of wool grown on the same
sheep. 1884, 865—Two samples of wool
grown on the same ram. 1884, 1015—
Fungi from Fiji. 1885, 341—Tertiary
limestone from Eucla. 1885, 341—
Auriferous iron ore from Mt. Morgan.
1886, 505—Attention drawn to cultiva-
tion of pleuro-pneumonia virus for in-
oculation. 1887, 414—Communication
re efforts to establish better protection
of native flora and fauna. 1889, 190
—Hucalypt bark marked by insect
burrows. 1889, 192—lLiving Vermi-
cella annulata trom Annandale. 1889,
389—Wool which had been improved
by a German process. 1889, 1028—
Dipterous galls from Mt. Wilson. 1891,
125—Insects collected at North Sydney.
1891, 249—Caterpillars destructive to
vegetation. 1891, 578—Flying fish
(Dactylopterus orientalis) from Port
Jackson. 1892, 200—Photographs of
Coccus and galls of a Brachyscelid.
1892, 314—Sow-thistle infested with
larvae of Phytomyza. 1892, 314—Leaf
insect (Phyllum sp.) from Fiji. 1892,
405—Orthopterous insect (Phibalo-
soma) from Fiji. 18938, 126—Scorpion
from Queensland. 1893, 126—Fresh-
water prawn (Palaemon ornatus) from
Fiji. 1893, 181—Fish (Solenognathus
spinosissimus) from Middle Harbour.
1897, 44—Rattle of Crotalus sp. from
British Columbia. 1900, 115—Branch
of Opuntia coccinellifera. 1900, 762
—Borer (Phoracantha sp.) in Eucalypt
timber. 1900, 762—Seedling peach
foliage spotted with Uromyces. 1902,
207.

TROUGHTON, FE. LE G. Skul! of Bettongia

cuniculus. 1921, 350—Yellow-footed
Pouched Mouse. 1921, 850—Skins of
rare native rat. 1922, xxiv—Skulls of
white-necked Hair Seal. 1922, xxiv—
Insectivorous bat (Nyctinomus aus-
tralis). 1924, xxv—White-backed wren
(Malurus leuconotus). 1924, xxv—
Mounted specimen of Caenolestes fuli-
ginosa. 1925, xlvii—Skull of adult

female aboriginal showing remarkable
recovery from injury. 1925, xlv.

TurRNER, A. J. A collection of Canadian

Lepidoptera. 1918, 611.

TuRNER, FE. Fruits and seeds of Sweet

cassava (Manihot Aipi). 1891, 577—
Fruits and seeds of Sterculia acu-
minata. 1891, 578—Fruits of Hmex
australis. 1891, 578—Telopea oreades
from Fitzroy Falls. 1891, 703—Three
grasses attacked by fungus. 1891, 703
—Hraglossis Kennedyae from Broken
Hill. 1893, 535—Richea Gunnii and
Poa saxicola from near Mt. Kosciusko.
1893, 535—Flowering specimen of Cali-
fornian poppy (Romneya Coulteri).
1894, 44—-Flowering specimen of Rhus
typhina from Wagga. 1894, 44—Fruit-
ing branch of Ailanthus glandulosa.
1894, 44—Plants of Trachymene incisa.
1894, 561—Specimens of Japanese elm,
Mexican soldier bush and star anise in-
fested with Loranthus. 1894, 561—
Specimens of Morchella conica. 1894,
583—Flowering and fruiting specimens
of Adriana acerifolia, suspected of
poisoning cattle. 1895, 341—Specimen
of Kochia pyramidata, reported to have
poisoned sheep. 1895, 409—Fruits of
Pyrus domestica from Camden. 1896,
29—Lepturus cylindricus from Hay.
1896, 816—Two leguminous plants from
W.A., supposed to be poisonous. 1896,
816—Specimens of milk bush and hop
plant. 1897, 124—Remarks re identi-
fication of Hriachne obtusa from Rose
Bay. 1897, 161—Notes on five interest-
ing plants. 1897, 252—Collection of
American grasses. 1897, 577—Dan-
thonia pilosa with inflorescence affected
by parasitic fungus. 1897, 686—In-
digenous economic plants from the
Liverpool Plains. 1898, 28—Three
grasses with inflorescences affected
with parasitic fungi. 1898, 75—
Atripler angulata infested with species
of Dodder. 1898, 75—Cassia mimosoides
and Crotalaria incana from Clarence
River. 1898, 76—Portulaca oleracea
infested with Dodder. 1898, 107—Speci-
mens and notes on Chloris truncata.
1899, 285—Forage plants and grasses
from New England. 1899, 374—Grass
(Hragrostis nigra) with inflorescence
infested with fungus. 1900, 195—
Variegated form of Kennedya rubi-
cunda. 1900, 115—Fruit of Cydonia
chinensis. 1900, 322—Desmodium par-
vifolium acclimatised in Fiji. 1900,
476—Thirty-five plants suspected of
causing bad flavour in Australian
butter. 1900, 611—Homeria aurantiaca,
Euphorbia eremophila and Acacia Bid-
willi. 1900, 698—Symplocos thwaitesii

104

and Ouscuta australis. 1901, 145—
Plantago coronopus trom Coogee Bay.
1902, 592—Lobelia purpurascens, show-
ing malformation. 1902, 592—Three
suspected poisonous plants. 1902, 656
—Series of Australian grasses from
near Darling River. 1903, 3861—
Western species of plants raised from
seed and growing in Hyde Park. 1903,
497—Ohenopodium rhadistichyum and
Tecoma Hillii. 1903, 564—Yellow-rattle
(Rhinanthus crista-gall), an intro-
duced plant. 1903, 8832—Two Huropean
species of Medicago. . 1903, 832—Three
plants from Minimbah, Upper Hunter
River. 1903, 885—Observations on five
species of plants. 1904, 129—Collection
of plants from Soutn-western N.S.W.
1904, 253—Collection of grasses from
Northern Australia. 1994, 806—Collec-
tion of lichens from New England.
1905, 259—European grass (Triticum
repens) from New England. 1905, 259
—lList of lichens from New England.
1905, 308—Species of Acacia from
Dubbo district. 1905, 393—Collection
of Australian grasses. 1906, 429—
Flowering specimen of supposed hybrid
between Sterculia diversifolia and S.
acerifolia. 1907, 838—Botanical speci-
mens from N.S.W. 1908, 288—Botan-
ical specimens. 1908, 290—Botanical
specimens from Collarenebri and near
Sydney. 1908, 344—Hordewm aegiceros
grown in Brisbane. 1908, 636—Speci-
men from tree of Ficus rubiginosa,
growing in Hyde Park. 1908, 800—A
rare South African Protead, in flower;
a variegated form of an indigenous
cultivated plant; a Huropean melilot
from the Hay District. 1910, 660—An
introduced Mexican plant from the
Narromine District. 1910, 27—An
Indian grass becoming common; a fas-
ciated Crucifer; a cultivated indigen-
ous Crotalaria. 1910, 805—Chenopodi-
aceous Plants from Brewarrina. 1910,
48—Richea, a remarkable Epacrid from
Tasmania. 1910, 690—Various plants.
1911, 84—An unrecorded Indian grass
from the Clarence River. 1911, 159—A
rare grass from the Australian Alps.
1911, 423—Grasses from North Aus-
tralia. 1911, 424—The exotic “Blue
Couch”’. 1911, 506—An acclimatised
species of Hragrostis now established
in N.W. Australia. 1911, 607—A grass
(Panicum glabrum), with a note con-
firming his determination. 1912, 48—
Fruits of Owenia acidula. 1912, 137—
Fruits of Nitraria Schoberi; Solanum
petrophilum, a suspected poisonous
plant; Grasses from New Caledonia.
1912, 288—Grasses from the Northern

glauca.

TURNER, Rev. Dr.

Wappy, P.

Aware, IDE, TR

INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

Territory; a grass from Cudgen, Tweed
River; a Chenopod with hairy fruiting
perianths causing fibre-balls. 1912, 393
—Grasses and Cyperaceous plants from
the Northern Territory. 1912, 495—A
western grass from Blacktown. 1912,
559—Grasses; fasciated growth of
Cassia Candolleana. 1913, 107—
Grasses; an abnormal growth of
Atriplex campanulata. 19138, 169—
Grasses. 19138, 398, 526—Grasses
(Hragrostis spp.). 19138, 604—Specimen
and a drawing of Strychnos_ psilo-
sperma. 1913, 657—CGrasses. 1914, 8&7,
323—Fruits of Quandong. 1914, 542,
646—Grasses. iL9)1U5). 115—Sechium
edule with variegated leaves. 1915, 209
—Remarks on Grasses. 1915, 288—
West Australian plants. 1915, 719—
Various plants. 1916, 101, 190—Grasses
from Queensland. 1916, 217—Fruits of
Yellow Quandong. 1916, 492—Abnormal
apple. 1916, 494—White-flowered variety
of Dampiera. 1916, 769—Flowering
Bamboo; Timothy-grass from the
Adelong district; a poison-plant (Gas-
trolobium), from W.A.; a poisonous
Chilian Lobelia. 1917, 246—Star-grass
from the Inverell district. 1917, 302—
Fruits of Red Quandong; a specimen
of an introduced Liliaceous plant
(Triteleia) spreading in the Coolamon
district; (for Mr. Clements) fasciated
Red Lac-Sumach. 1917, 439, 440—Pink-
flowering variety of Tecoma jasimin-
oides. 1917, 511—An acclimatised,
Abyssinian grass. 1918, 234—An intro-
duced, European Geranium. 1918, 361

—A rare New South Wales plant
(Trichinium) . 1918, 610—A_ terato-
logical specimen of an _ introduced

Plantago. 1918, 713—Gastrolobium
grandifiorum. iLL). 198—Nicotiana
1919, 198—Adriana acerifolia.
1919, 198—Amarantus macrocarpus and
Boerhaavia diffusa from Wootton
Station, Upper Hunter. 1920, 179—
Remarks on Stipa aristiglumis from
Liverpool Plains and Anisacantha
muricata in Brewarrina District. 1920,
179-180—Specimen of Lolium temu-
lentum. 1920, 531—Hryngium rost-
ratum. 1921, 157—Myosurus minimus.
1921, 157—Remarks on TYecoma Hillii.
1921, 157—Huphorbia lathyris. 1922,
Xxii.

Letter from, respect-
ing a custom prevaient among the
Armidale blacks. 1885, 188.

Account of flowering of
Oenothera Lamarckiana. 1887, 144.

Reptiles from northern
district of N.S.W. 18938, 303—Very

WaLkom, A. B.

WaALKoM, A. J.

INDEX TO EXHIBITS. 105

young example of Hemisphaeriodon
gerrardii, from Kurrajong. 1894, 187
—(For Mr, Skuse) Larva of moth in-
fested with Jsaria. 1894, 862—Two
Molluscs (Potamides ebeninum and
Arca trapezia) offered for sale at Fish
Market. 1894, 562-—Golden perch
attacked by fungus. 1894, 740—Mullet
with small seaweed growing from head.
1894, 740—Living waltzing mice from
Japan. 1895, 341—Photographs of tree
Kangaroos. 1895, 521—Peripatus from
Colo Vale and other localities. 1895,
549—Living young green tree snakes
from Kempsey. 1896, 28—Female
pouched mouse (Phascologale flavipes)
with young and a note on nidification.
1896, 349—Note on range of Platypus.
1896, 500—Lizard (Nephrurus laevis)
from Bathurst. 1896, 816—Dark variety
of Sydney bush rat. 1897, 253—Shells
of introduced Helix aspersa. 1897, 253
—Typhlops aluensis from Fiji. 1897,
685—New Zealand fish caught in Port
Jackson. 1897, 685—Photographs of
albatrosses. 1897, 686—Limestone
polished by rock wallabies. 1897, 686
—Remarks on Sydney bush rat. 1898,
106—Notes on range of Crocodilus and
Brachylophus. 1899, 2883—Fry of Rain-
bow trout showing abnormalities. 1899,
477—Living examples of Molge pyrro-
gastra from China. 1904, 557—Report
of Leopard Seal coming ashore at
Manly. 1905, 308—Young examples of
Paradise fish. 1905, 308—Living ex-
amples of fighting fish (Betta pugnac).
1905, 394—The first Part of the Records
of the S. Aust. Museum. 1918, 236.

WALKER, J. J. European beetle (Nacerdes

melanura), not previously recorded
from Australia. 1900, 760—Remarks on
exhibit of Huschemon rafflesia. 1903,
314—Remarks on stone similar to one
exhibited by Mr. Baker, given to him
at Tanna. New Hebrides. 1903, 362—
Anaspides tasmanica from Mt. Welling-
ton. 19038, 497—Attention called to
description of a second member of
EHuschemonidae. 1903, 497—Gempylodes
tmetus from Otford. 1903, 831—Small
beetle destructive to crops from Otford.
1903, 831.

Glendonites from the
Lower Marine Series. 1912, 493—Seeds
associated with Glossopteris. 1920, 531
—Mesozoic Cycadeoid from Queensland.
1921, 210—Osmiundites and ‘Taeniop-
terid. 1923, xxxiii—Scale leaves of
Glossopteris and associated sporangia.
1924, xxxi.

Species of Pentamerus
from Molong. 1902, 370.
H

Warp, R. D. Sponge-bearing crab. 1877,
30

WaASTENEYS, H. See under Fiercnuer, J. J.
WATERHOUSE, G. A. Pamphile augiades

showing varieties. 1897, 253—Butter-
fly known as Papilio erectheus. 1900,

. 398—Particulars of movement to form

Field Naturalists’ Club. 1900, 476—
Xenica hobartia and xX. tasmanica.
1900, 761—Liphyra brassolis, Casyapa

beata and Mynes geoffroyi. 1901, 516
—Six species of butterfkies. 1902, 343
—Noteworthy Rhopalocera. 1902, 370
—Australian Lycaenidae. 1903, 313—

Euschemon rafflesia. 1903, 3183—Telesto
monticolae. 19038, 313—Hypocysta
metirius and H. pseudirius. 1903, 685—
Attention drawn to migration of butter-
flies (Belenois java). 19038, 944—
Heteronympha banksii and new variety
of Tisiphone abeona. 1904, 479—Aus-
tralian species of Ogyris. 1906, 424—
Pupa and insects of Troides priamus
poseidi from Cape York. 1906, 674—
A rare butterfly (Cyclopides croites).
1912, 236—Butterfly (Huploea corinna)
from E., N.E., and N. Australia. 1912,
494—-A series of aberrant Rhopalocera.
1912, 558—Series of Butterflies, repre-
senting the five subspecies of Tisiphone
abeona. 1913, 657—Five geographical
races of a Butterfly (Tisiphone). 1914,
396—Collection of butterflies from
Gallipoli. 1915, 722—First and second .
generations of crosses of Tisiphone
abeona and T. rawnsleyi. 1920, 531—
Heteronympha mirifica and H. para-
delpha reared from larvae. 1920, 531
—Five Butterflies reared from gd
Tisiphone rawnsleyi mated with 2 T.
abeona. 1920, 221—Heteronympha
solandri reared from egg. 1920, 472
—Argynnina hobartia cyrila. 1922,
xxvii—Larvae of Philiris ilias inno-
tatus. 1924, xxvii—Loranthus lino-
phyllus on Casuarina glauca. 1924,
xxvii—Second generation hybrid of
Tisiphone abeona x T. morrisi. 1924,
XXvi.

WATERHOUSE, G. A., and R. ‘TURNER.

Attention called to new species of
butterfly from Lord Howe Island.
1904, 697.

WATERHOUSE, Mrs. G. J. See under

Henn, A. U.

Warts, Rev. W. W. Notes on new mosses

from N.S.W. 1899, 632—-Note on Rich-
mond River hepaties. 1901, 215—
Additional notes on mosses of N.S.W.
1901, 473—Notes on N.S.W. hepatics.
1901, 6383—Remarks on nomenclature
of moss described as Barbula mnioides.
1903, 497—List of- twenty-seven lichens
mostly from Richmond River. 1903,

106 INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

498—Collection of North American
ferns. 1903, 499—Further notes on
Australian hepatics. 1904, 558—Ferns
(Ophioglossum, Platyzoma). 1914, 87,
469—An abnormal form of the common
Bracken Fern. 1915, 210—See also
under Baxer, R. T.; WHITELEGGE, T.

WEARNE, W. L. Effect of pinhole borer
on timber. 1925, xli—Sapwood of Red
Cedar damaged by powder post borer.
1925, xii.

WetcH, M. B. Nails in bark of Queens-
land Kauri. 1923, xxxi—Wood of
Hucalyptus saligna grown in “Trans-
vaal. 1925, xxxviii.

WELCH, W. Sinhalese water-clock. 1925,
Xliv.

Wuitr, H. L. A skull of the Native
Bear, showing an extensive osseous
growth. 1911, 156—Fossil reptilian
vertebrae. 1914, 396.

WHITELEGGE, T. Plumatella from Botany
Swamps and Nitella from Randwick.
1883, 281—Plumatella repens and a
freshwater sponge from Moore Park.
1883, 297—Living specimen of Frederi-
cella. 1883, 416—Plumatella-like form.
1883, 465—Fossil woods, ete. 1884, 178
—Fossil plants from Hawkesbury
Series. 1885, 62—Collection of mosses.
1885, 248—Water insects with small
Molluses attached. 1885, 760—KFresh-
water Polyzoa. 1885, 760—Specimens
of Cordylophora. 1885, 854—Remarks
on large species of Nitella. 1886, 476—
Living specimens of Amoeba and
Clathrulina. 1886, 506—Hydroid zoo-
phyte from Bondi. 1886, 578—Micro-
scopic forms from Moore Park. 1886,
854—Infusoria and Rotifers from
Waterloo Swamps. 1886, 881—Fora-
minifera trom Port Jackson. 1886, 975,
—Claudea bennettiana from Port Jack-
son Heads. 1886, 1061—Note on Volvoz
minor. 1886, 1122—Lemna oligorrhiza
in flower. 1886, 1123—Examples of
early stages of the Truffle. 1887, 251—
Tubularia gracilis. 1887, 452—Larvae
of Comatula from Port Jackson. 1887,
452—Porina inversa from Port Jack-
son. 1887, 680—Haliphysema ramulosa.
1888, 151—Slides of Polyzoa. 1888, 151
—New species of mosses. 1888, 336—-
Mycelia of fungus. 1888, 892—W.Neis
cordigera from Port Jackson. 1888,
892—Phosphorescent fat. 1888, 892—
Medusae from Mosman’s Bay. 1888,
1255—Earthworm (Allolobophora tur-
gida) with two tails.’ 1888, 1780—
Voluta fusiformis containing rare her-
mit crab (Clibanarius strigimanus).
1889, 118—Hydroid Zoophytes from
Maroubra Bay. 1889; 633—Flowering
Sprengelia ponceletia, 1889, 654—-

Herbarium specimens of species of
Equisetum. 1891, 167—Peridinium and
allied organisms. 1891, 167—Collection
of mosses from Lord Howe Island.
1892, 277—Physalid (Alophota sp.)
from Coogee. 1892, 314—Rhegmatodes
thalassina from Sydney Cove. -.13892,
314—Rare Isopod (Amphoroidea aus-
traliensis) from Maroubra Bay. 1896,
503—Note on three N.S.W. ferns. i899,
191—(For Rev. W. W. Watts) Aus-
tralian mosses with notes on recently
described species by Mr. Watts. 1899,
374—Two rare orchids (Caladenia
tessellata and Dendrobium kingianum).
1899, 547—Living plant and dried
fronds of Doodia linearis. 1899, 631—
(For W. W. Warts) Note on recent
collections of mosses. 1900, 322—
Huspongia illawarrae. 1902, 74—Fresh
specimens of Utricularia, of a retiform
alga, and of an uncommon Hepatic.
1911, 606—Slides illustrating the sexual
generation of Psilotum. 1916, 102—
See also under HEDLEY, C.

WHITTELL, H. R. Collection of insects and

birds’ eggs. 1881, 169—Specimens of
Tacsonia exonensis. 1883, 397—Vege-
table caterpillar. 1883, 417—Remarks
on flowering specimen of Svwainsonia
Greyana. 1884, 179.

WILKINSON, C. 8S. Tooth of a Diprotodon.

1880, 286—Species of Phasma from Fish
River Caves. 1881, 408—Tertiary fossil
insects from Vegetable Creek. 1883,
398—Carboniferous coral from near
Jervis Bay. 1883, 398—EHchinus from
Lord Howe Island. 1883, 534—Paper
Nautilus from Lord Howe Island. 1884,
178—Portion of Diprotodon jaw from
near Armidale. 1884, 254—Fossilifer-
ous limestone from South Australia.
1884, 865—Curious native shoe. 1884,
865—Minerals from Barrier Ranges.
1884, 946—Shell-like covering of
Phrygaenea. 1884, 1169—Fossil bones
from Lord Howe Island. 1885, 75—
Oyster shells from shaft near New-
castle. 1885, 75—Recent shells from
coal pits and harbour works, Newcastle.
1885, 245—Collection of grasses and
plants from Wonominta Station. 1885,
246—Remarks on report on Tasmanian
fisheries. 1885, 554—Dolium - varie-
gatum. 1885, 696—Seed pod of Cassia
fistula. 1885, 696—Fossil turtle eggs
from Lord Howe Island. 1886, 164—
Trochus imperialis from New Zealand.
1886, 164—Bones, scutes, etc. of
Megalania. 1886, 505—Part of lower
jaw of Thylacoleo carnifex. 1886, 505
—Aphanaia gigantea and sandstone
with Ostracod (?) markings. 1886, 854
—Planorbis in sandstone from Cockatoo

INDEX TO EXHIBITS.

Island. 1886, 854—Volcanic ash from
Tarawera, New Zealand. 1886, 854—
Fossils from Gosford. 1887, 174—(For
Mr. LockyEr) Limestone found attached
to tree six feet above ground. 1887,
250—Crystals containing fluid from
Richmond River district. 1887, 250—
Collection of egg agates from mound
on aboriginal grave, Tweed River
district. 1887, 250—See also under
Davin, T. W. E.; Macteay, W.; OLLirFr,
A. S.
WILLIAMS, P. See under DEANE, H.

WILLIAMS, P. 1. Cocoon of Lewin’s case

moth. 1899, 283—Heteronympha para-
delpha from Berrima. 1900, 60—
Funeral stone from Wilcannia. 1901,
515—See also under Deane, 4H.;

EXTHERIDGE, R.
Wixttiams, W. D. C. Collection of Zulu

weapons. 1882, 303—Collection of arms
and implements from the Soudan.
1885, 448.

Wixson, J. T. Note on dumb-bell shaped
bone in Ornithorhynchus. 1894, 44.

Wooprorp, C. M. Diurnal Lepidoptera

from Solomon Group. 1887, 979—
Birds from Solomon Group. 1887, 979.
Woops, —. Pile showing ravages of

marine borers. 1881, 170.

Woops, J. EH. TENISON. Seeds of Hucalyp-
tus. 1878, 20—Photographs of Brachi-
opods. 1878, 40—Fungi of Australia.
1879, 244—Shells from Western Aus-
tralia and Cassis achatina from Bass
Strait. 1880, 184—Nepenthes Kennedyi
and N. Bernaysii and photograph of a
new Lycopod from Queensland. 1880,
192—Letter from W. Teitkins. 1880,

107

280—Summary of work on New Zealand
Tertiary Radiata. 1880, 282—Aboriginal
spear points of dolomite. 1880, 286—
Bryozoa from New Caledonia. 1882,
206—Fossils from Tivoli Mine, Ipswich
and Cemetery Hill, West Maitland.
1882, 347—Hydroid zoophyte with
attached WHschara. 1882, 347—Fossil
plants. 1883, 180—Stone axes and
native ornaments. 1885, 62—See also
under Macireay, W.

Woops, T. A. TrniIson. Examples of
photograph being converted into a
negative. 1878, 305—Turbinaria crater

attached to pearl oyster. 1879, 244—
Specimens of Pituri and the extract
from Duboisia myoporoides. 1879, 292
—Note on Huktiminaria ducalis. 1879,
310—Hydrophis sp. from Java. 1880,
192—Drawing of impressions of red
hands made by aborigines. 1882, 329
—Stone tomahawk. 1882, 348—TIdol
from Savu. 1882, 612, 674.

WOoOOoLLs, Rev. W. Note on Panicum
spectabile. 1882, 348—Specimens of
Calotis scapigere and C. hispidula, with
a note. 1890, 655—Dodonaea attenuata
with both simple and pinnate leaves.
1890, 897—Manna from Eucalyptus
pulverulenta. 1891, 381—Lichens (Usnea
articulata and Cladonia retipora). 1891,
381—F lowering specimens of Capparis
Mitcheli and C. lasiantha from the
Namoi. 1892, 40—See also under
STEPHENS, W. J.

WooLtnoucH, W. G. Graptolites
Shoalhaven River near Tallong.
635.

WooLtrycH, L. F. Snakes from near
Parramatta. 1894, 708.

from
1908,

iv. LIST OF OBITUARY NOTICES IN THE PROCEEDINGS.

Allan, W., 1916, 5

Bailey, F. M., 1916, 7
Baird, S. F., 1887, 1090
Beddome, C. E., 1899, 2
Bell, F. J., 1925, v
Bennett, G., 1893, 542
Bennett, K. H., 1891, 707
Betche, H., 1914, 3
Blackburn, T., 1913, 7
Boyer-Bower, T. H., 1886, 1210
Bradley, H. H. B., 1919, 16
Brodribb, W. A., 1886, 1210
Brown, H. J., 1915, viii
Busby, W., 1887, 1089
Campbell, D. H., 1885, 856
Campbell, W. R., 1907, 4
Carne, J. H., 1923, iv
Clark, C. D., 1901, 741
Clements, F. M., 1921, §
Collie, R., 1892, 668

(Clop, di, (Gh Sales, 5
Daintrey, H., 1887, 1089
Dalley, W. B., 1888, 1782
Deane, H., 1924, iv

De Gray, T., see Walsingham
De Toni, G. B., 1925, v

De Vis, C. W., 1916, 6
Dixon, J. R. L., 1924, v
Dixson, C., 1895, 135
Duncan, W. A., 1885, 855
Dwyer, T. C., 1910, 3
Etheridge, R., Junr., 1920, 5
Ewan, J. F., 1888, 1784
Forsyth, W., 1911, 10

Fry, D. B., 1918, 9

Garland, J. B., 1902, 684
Garland, J. R., 1915, x
Grant, A., 1907, 5

Grant, F. E., 1907, 5
Gunther, A. C. L. G., 1914, 5
Hamblin, C. O., 1923, v
Haswell, W. A., 1925, v
Hay, J., 1909, 1

Hayes, P., 1887, 1089
Hutton, F. W., 1905, 606
Kalchbrenner, C., 1886, 1210
Kershaw, W., 1900, 2

King, P. G., 1905, 3

Labatt, H. R., 1887, 1090
Langley, S. P., 1907, 2
Lodder, Mary, 1911, 11
Loven, S., 1895, 623

Wiucasw eee LOLS. AO

MacGillivray, P. H., 1895, 624
MacLaurin, N., 1915, ix
Maclay, N. N. M., 1888, 1783
Macleay, W., 1891, 707
Mann, Dr., 1890, 902
Markey, J., 1887, 1089
Masters, G., 1913, 2

Wen, dis lel; isileG 7

Mein, C. T., 1890, 902
Merewether, H. C., 1893, 542
Mitchell, D. S., 1908, 2
Mitten, W., 1907, 3
Morehead, R. A. A., 1885, 855
Mueller, F. von, 1896, 823
Murdoch, R., 1925, viii
North, A. J., 1918, 10
Norton, J., 1907, 6

Olliff, A. S., 1895, 624 ©
Owen, R., 1892, 669

Palmer, E. G. W., 1915, viii
Parker, T. J., 1897, 813
Petterd, W. F., 1911, 7
Playfair, G. I., 1923, vi
Ratiray, A., 11924, iv
Rainbow, W. J., 1920, 5
Ratte, F., 1890, 902

Read, R. B., 1890, 902
Renwick, A., 1909, 1

Ross, W. J. C., 1915, ix
Rossiter, R. C., 1902, 684
Schuette, R., 1886, 1211

‘Scortechini, B., 1886, 1211

Shirley, J., 1923, vii
Simson, A., 1919, 18
Smith, H. A., 1917, 7
Smith, H. G., 1925, viii
Stackhouse, T., 1886, 1211
Stephens, H., 1920, 4
Stephens, T., 1914, 4
Stephens, W. J., 1890, 900
Tate, R., 1901, 741
Trebeck, P. N., 1905, 2
Turnbull, A. H., 1919, 18
Walker, R. C., 1897, 812
Walsingham, Baron, 1921, 8
Weston, W. J., 1887, 1089
Wilkinson, C. S., 1891, 706
Wilson, J. B., 1895, 624
Wilson, W., 1886, 1211
Woods, F. T., 1887, 1089
Woods, J. EH. T., 1889, 1301
Woolls, W., 1892, 669

i de

VOLUMES
(1875-1925).

Ss ¥D NE Ys !
tA
"PRINTED AND PUBLISHED FOR THE SOCIETY BY

THE AUSTRALASIAN MEDICAL PUBLISHING CO.,
- Seamer Street, Glebe, Se

ae and Paes
SOLD BY THE SOCIETY.

’ LIST OF OFFICERS AND COUNCIL, 1928-29.°. =

3 rm ~ he ;
President: 7s Mie eae te Se
_ Assistant-Professor W. R. Browne, D. Se. oS ea

Vice-Presidents: a ip en ae yee: Saas

7
pe ARE aed
eee

g H. J. Carter, B:A., F:E.S.., ; _ A. F. Basset Hull. ; eos ue Figs :
A. G. Hamilton, ; ae Be ge
: : : Hon.-'Treasurer: *E. Cheel~” Bets ee z

Secretary: A. B. Walkom, ‘D.Sc.

: : Council: : 2
Cc. Anderson, M.A., D.Sc. - G. M. Goldfinch. | a go
oe _ EB. C. Andrews, B.A, F.G.S. A. G. Hamilton. Pee MMe easy co
bodes -- -w. R. Browne, D.Sc. oe A. F. Basset Hull.. sted ee
Professor A. N. Burkitt M.B., B.Sc. A. H. 8. Lucas, M.A., B. : Se. pie ae
BE ak Carter, BSAC ERS, I. M. Mackerras, MB., GhNES Be. Are Shee
EE. Cheel. A. J. Nicholson, M.Se. SR aes
Sir T. W. Edgéworth David, K.B.E., {Professor T. G. B. Osborn, D.Sc. Cia he SIR gee
C.M.G., D.S.0O., B:A., D.Sc., F.R.S. A. B. Walkom, D.Sc. pee Dees E eae
oy T. Storie Dixson, M.B., Ch.M. : -H.S. H. Wardlaw, D.Sc. — ata:
Ss : WW. Froggatt, F.L.S. _ G. A. Waterhouse, D.Sc, B.E., F. ES, ‘

-Anditor: F. H. Rayment, F.C-P.A!

\

aa ‘ *Blected 24th October, 1928, in place of G. a Waterhouse, D. Se. fal ID younot ee
ee) : +BHlected 19th December, 1928, in place of the late R. H. Gunter oe By ee ow ed

eo “NOTICE. =

“Wirn the exception of Volumes I-VI of the Procempmnas—of which the Society’s
stock was totally destroyed in the Garden Palace Fire—the Publications of the
Linnean Society of N.S.W. may be obtained from the Society, Macleay House,
16 College Street, Sydney, or from Dulau & ote 32 Old Bond Bite London, Oe
at the following prices :— a: aa pee ee aes

ae o FIRST SERIHS. ~ — eee ee aS

Proceedings for 1882, Vol. VII.—Part 1, 7s. 6d.; Part 2, 10s.; - Part 3, 5a Part ye 10s.
Proceedings for 1883, Vol. VIII.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 5s.; Part 3, Ts.5 SPartea< Sey. caine
x Proceedings for 1884, Vol. IX.—Part 1, 85.; Part-2, t2s.> Part (3,-64— 5s.; Part 4, £1 5s. ree
p Proceedings for 1885, Vol. X.—Part 1, 12s.; Para 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4 Z
: 17s, 6d. : i Oe, RN Se RG NS 2 ee Et

SECOND SERIES. A es

* ' Proceedings for 1886, Vol. i.—Part il 10s. 6d.; Part re 12s. he Part 3, 188.5 8 Part” oe

12s. 6d. i é oa

es Proceedings for 1887, Vol. II. —Part LtS.% Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, 12s.; Part’ a £1 7s.

oe ¢ a> Proceedings for 1888, Vol. III.—Part 1, 15s.; ‘Part 2, £1 4s.; Part 3, £1; Part 4, 18s. ae

_ Proceedings for 1889, Vol. IV.—Part 1, 11s.; Part 2, 16s.; Part 3, 19s.; ‘Part 4, 11s.

i Proceedings for 1890, Vol. V.—Part 1, l1s.; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 9s. _ 3

roe Proceedings for 1891, Vol. VI.—Part 1, 10s.; Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part 3, 17s.; Part 4, —
Z. 7s. 6d. : a wes ¥ ae ee : ee eee

Has Proceedings for 1892, Vol. VIL—Part 1, 6s. 6d.; Part 2, 4s. 6d.; Part 3, 88.; Part 4, 8s. __

Proceedings for 1893, Vol. NIII.—Part 1, 5s.; Part 2, 11s.; Pact 8, 6s.; Part 4, 952

Proceedings for 1894, Vol. IX: Se see: ile wae Part 2, ete ; Part 35 La 3 nea 4, 8a.

, 98.5 ; Supplement, ‘2s. 6a.: art. 6s. 6d.; Part Sikes 6.

10s.; Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, ake Part 4, 128. 6d.
8s.; Part 2, 6s.; ie Part 8, 12s.; Part 4, 14s. ;
12s. 6d.; Part 2, 12s.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 10s. 6d.
: SnESay Bane 2, 10s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s. 6d.; Part 4, 17s. 6d.
, 10s:; Part 2, ol eart 3, 5s.; Part i 17s. 6d.
HW pigs SEY A 7s. 6d.; Part 3, 7s. 6d.; Supplement, 3s.;

Binds eePart. 2 ates. bth; Part 3, 148.;/Part, 4; lost
gs | for 1904. part 1, 108.; Part 2, Ts, 6d.; Part 3, 9s.; Part 4, 10s:
; for” 1905.—Part is with Supplement, lg : Part 2, 10s.; Part 3, 12s.
rith ‘Supplement, 10s. 6d.
rs for -1906.—Part ae “12s. 6d.; Part os 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 12s. -6d.; Part 4,
ss for 1907. —Part 1,288.9 Part 2, 8s. 6d.; Part 3, 15s.; Part 4, 18s.
for 1908.—Part oR 7s.; Part 2; 98.5 Part 8, 14s.; Pact 4, 12s. 6d.

ss for 1909.— —Part. 1, pee | Part. 2, 17s.; Part 3, 14s.; Part 4, 16s. 6d.

Vist Part 3, 18.5 : fea 4, 12s. 6d..
eer 1911-—Part. L ie ie Part 2, 9s. 6d.; Part. 3, 9s. 6d.; Part 4, 10s.
for 1912.—Part_ 1, 8s. 6d.; Part 2, 25s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 15s.

‘s for 1913.- ‘Part 1, 14s.; Part 2, [GSAT ORV Sea dees 63.; Part 4, 13s.

‘s for 1914. Part -1, 4£2s:; Part 2, 17s.; Part 3, 25s.; Part 4, 19s.
for LO LD: —Part 1,-2i8.; ; Part 2, 12s. 6d.; Part 3, 10s.; Part 4, 11s.
for 1916.—Part 7 PMO: Beare 2, 12s. ; $ ‘Part, ae 15s.; A Part 4, 19s.

S for 1917.—Part 1, 14s.; 3; Part 2, 9s.; Part 3, 12s. 6d.; Part 4, 16s. 6d.

;s for 1918.—Part 5 lee 20s.; Part 72, 148); Part 3, 2is.; Part 4, 19s.

s for 1919. —Part teats: 6d.: Part 2; 11s. 6d.; Part 3; 17s. 6d.; Part 4,
for 1920.—Part 1, 10s. 9d.; Part 2, Ts. 6d.; ‘Part 8, 9s.; Part 4,. 11s.
for. 1921 —Part d, 9s.; g Part 2, 8s.; Part 3, es 6d.; Part 4, 9s. 6d.
for. 1922.—Part 1, — Sods, Part 2) Iss. 6d.; . Part 3, lis.; Part 4,

ae 250 6a; Part 2, 128.; 3: Part 55 ea Part 4; 13s.

s for 1924.—Part 1, 2s. Part 2, 18s, 64. ; Part 3, 12s. S6e Part 4,

mes ee 1926.—Part i. 2. Part 2 128,; Part 3, 8s. 9d.; BERS 4, 14s.

TO VOLUMES ets OF THE PROCEEDINGS [Issued “15th February, 19291. . pp. 108.

ne a) ee fi = F 2
ca Oo 4

‘he “Macunax Memonzan VoLuME issued October 13th, 1893]. Royal 4to. ui and 308

roe copie: S. only. Price £1 net.

The T ANSACTIONS OF THE SSP aetoce rae SOCIETY OF Naw SourH WALES, 2 vols., oe
=a eeeomplete in five ate 1863- Pie ee 70s. net, Parts 2-5 = coca Vol.

_ Index to Subje

“Index to Exhibi
_ Index to Obituary Notices .. ..

f ; ‘ media

Authors of Papers 2.
sof Papers...
pms: AL, <

ra
ih

MBL/

ii

SS rate

ey os
— Se